ЦЕНТР Главная

ЦЕНТР Главная

Новости

Новости

Часто задаваемые вопросы

Часто задаваемые вопросы

Статистика нетрадиционной религиозности в Беларуси

Статистика нетрадиционной религиозности в Беларуси

Документы Православной Церкви

Документы Правосланой Церкви

Альманах "Сектоведение"

Альманах "Сектоведение"

Библиография

БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

Библиография «Архив Томаса Гандоу. Часть 1: книги»

Библиография «Архив Томаса Гандоу. Часть 2: газеты и журналы»

Библиография «Библиотека Центра Иосифа Волоцкого»

Библиография «Сектоведение в Беларуси»

Библиография «Сектоведение в современном мире»

БИБЛИОТЕКА

БИБЛИОТЕКА

Раздел: "Апологетика"

Раздел: "Практическое сектоведение"

Раздел: "Сектоведение в Беларуси"

Раздел: "Сектоведение в России"

Раздел: "Сектоведение в Украине"

Раздел: "Теоретическое сектоведение"

Раздел: "Курсы лекций"

РЕЦЕНЗИИ:

На книгу Р.М. Коня «Введение в сектоведение»

Сектоведение в РПЦ: «перезагрузка»

На книгу «Обоснование миссионерской программы «Путь»

Хронология возникновения новых религиозных движений

Хронология возникновения новых религиозных движений

Список НРД в РБ

Список НРД в РБ

Периодика НРД в РБ

Периодика НРД в РБ

Библиография: «Сектоведение в современном мире»

Как и многие другие дисциплины, современное теоретическое сектоведение непропорционально развито в разных регионах мира. Так, безусловными лидерами в исследованиях в этой области являются Америка, Англия, Канада, Япония. В Азии, Западной, Центральной и Восточной Европе теоретическое сектоведение менее распространено, но там присутствуют значительные наработки в области практического сектоведения. Последнее занимается как изучением истории, учения и структуры конкретных сект, делая при этом особый акцент на выявлении в них уникальных и неповторимых элементов, свойств и характеристик, так и разработкой адекватной системы действий по отношению к сектам и культам для заинтересованных сторон (государственные, политические, общественные, религиозные организации, друзья, знакомые, родственники, коллеги людей, находящихся в сектах). Соответственно под «сектоведением» в Восточной Европе наиболее часто понимается лишь практическое сектоведение, а теоретическое сводится в лучшем случае к небольшому введению в область практическую. Такое положение не адекватно отражает реальное соотношение и значимость обоих направлений сектоведения. Западные наработки в области теоретического и практического сектоведения включают в себя несколько десятков тысяч работ. Многие из них посвящены либо сектам и культам, действующим в том числе и на территории Беларуси, либо разрешению актуальных проблем сектоведения, представляющих большой интерес в том числе и для Беларуси. Именно поэтому критический анализ достижений западного сектоведения и оценка степени их применимости к белорусской специфике представляются важными задачами как для белорусского теоретического и практического сектоведения вообще, так и Центра Иосифа Волоцкого в частности. Решение этих задач, вне всякого сомнения, будет способствовать как укреплению и обогащению белорусского сектоведения, так и обеспечению самой возможности выхода его на мировой уровень с оригинальными отечественными разработками, основывающимися на изучении особенностей нетрадиционной религиозности в Беларуси. В рамках реализации данного долгосрочного проекта была издана работа: Мартинович В.А. Введение в понятийный аппарат сектоведения. –Минск.: БГУ, 2008. -103с.

В информационно-консультативной и научно-исследовательской работе Центра Иосифа Волоцкого используются и критически анализируются результаты самых современных исследований в области нетрадиционной религиозности всех стран времен и народов мира. Среди них можно упомянуть следующие:

Составитель: Доктор теологии Венского Унивeрситета Мартинович Владимир Александрович

Последнее обновление: 29 ноября 2012 года.

1	20 Jahre Elterninitiative zur Hilfe gegen seelische Abhangigkeit und religiosen Extremismus. –Munchen.: Arbeitsgemeinschaft fur Religions- und Weltanschauungsfragen, 1995. -220s.
2	100 Jahre Zionismus. Hrsg. Ekkehard W.Stegemann. –Stuttgart & Berlin & Köln.: Kohlhammer, 2000. –247s.
3	200 Jahre Mennoniten in Rußland. Aufsätze zu ihrer Geschichte und Kultur. –Bolanden-Weierhof.: Verlag des Mennonitischen Geschichtsvereins, 2000. –273s.
4	Aagaard J. Mission, Konfession, Kirche. Die Problematik ihrer Integration im 19.Jahrhundert in Deutschland. Band 1. –Arhus.: Gleerups, 1967. -393s.
5	Aagaard J. Mission, Konfession, Kirche. Die Problematik ihrer Integration im 19.Jahrhundert in Deutschland. Band 2. –Arhus.: Gleerups, 1967. -816s.
6	Aaron J. Why Jews Join Cults. // Jewish Chicago 1982. July. -28-33s.
7	Abanes R. Defending the Faith. A Beginner`s Guide to Cults and New Religions. –Grand Rapids.: Baker Books, 1997. –239s.
8	Abdulaziz Abdulhussein Sachedina. Islamic Messianism. The Idea of the Mahdi in Twelver Shi?ism. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1981. –230s.
9	Abkommen zwischen der Republik Italien und der Italienischen Union der Gemeinden der Siebenten-Tags-Adventisten. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1988, Heft 30. –98-109s.
10	Abrahams E.H. The Pain of the Millennium: Charles Taze Russell and the Jehovah s Witnesses, 1879-1916. // American Studies 1977. Vol.18:1. -57-70s.
11	Accati L. The Spirit of Fornication: Virtue of the Soul and Virtue of the Body in Friuli, 1600-1800. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Gender and Witchcraft. Volume 4. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –328-358s.
12	Ach M. Under Cover 20 Jahren ARW. –Munchen.: ARW, 1995. -196s.
13	Ackerman S.E. Divine Contacts: Chinese New Religions and Shamanic Movements in Contemporary Malaysia. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2001. Vol.16:3. –293-311s.
14	Ackerman S.E. Falun Dafa and the New Age Movement in Malaysia: Signs of Health, Symbols of Salvation. // Social Compass 2005 Vol.52:4. –495-511s.
15	Ackerman S.E., Lee R.L.M. Heaven in Transition. Non-Muslim Religious Innovation and Ethnic Identity in Malaysia. –Honolulu.: University of Hawaii Press, 1988. -201s.
16	Ackerman S.E., Lee R.L.M. Pray to the Heavenly Father: A Chinese New Religion in Malaysia. // Numen 1982. Vol.29. -62-77s.
17	A Companion to Second-century Christian “Heretics”. Ed. Antti Marjanen & Petri Luomanen –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2005. -385p.
18	Adam A. Grundriss Liturgie. –Freiburg & Basel & Wien.: Herder, 1998. –330s.
19	Adams R.L. Conflict over Charges of Heresy in American Protestant Seminaries. // Social Compass 1970 Vol.17:2. –P.243-260.
20	Adhikary H. Harekrsna Movement. The Unifyung Force of the Hindu Religion. –Calcutta.: Academic Publ., 1995. –239s.
21	Adorno T.W. Theses Against Occultism. // Telos 1974. Vol.19. –7-12s.
22	Adorno T.W. The Stars Down to Earth: The Los Angeles Times Astrology Column. // Telos 1974. Vol.19. –13-90s.
23	Advances in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by L.B.Brown. –Oxford.: Pergamon Press, 1985. -234s.
24	Afnan Muhammad and Hatcher William S. Western Islamic Scholarship and Baha`i origins. // Religion 1985 Vol.15. -29-51s.
25	Ahern G. Esoteric “New Religious Movements” and the Western Esoteric Tradition. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -165-176s.
26	Ahlberg S. Messianic Movements. A Comparative Analysis of the Sabbatians, the Peoples Temple and the Unification Church. –Stockholm.: Almquist & Wiksell, 1986. -127s.
27	Aho J.A. This Thing of Darkness. A Sociology of the Enemy. –Seattle.: University of Washington Press, 1994. -224s.
28	Aidala A.A. Social Change, Gender Roles, and New Religious Movements. // Sociological Analysis 1985, Vol.46:3. -287-314s.
29	Aigner H. Gemeinschaft kann Gefährlich werden. –Wien.: bmbwk, 2001. –80s.
30	Aitchison C.B. The Mormon Settlements in the Missouri Valley . A Paper Presented by Clyde B. Aitchison, of Council Bluffs , Iowa , before the annual meeting of the Nebraska State Historical Society, January 11, 1899. // Proceedings and Collections of the Nebraska State Historical Society 1907 Vol.15. –S.7-24.
31	Akbar M. J. The Shade of Swords. Jihad and the Conflict between Islam and Christianity. -London & New York.: The Taylor & Francis e-Library, 2002. -272s.
32	Akpunonu P.D. The Vine, Israel and the Church. –New York.: Peter Lang, 2004. –228s.
33	Aland K. Apologie der Apologetik. –Berlin.: Christlichen Zeitschriftenverlag, 1948. -179s.
34	Alatas S.F. Contemporary Muslim Revival: The Case of “Protestant Islam”. // Muslim World 2007.Jul. Vol. 97. –?.508-520.
35	Albanese C.L. Nature Religion in America. From the Algonkian Indians to the New Age. –Chicago.: The University of Chicago Press, 1990. -267s.
36	Albanese C.L. The Subtle Energies of Spirit: Explorations in Metaphysical and New Age Spirituality. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion 1999 Vol.67:2. –P.305-325.
37	Albrecht D.E. Rites in the Spirit. A Ritual Approach to Pentecostal / Charismatic Spirituality. –Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. -277s.
38	Albrecht S.L., Bahr H.M. Patterns of Religious Disaffiliation: A Study of Lifelong Mormons, Mormon Converts, and Former Mormons. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1983. Vol.22:4. –P.366- 379.
39	Alexander B.C. Correcting Misinterpretations of Turner`s Theory: An African-American Pentecostal Illustration. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1991. Vol.30:1. –P.26-44.
40	Alexander P. Signs & Wonders. Why Pentecostalism is the World’s Fastest-Growing Faith. San Francisco.: -Jossey-Bass, 2009. -175s.
41	Ali Jan. Islamic Revivalism: The Case of the Tablighi Jamaat // Journal of Muslim Minority Affairs 2003. Apr. Vol. 23 :1. – ?.173-182.
42	Alkimin Z. O Livro Vermelho da Pompa-Gira. 21 Receitas e magicas para alcancar a felicidade no amor e no sexo. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 2001. -126s.
43	Alkmin Z. Ze Pelintra. Dono da Noite rei da Magia. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1997. -95s.
44	Allen C. As bad as it gets. // Lingua Franca 1998 March
45	Allen C. God?s Terrorists. The Wahhabi Cult and the Hidden Roots of Modern Jihad. –London.: Little Brown, 2006. –349s.
46	Allen P.L. Ernan Mcmullin and Critical Realism in the Science-Theology Dialogue. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2006. -201p.
47	Alles Sekte – oder was? –Berlin.: Senatsverwaltung fur Bildung, Jugend und Sport, 2002. -170s.
48	Allenspach E. Schutz von Kindern in neuen religiösen Bewegungen (“new religious movements”). Eine vergleichende Darstellung der Rechtlage in der Schweiz, Deutschland und den USA. –Zürich.: Schulthess Juristische Medien, 2000. -224s.
49	Allitt P. Religion in America. Since 1945: A History. –New York.: Columbia University Press, 2003. –313p.
50	Allport G.W., Ross M.J. Personal Religious Orientation and Prejudice. // Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 1967. Vol.5:4. –432-443s.
51	Allport G.W. The Individual and his Religion. –New York.: The Macmillan Company, 1966. –147s.
52	Almond P.C. The Witches of Warboys. An Extraordinary Story of Sorcery, Sadism and Satanic Possession. –London & New York.: I.B. Tauris, 2008. -222p.
53	Alpert M. Crypto-Judaism and the Spanish Inquisition. –London & New York.: palgrave, 2001. -246p.
54	Alston J.P. Review of the Poll. The Popularity of Billy Graham, 1963-1969. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1973. Vol.12. –227-230s.
55	Alternatives to American Mainline Churches. Ed. by Joseph H.Fichter. –New York.: Rose of Sharon Press, 1983. –201s.
56	Althaus-Reid M. The Queer God. –London.: Routledge, 2003. –186s.
57	Altizer T.J.J., Hamilton W. Radical Theology and The Death of God. –Indianapolis.: The Bobbs-Merrill Co, 1966. -202s.
58	Alver B.G., Torunn Selberg. Folk Medicine as Part of a Larger Concept Complex. // ARV: Scandinavian Yaerbook of Folklore 1987 Vol.43. –21-44s.
59	Amarasingam A. Transcending Technology: Looking at Futurology as a New Religious Movement // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2008. Vol.23:1. – ?.1-16.
60	Amazing Grace: Evangelicalism in Australia, Britain, Canada, and the United States. Ed. by George A. Rawlyk & Mark A. Noll. –Montreal & London.: McGill-Queen's University Press & Kingston, 1994. -432p.
61	Ambrosio G. Neue religiöse Bewegungen in Italien. In: Toleranz und Repression: zur Lage religiöser Minderheiten in modernen Gesellschaften. Hrsg. Neumann, Johannes. - Frankfurt/Main; New York.: Campus Verlag, 1987. –S.313-335.
62	Ammann A.M. Abriss der Ostslawischen Kirchengeschichte. –Wien.: Herder, 1950. –748s.
63	American Indian Culture. Vol.1. Acorns – Headdresses. Ed. Barrett C.A. & Markowitz H.J. –Pasadena & Hackensack.: Salem Press, 2004. –1064p.
64	American Religion. Literary Sources & Documents. Volume I. From the Beginning of European Settlement to the Effects of Political Independence. Ed.David Turley. –Mountfield.: Helm Information, 1998. –456s.
65	American Religion. Literary Sources & Documents. Volume II. Religion in the New Nation: Revolution to Reconstruction. Ed.David Turley. –Mountfield.: Helm Information, 1998. –440s.
66	American Religion. Literary Sources & Documents. Volume III. Modern American Religion since the Late Nineteenth Centure. Ed.David Turley. –Mountfield.: Helm Information, 1998. –586s.
67	Amitrani A., Marzio R. "Mind Control" in New religious Movements and the American Psychological Association. // Cultic Studies Journal, 2000. Vol.17. -P.101-121.
68	“Am mutigsten waren immer wieder die Zeugen Jehovas”. Verfolgung und Widerstand der Zeugen Jehovas im Nationalsozialismus. Hrsg. Hans Hesse. –Bremen.: Temmen, 1998. –464s.
69	Amore R.C., Shinn L.D. Lustful Maidens and Ascetic Kings. Buddhist and Hindu Stories of Life. -New York & Oxford & Toronto.: Oxford University Press, 1981. -198s.
70	Amstutz G. Modern Cultural Nationalism and English Writing on Buddhism: The Case of D.T.Suzuki and Shin Buddhism. // Japanese Religions 1997 Vol.22:2. –P.65-86.
71	Anabaptists Meeting Muslims. A Calling for Presence in the Way of Christ. Ed. James R. Krabill, David W. Shenk, Linford Stutzman. –Scottdale & Waterloo.: Herald Press, 2004. -566p.
72	An American Prophet?s Record. The Diaries and Journals of Joseph Smith. Ed. by Scott H.Faulring. –Salt Lake Sity.: Signature Books, 1989. –518s.
73	Ancestry, Early Life, Christian Experience, and Extensive Labors, of Elder James White, and his Wife, Mrs. Ellen G. White. –Battle Creek.: Steam Press, 1880. -416p.
74	Ancient Ammon. Ed. Burton Macdonald & Randall W. Younker. –Leiden & Boston & Koln.: Brill, 1999. -274p.
75	Ancient Magic and Divination III. Magico-medical Means of Treating Ghost-Induced Illnesses in Ancient Mesopotamia. Ed. JoAnn Scurlock. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill & Styx, 2006. -788p.
76	Anderson A.C. Healing Hypotheses. Horatio W. Dresser and the Philosophy of New Thought. – New York, London.: Garlan Publ., 1993. -476s.
77	Anderson A.H. Dangerous Memories for South African Pentecostals. // Pentecostals after a Century. Global Perspectives on a Movement in Transition. Ed. by Allan H.Anderson & Walter J.Hollenweger. –Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. -89-107s.
78	Anderson A.H. Introduction: World Pentecostalism at a Crossroads. // Pentecostals after a Century. Global Perspectives on a Movement in Transition. Ed. by Allan H.Anderson & Walter J.Hollenweger. –Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. -19-31s.
79	Anderson A. New African Initiated Pentecostalism and Charismatics in South Africa. // Journal of Religion in Africa 2005 Vol.35:1. –66-92s.
80	Anderson N. The Mormon Family. // American Sociological Review 1937. Vol.2:5. -601-608s.
81	Anderson J.E. Hoodoo, Voodoo, and Conjure. –Westport.: Greenwood Press, 2008. –283s.
82	Andresen J. & Forman R.K.C. Methodological Pluralism in the Study of Religion. How the Study of Consciousness and Mapping Spiritual Experiences Can Reshape Religious Methodology. // Journal of Consciousness Studies 2000. Vol.7:11-12. –7-14s.
83	Andresen J. Meditation Meets Behavioural Medicine. The Story of Experimental Research on Meditation. // Journal of Consciousness Studies 2000. Vol.7:11-12. –17-73s.
84	Angelov D. Ursprung und Wesen des Bogomilentums. In: The Concept of Heresy in the Middle Ages (11th-13th C.) Proceedings of The International Conference Louvain May 13-16, 1973. Ed. by W.Lourdaux & D.Verhelst. –Leuven.: Leuven University Press, 1976. –144-156s.
85	Anglim C.T. Encyclopedia of Religion and the Law in America. Second Edition. –New York.: Grey House Publishing, 2009. –848p.
86	Ankarloo B. Sweden: The Mass Burnings (1668-1678). In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft in Continental Europe. Volume 2. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –35-67s.
87	Ankerberg J., Weldom J. Behind the Mask of Mormonism. –Eugene.: Harvest House Publ., 1992. -499s.
88	Anthony D., Robbins T. Spiritual Innovation and the Crisis of American Civil Religion. // Daedalus 1982 Vol.111. -215-234s.
89	Anthropology of Religion. A Handbook. Ed. by S.D.Glazier. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 1997. –542s.
90	Anti-Cult Movement in Cross-Cultural Perspective. Ed. by Shupe A. Bromley D.G. -New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1994. -274s.
91	Anttonen V. Theory and Method in the Study of „Folk Religion“. // Temenos 2003-2004. №39-40. –73-79s.
92	Aquino M. Church of Satan. –San Francisco.: Temple of Seth, 2002. –986s.
93	Apel W.D. The Lost World of Billy Graham. // Review of Religious Research 1979. Vol.20:2. –S.138-149.
94	Apocalyptic and Eschatological Heritage. The Middle East and Celtic Realms. Ed.Martin McNamara. –Cornwall.: Four Courts Press. –191s.
95	Apocalypticism in the Mediterranean World and the Near East. Proceedings of the International Colloquium on Apocalypticism. Uppsala, August 12-17, 1979. Ed. By David Hellholm. –Tübingen.: Mohr, 1983. -878s.
96	Apocalyptic Time. Ed. by Albert I.Baumgarten. –Leiden & Boston & Köln.: Brill, 2000. –385s.
97	Appadurai A. The Production of Locality. In: Counterworks: Managing the Diversity of Knowledge. Ed. by Richard Pardon. –London, New York.: Routledge, 1995. -204-225s.
98	Aquinatis T. Summae contra gentiles. Tomus primus. -Lacus Longus.: AD MM. -463s.
99	Argyle M. Religious Behaviour. –London.: Ruotledge & Kegan Paul, 1958. –196s.
100	Ariel Y. Evangelizing the Chosen People. Missions to the Jews in America, 1880-2000. –Chapel Hill & London.: The University of North Carolina Press, 2000. –367p.
101	Arjomand S.A. Social change and movements of revitalization in contemporary Islam. // New Religious Movements and Rapid Social Change. Ed. by J.A.Beckford. - London.: SAGE publications, 1986. – 87-112s.
102	Armageddon in Waco. Critical Perspectives on the Branch Davidian Conflict. Ed. by Stuart A.Wright. –Chicago, London.: The University of Chicago Press, 1995. -394s.
103	Armstrong D.M. Truth and Truthmakers. -Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2004. -158s.
104	Armstrong K. Islam. A Shot History. -New York.: A Modern Library Chronicles Book, 2002. -234s.
105	Armstrong R.G., Larsen G.L., Mourer S.A. Religious Attitudes and Emotional Adjustment. // Journal of Psychological Studies 1962. Vol.13. –35-47s.
106	Aronson R. Living Without God. New Directions for Atheists, Agnostics, Secularists, and the Undecided. –Berkeley.: Counterpoint, 2008. –245p.
107	Arostequi N. B., Vilegas C. G. D. Ma Makuende Yaya. Y las Reglas de Palo Monte. Mayombe Brillumba Kimbisa Shamalongo. - La Habana.: Union, 1998. -174s.
108	Arrington L.J. Scholarly Studies of Mormonism in the Twentieth Century. // Journal of Mormon Thought 1966. Vol.1:1. -15-32s.
109	Arweck E., Clarke P.B. New Religious Movements in Western Europe: An Annotated Bibliography. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 1997. – 388p.
110	Asamoah-Gyadu, J. Kwabena. African Initiated Christianity in Eastern Europe: Church of the "Embassy of God" in Ukraine // International Bulletin of Missionary Research, 2006. Vol. 30:2. – ?.73-75.
111	Ash S.M. Avoiding the Extremes in Defining The Extremist Cult. // Cultic Studies Journal Vol. 1. May 1984. –37-62s.
112	Ashcroft-Nowicki D. Magische Rituale. Ein praktischer Lehrgang. -Freiburg.: Verlag Herman Bauer, 2000. -268s.
113	Ashkenazi M. Handbook of Japanese Mythology. –Santa Barbara & Denver & Oxford.: Abc-Clio, 2003. -374p.
114	Ashworth C.E. Flying Saucers, Spoon-Bending and Atlantis: A Structural Analysis of New Mythologies. // Sociological Review 1980. Vol.28:2. -353-376s.
115	Aspects of Religion. Essays in Honour of Ninian Smart. Ed. by Peter Masefield & Donald Wiebe. –New York.: Peter Lang, 1994. –417s.
116	Asprem E. Magic Naturalized? Negotiating Science and Occult Experience in Aleister Crowley’s Scientific Illuminism. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2008 Vol.8. –P.139-165.
117	Asser S. Holly Zynda and the Power of Prayer: Christian Science Does not have Scientific Value. // The Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine 2002 Vol.6:2. –P.97-98.
118	Assmann J. Das kulturelle Gedächtnis. Schrift, Erinnerung und politische Identität in frühen Hochkulturen. –München.: C.H.Beck, 2002. –344s.
119	Atheismus heute? Ein Weltphänomen im Wandel. Hrsg. von K.Baier, S.Mühlberger, H.Schelkshorn und A.K.Wucherer-Huldenfeld. –Leipzig.: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt, 2001. –204s.
120	A Time for Consideration. A Scholarly Appraisal of the Unification Church. Ed. by Darrol Bryant & Herbert Richardson. –New York.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1978. -314s.
121	Atomism in Late Medieval Philosophy and Theology. Ed. C. Grellard & A. Robert. –Leiden & Boston.: 2009. -252p.
122	Attfield R. Balthasar Bekker and the Decline of the Witch-Craze: The Old Demonology and the New Philosophy. // Annals of Science 1985 Vol.42. –383-395s.
123	Atwood IV K.C. A Critique of the Annals of Alternative Medicine “Distant Healing” Review. // The Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine 2002 Vol.6:2. –P.99-101.
124	Augustine J.M. Buddhist Hagiography in early Japan. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2005. –173s.
125	Aupers S., Houtman D. Beyond the Spiritual Supermarket: The Social and Public Significance of New Age Spirituality. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2006 Vol.21:2. –201-222s.
126	Austin R.L. Empirical adequancy of Lofland`s conversion model. // Review of Religious Research 1976. Vol.18:3. - 282- 287s.
127	Austin R.L. Reply to Richardson`s comments on «Empirical adequancy of Lofland`s conversion model». // Review of Religious Research 1977 Vol.19:3. -323-324s.
128	Auszüge aus dem Bericht, vorgelegt von Abdelfattah Amor, Sonderberichterstatter der Vereinten Nationen, entsprechend der Resolution 1998/18 der Menschenrechtskomission (E/CN. 4/1999/58 vom 8.Januar 1999). // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1999. Heft.52. –145- 149s.
129	Ay BoBo Afro-Karibische Religionen. Teil 3. Rastafari. Hrsg. von M.Kremser. –Wien.: WUV-Universitätsverlag, 1994. –167s.
130	Ayella M.F. Insane Therapy. Portrait of a Psychotherapy Cult. –Philadelphia.: Temple University Press, 1998. -213s.
131	Baal J. The Political Impact of Prophetic Movements. In: International Yearbook for the Sociology of Religion. Volume V. Religion, Culture, and Social Change. –Köln., 1969. –68-88s.
132	Babb L.A. The Physiology of Redemption. // History of Religion, 1983, Vol.22:4. –293-312s.
133	Babbie E.R. The Third Civilization: An Examination of Sokagakkai. // Review of Religious Research 1966. Vol.7:2. -235- 260s.
134	Bader C., Demaris A. A Test of the Stark-Bainbridge Theory of Affiliation with Religious Cults and Sects. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1996. Vol.35:3. –P.285-303.
135	Bader C. Supernatural Support Groups: Who are the UFO Abductees and Ritual-Abuse Survivors? // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:4. –P.669-678.
136	Bader C. When Prophecy Passes Unnoticed: New Perspectives on Failed Prophecy. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1999, Vol.38:1. -119-131s.
137	Bader C.D., Mencken F.C., Parker J. Where Have All the Communes Gone? Religion`s Effect on the Survival of Communes. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2006. Vol.45:1. –P.73-85.
138	Baer H.A. A Field Perspective of Religious Conversion: The Levites of Utah. // Review of Religious Research 1978 Vol.19:3. –279- 294s.
139	Baert B. A Heritage of Holy Wood. The Legend of the True Cross in Text and Image. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2004. -527p.
140	Bahr H.M. Albrecht S.L. Strangers Once More: Patterns of Disaffiliation from Mormonism. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1989. Vol.28:2. –P.180-200.
141	Bahr H.M. Religious Contrasts in Family Role Definitions and Performance: Utah Mormons, Catholics, Protestants, and Others. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1982. Vol.21:3. –200-217s.
142	Bailey E. The Implicit Religion of Contemporary Society: Some Studies and Reflections. // Social Compass 1990 Vol.37:4. -483-497s.
143	Bailey J.H. The Final Frontier: Secrecy, Identity, and the Media in the Rise and Fall of the United Nuwaubian Nation of Moors. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion 2006. Vol.74:2. –P.302-323.
144	Bainbridge W.S. After the New Age. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2004. Vol.43:3. –381-394s.
145	Bainbridge W.S. Dimensions of Science Fiction. –Cambridge & London.: Harvard University Press, 1986. –278s.
146	Bainbridge W.S. New Religions, Science, and Secularization. // Religion and the Social Order, 1993. Vol.3:A. - 277-292s.
147	Bainbridge W.S. Satan`s Power. A Deviant Psychotherapy Cult. –Berkeley., Los Angeles., London.: University of California Press, 1978. –312s.
148	Bainbridge W.S. The Endtime Family. Children of God. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 2002. -204s.
149	Bainbridge W.S., Stark R. American-Born Sects: Initial Findings. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1981. Vol.20:2. –130-149s.
150	Bainbridge W.S., Stark R. Church and cult in Canada. // Canadian Journal of Sociology 1982 Vol.7:4. -351-366s.
151	Bainbridge W.S., Stark R. Client and Audience Cults in America // Sociological Analysis 1980, Vol.41:3 - 199- 214s.
152	Bainbridge W.S., Stark R. Cult Formation: Three Compatible Models // Sociological Analysis 1979, Vol.40:4. - 283- 295s.
153	Bainbridge W.S., Stark R. Friendship, Religion, and the Occult: A Network Study. // Review of Religious Research 1981, Vol.22:4. - 313- 327s.
154	Bainbridge W.S., Stark R. Scientology: To Be Perfectly Clear. // Sociological Analysis 1980, Vol.41:2. - 128- 136s.
155	Bainbridge W.S., Stark R. Sectarian Tension. // Review of Religious Research 1980, Vol.22:2. –105-124s.
156	Baird R.D. Cow Slaughter and the New „Great Tradition“. // International Journal of Studies in Religion 1991. Vol.1:1.
157	Baird R.D. Essays in the History of Religions. –New York.: Peter Lang, 1991. –393s.
158	Baird R.D. Factual Statements and the Possibility of Objectivity in History. // The Journal of Religious Thought 1969 Vol.26:1. –5-22s.
159	Baird R.D. Hindu-Christian Dialogue and the Academic Study of Religion. // Hindu-Christian Dialogue, ed. Harold G.Coward. 1989. –217-229s.
160	Baird R.D. Human Rights Priorities and Indian Religious Thought. //Journal of Church and State 1969. Vol.11. –221-238s.
161	Baird R.D. Interpretative Categories And the History of Religions. // History and Theory 1969 Vol.8. –17-30s.
162	Baird R.D. ISKCON and the Struggle for Legitimation. // Bulletin of the John Rylands University Library of Manchester 1988. Vol.70:3. –157-169s.
163	Baird R.D. Mr. Justice Gajendragadkar and the Religion of the Indian Secular State. // Journal of Constitutional and Parliamentary Studies 1972. –47-64s.
164	Baird R.D. Normative Elements in Eliade`s Phenomenology of Symbolism. // Union Seminary Quarterly Review 1970 Vol.25:4. –505-516s.
165	Baird R.D. Religion and the Secular: Categories for Religious Conflict and Religious Change in Independent India. // Journal of Asian and African Studies 1974. Vol.11:1-2. –47-63s.
166	Baird R.D. Religious and Non-Religious: TM in American Courts. // Journal of Dharma 1982. Vol.7:4. –391-407s.
167	Baird R.D. Swami Bhaktivedanta and the Bhagavadgita “As it Is”. // Modern Interpreters of the Bhagavad Gita. 1986.
168	Baird R.D. Swami Bhaktivedanta: Karma, Rebirth and the Personal God. // Karma and Rebirth: Post-Classical Developments. 1986. –200-221s.
169	Baird R.D. Syncretism and the History of Religions. // The Journal of Religious Thought 1967. Vol.24:2. –42-53s.
170	Baird R.D. The Response of Swami Bhaktivedanta to Religious Pluralism. // Modern Indian Responses to Religious Pluralism. 1987. –105-127s.
171	Baird R. Religion in America. // The Southern quarterly review. 1845. Vol. 7:14. -P.350-372.
172	Bairy M.A. Japans Neue Religionen in der Nachkriegszeit. –Bonn.: Ludwig Röhrscheid, 1959. -135s.
173	Bakar O. The impact of the American War on Terror on Malaysian Islam // Islam & Christian-Muslim Relations 2005. Apr. Vol. 16 :2. – ?.107-127.
174	Baker E.W. The Devil of Great Island. Witchcraft and Conflict in Early New England. –New York.: Palgrave MacMillan, 2007. –244s.
175	Balch R.W. Looking behind the scenes in a religious cult: Implications for the Study of Conversion. // Sociological Analysis 1980, Vol.41:2. - 137- 143s.
176	Balch R.W., Farnsworth G., Wilkins S. When the Bombs Drop: Reactions to Disconfirmed Prophesy in a Millenial Sect. // Sociological Perspectives 1983. Vol.26:2. -137-158s.
177	Balch R.W. Waiting for the Ships: Disillusionment and the Revitalization of Faith in Bo and Peep?s UFO Cult. In: The Gods Have Landed. New Religions from Other Worlds. Ed. by James R.Lewis. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1995. –136-166s.
178	Baldauf I. Jadidism in central Asia within reformism and modernism in the muslim world // Welt des Islams 2001. Mar. Vol. 41:1. – ?.72-89.
179	Bali A. Organization of Virasaiva Movement: An Analysis in the Sect-Church Framework. In: Social Movements in India. Vol.2. Sectarian, Tribal and Women’s Movements. Ed. by Msa Rao. –New Delhi.: Manohar, 1979. –17-51s.
180	Balmer R. Religion in Twentieth Century America. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 2001. -142p.
181	Bamyeh M.A. The Social Origins of Islam. Mind, Economy, Discourse. –Minneapolis & London.: University of Minnesota Press, 1999. -318p.
182	Barber J.W., Howe H. All the western states and territories, from the Alleghanies to the Pacific, and from the Lakes to the Gulf, containing their history from the earliest times. –Cincinnati.: Howes Subscription Book Concern, 1861. –704s.
183	Barbour H.C. The Byzantine Thomism of Gennadios Scholarios: and his translation of the commentary of Armandus de Bellovisu on the De Ente et Essentia of Thomas Aquinas. –Vaticano.: Liberia Editrice Vaticana, 1993. –125s.
184	Barbour R. Literature and Religious Culture in Seventeenth-Century England. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2002. –282s.
185	Barker E. Behold the New Jerusalems! Catch 22s in the Kingdom-Building Endeavors of New Religious Movements. // Sociology of Religion 1993. Vol.54:4. -337-352s.
186	Barker E. Bemerkungen einer englischen Soziologin zum Bericht „Die Sekten in Frankreich“. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1999, Heft.53. –102-111s.
187	Barker E. Bryan Wilson?s Contribution to the Study of the New Religious Movements. // Social Compass 2006 Vol.53:2. –147-153s.
188	Barker E. Bryan Wilson?s Contribution to the Study of Secularization. // Social Compass 2006 Vol.53:2. –141-146s.
189	Barker E. Joseph Fichter and the New Religions. // Sociology of Religion 1996. Vol.57:4. -373-377s.
190	Barker E. New Religious Movements in Britain: The Context and the Membership. // Social Compass 1983 Vol.30:1. –P.33-48
191	Barker E. Supping with the Devil: How Long a Spoon Does the Sociologist Need? // Sociological Analysis 1983, Vol.44:3. –P.197-206.
192	Barker E. The Making of Moonie. Choice or Brainwashing? –Hampshire.: Gregg Revivals, 1993. -305s.
193	Barker E. The Ones Who Got Away: People Who Attend Unification Church Workshops and Do not Become Members. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -309-336s.
194	Barker E. The Scientific Study of Religion? You must be joking! // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1995 Vol.34:3. -287-310s.
195	Barker E. Thus Spake the Scientist. A Comparative Account of the New Priesthood and Its Organizational Bases. // The Annual Review of the Social Sciences of Religion 1979 Vol.3. -79-103s.
196	Barker E. Watching for Violence. A Comparative Analysis of the Roles of Five Types of Cult-Watching Groups. // A paper presented at The 2001 International Conference. „The Spiritual Supermarket: Religious Pluralism in the 21st Century“ April 19-22, 2001. –1-18s.
197	Barker G. Language and Mind in the Study of New Religious Movements. // in: Understanding the new religions. Ed. by Needleman Jacob. - New York.: A Crossroad Book, -1978. –285-298s.
198	Barkman P.F. The Relationship of Personality Modes to Religious Experience and Behavior. // Journal of the American Scientific Affiliation 1968 Vol.20:1. –27-30s.
199	Barkun M. A Culture of Conspiracy Apocalyptic Visions in Contemporary America. -Berkeley & Los Angeles & London.: University of California Press, 2003. –243p.
200	Barkun M. Crucible of the Millennium. The Burned-Over District of New York in the 1840s. –Syracuse.: Syracuse University Press, 1986. –194p.
201	Barkun M. Religion and Secrecy After September 11. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion 2006. Vol.74:2. –P.275-301.
202	Barlow P.L. Mormons and the Bible. The Place of the Latter-day Saints in American Religion. –New York & Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1991. –251s.
203	Barnes M. H. Stages of Thought. The Co-Evolution of Religious Thought and Science. -New York.: Oxford University Press, 2000. -334s.
204	Barr J. History and Ideology in the Old Testament. Biblical Studies at the End of a Millennium. The Hensley Henson Lectures for 1997 Delivered to the University of Oxford. – Oxford & New York.: Oxford University Press, 2005. -198p.
205	Barrow L. Independent Spirits. Spiritualism and English Plebeians, 1850-1910. –London & New York.: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1986. -338s.
206	Barstow A.L. On Studying Witchcraft as Women`s History: A Historiography of the European Witch Persecutions. // Journal of Feminist Studies in Religion 1988 Vol.4. –7-19s.
207	Bartkowski J.P. Claims-Making and Typifications of Voodoo as a Deviant Religion: Hex, Lies, and Videotape. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1998 Vol.37:4. –P.559-579.
208	Barton T. Ancient Astrology. – London & New York.: Routledge, 1994. –246c.
209	Bassett P.M. The Fundamentalist Leavening of the Holiness Movement, 1914-1940: The Church of Nazarene: A Case Study. // Wesleyan Theological Journal 1978. Vol.13:1. -65-91s.
210	Basset R.L., Sadler R.D., Kobischen E.E., Skiff D.M., Merrill I.J., Atwater B.J., Livermore P.W. The Shepherd Scale: Separating the Sheep from the Goats. // Journal of Psychology and Theology 1981. Vol.9:4. –335-351s.
211	Basu Shamita. Religious Revivalism as Nationalist Discourse. Swami Vivekananda and New Hinduism in Nineteenth-Century Bengal. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2002. –213s.
212	Bates J. Early Life and Later Experience and Labors of Elder Joseph Bates. –Battle Creek.: Steam Press, 1877. -320p.
213	Baumann M. Deutsche Buddhisten. Geschichte und Gemeinschaften. –Marburg.: diagonal Verlag, 1995. -465s.
214	Baumann M. “Merkwurdige Bundesgenossen” und ”naive Sympathisanten”. Die Ausgrenzung der Religionswissenschaft aus der bundesdeutschen Kontroverse um neue Religionen // Zeitschrift fur Religionswissenschaft 1995, Vol.3. –P.111-136.
215	Baumgarten A.R. Hexenwahn und Hexenverfolgung im Naheraum. Ein Beitrag zur Sozial- und Kulturgeschichte. –Frankfurt am Main & Bern & New York & Paris.: Peter Lang, 1987. –483+277s.
216	Baumgarten A.I. The Flourishing of Jewish Sects in the Maccabean Era: An Interpretation. –Leiden & New York & Köln.: Brill, 1997. –S.1-41.
217	Bayer O. Mythos und Religion. Interdisziplinare Aspekte. -Stuttgart.: Calwer Verlag, 1990. -183s.
218	Beadle J.H. Life in Utah: or the mysteries and crimes of Mormonism, being an expose of the secret rites and ceremonies of the Latter Day Saints. –Philadelphia.: National Publishing Company, 1870. –544s.
219	Beadle J.H. The Mormon Theocracy. // Scribners monthly 1877 Vol.14. Issure №3. –391-397s.
220	Beadle J.H. Western wilds, and the men who redeem them. –Cincinnati & Philadelphia & Chicago & Detroit.: Jones Brothers & Co.; J.C.Chilton & Co., 1881. –624s.
221	Beaman L.C. Molly Mormons, Mormon Feminists and Moderates: Religious Diversity and the Latter Day Saints Church. // Sociology of Religion 2001. Vol.62:1. -65-86s.
222	Beaman L.G. Religion and Canadian Society: Traditions, Transitions and Innovations. -Toronto.: Canadian Scholars’ Press Inc., 2006. -277s.
223	Beaman L.G. The Myth of Pluralism, Diversity, and Vigor: The constitutional Privilege of Protestantism in the United States and Canada. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:3. –P.311-325.
224	Beard G.M. The Psychology of Spiritism. // The North American review 1879 Vol.129. Issure №272. –65-80s.
225	Beasley N. The Cross and The Crown. The History of Christian Science. –Harrington Park.: Robert H.Sommer, 1952. -664s.
226	Becker H. Sociologie als Wissenschaft vom Socialen Handeln. –Würzburg.: Holzner Verlag, 1959. -402s.
227	Becker H. Systematic Sociology on the basis of the Beziehungslehre and Gebildelehre of Leopold von Wiese. –New York.: Wiley & Sons, 1932. –772s.
228	Becker H.S. Personal change in adult life. // Sociometry Vol.27. -40-53s.
229	Beckerlegge G. Iconographic Representations of Renunciation and Activism in the Ramakrishna Math and Mission and the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004. Vol.19:1. -47-66s.
230	Beckerlegge G. Iconographic Representations of Sri Ramakrishna and Swami Vivekananda. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1996. Vol.11:3. -319-335s.
231	Beckford J.A. Accounting for conversion. // British Journal of Sociology 1978 Vol.29 - 249- 262s.
232	Beckford J.A. Cult Controversies. The Societal Response to the New Religious Movements. –London, New York.: Tavistock Publ., 1985. -327s.
233	Beckford J.A. Holistic Imagery and Ethics in New Religious and Healing Movements. // Social Compass 1984 Vol.31:2-3. –P.259-272.
234	Beckford J.A. Politics and the Anti-Cult Movement. // The Annual Review of the Social Sciences of Religion 1979 Vol.3. -169-189s.
235	Beckford J.A. Social Movements as Free-floating Religious Phenomena. In: The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Richard K.Fenn. –Oxford.: Blackwell, 2001. -229-248s.
236	Beckford J.A. Some Questions About the Relationship Between Scholars and the New Religious Movements. // Sociological Analysis 1983, Vol.44:3. –P. 189-196.
237	Beckford J.A. Structural Dependence in Religious Organizations: From “Skid-Road” to Watch Tower. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1967. Vol.6:1. –85-90s.
238	Beckford J.A. The Embryonic Stage of a Religious Sect`s Development: The Jehovah`s Witnesses. // A Sociological Yearbook of Religion in Britain 1972 Vol.5. –11-32s.
239	Beckford J.A. The “Cult Problem” in Five Countries: The Social Construction of Religious Controversy. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -195-214s.
240	Beckford J.A. The Management of Religious Diversity in England and Wales with Special Reference to Prison Chaplaincy. // MOST Journal on Multicultural Societies 1999. Vol.1:2. -1-9s.
241	Beckford J.A. The Public Response to New Religious Movements in Britain. // Social Compass 1983 Vol.30:1. -49-62s.
242	Beckford J.A. The Sociology of Religion 1945-1989. // Social Compass 1990 Vol.37:1. -45-64s.
243	Beckford J.A. The Watchtower Movement World-wide. // Social Compass 1977. Vol,24:1. –P.5-31.
244	Beckford J.A. Young People and New Religious Movements: Les jeunes generations et les nouveaux mouvements religieux. // Social Compass 1983 Vol.30:1. –P.5-12.
245	Beckford J.A., Richardson J.T. A Bibliography of Social Scientific Studies of New Religious Movements. // Social Compass 1983 Vol.30:1. –P.111-135.
246	Bednarowski M.F. The New Age Movement and Feminist Spirituality: Overlapping Conversations at the End of the Centure. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -167-178s.
247	Bednarowski M.F. The Religious Imagination of American Women. –Indianapolis.: Indiana University Press, 1999. -240s.
248	Behar R. Sexual Witchcraft, Colonialism, and Women`s Powers: Views from the Mexican Inquisition. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Gender and Witchcraft. Volume 4. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –218-246s.
249	Behar R. The Visions of a Guachichil Witch in 1599: A Window an the Subjugation of Mexico`s Hunter-Gatherers. // Ethnohistory 1987 Vol.34. –115-138s.
250	Behrens K. Die Russische Orthodoxe Kirche: Segen für die „neuen Zaren“? Religion und Politik im postsowjetischen Russland (1991-2000). –Paderborn & München & Wien & Zürich.: Ferdinand Schöningh, 2002. –417s.
251	Behringer W. Weather, Hunger, and Fear: The Origins of the European Witch Prosecutions in Climate, Society, and Mentality. // German History 1995 Vol.13. –1-27s.
252	Beit-Hallahmi B., Argyle M. The Psychology of Religious Behaviour, Belief and Experience. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1997. -318p.
253	Beit-Hallahmi B. Curiosity, Doubt, and Devotion: The Belief of Psychologists and the Psychology of Religion. In: Current Perspectives in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by H.Newton Malony. –Grand Rapids.: Willian B.Eerdmans Publ., 1977. –381-391s.
254	Beit-Hallahmi B. Psychology of Religion 1880-1930: The Rise and Fall of a Psychological Movement. // Journal of History of the Behavioral Sciences 1974 Vol.10. –84-90s.
255	Beit-Hallahmi B. Scientology: Religion or racket? // Marburg Journal of Religion 2003. Vol.8:1. –1-38s.
256	Bekennen in der Zeit. Hrsg. Von Wulf Metz. –Munchen.: Evangelischer Presseverband fur Bayern, 1981. -204s.
257	Bell E. ‚Vain Unsettled Fashions‘: the Early Durham Friends and Popular Culture c. 1660-1725. // Quaker Studies 2003 Vol.8:1. –P.23-35.
258	Bellah R.N. Beyond Belief. Berkeley, Los Angeles, London.: University of California Press. 1991. -306s.
259	Bellah R.N. Religious Evolution. // American Sociological Review. 1964. Vol.29:3. -358-374s.
260	Bellah R. Comment on «The limits of Symbolic Realism». // JSSR 1974. Vol.13. - 487-489s.
261	Belmont P. Political Equality, Religious Toleration from Roger Williams to Jefferson. –New York & London.: G.P. Putnam`s Sons, 1927. -149p.
262	Beloff J. Parapsychology. A Concise History. –London.: The Athlone Press, 1993. –330s.
263	Belyaev D. Zur Rolle des heterodoxen Wissens in Russland nach dem Zusammenbruch des kommunistischen Systems. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2009 Vol.9:1. –P.1-35.
264	Bendrath D., Herrmann K., Springfeldt A. Ein Messias aus Korea? –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1992. -39s.
265	Benite Z.B.-D. The Ten Lost Tribes. A World History. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2009. -302p.
266	Bennett C.H., Ming Li., Bin Ma. Chain Letters and Evolutionary Histories. // Scientific American 2003 June –32-37s.
267	Benson P.L., Spilka B.P. God-Image as a Function of Self-Esteem and Locus of Control. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1973 Vol.12:3. –297-310s.
268	Benz E. Neue Religionen. –Stuttgart.: Ernst Klett Verl., 1971. –179s.
269	Bergen F.D. Current superstitions: collected from the oral tradition of English speaking folk. –Boston & New York.: Houghton, Mifflin & Co., 1896. –161s.
270	Berger A.L. Hasidism and Moonism: Charisma in the Counterculture. // Sociological Analysis 1981. Vol.41:4. –P.375-390.
271	Berger H.A. A Community of Witches. Contemporary Neo-Paganism and Witchcraft in the United States. –South Carolina.: University of South Carolina Press, 1999. –148s.
272	Berger H.A., Leach E.A., Shaffer L.S. Voices from the Pagan Census. A National Survey of Witches and Neo-Pagans in the United States. –Columbia.: University of South Carolina Press, 2003. –279s.
273	Bergeron R. An Alternative to the Anti-Cult Movement Groupe Alliance in Canada. // Anti-Cult Movement in Cross-Cultural Perspective. Ed. by Shupe A. Bromley D.G. - New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1994. –P.77-91.
274	Berger P.L. Charisma and Religious Innovation: The Social Location of Israelite Prophesy. // American Sociological Review. 1963. Vol.28:6. -940-950s.
275	Berger P.L. Einladung zur Soziologie. Eine humanistische Perspektive. –Olten & Freiburg.: Walter Verlag, 1969. –206s.
276	Berger P.L. Luckmann T. Modernität, Pluralismus und Sinnkrise. Die orientierung des modernen Menschen. –Gütersloh.: Bertelsmann Stiftung Verl., 1995. –82s.
277	Berger P.L. The Desecularization of the World: A Global Overview. In: The Desecularization of the World. Resurgent Religion and World Politics. Ed. By Peter L.Berger. –Washington.: Ethics and Public Policy Center, 1999. –P.1-18.
278	Berger P.L. The Heretical Imperative. Contemporary possibilities of religious affirmation. –New York.: Anchor Press, 1980. -206s.
279	Berger P.L. The Sacred Canopy. -New York.: Doubleday, 1969. –229s.
280	Berger P.L. The Serendipity of Liberties. In: The Structure of Freedom: Correlations, Causes, and Cautions. Ed. by R.J.Neuhaus. –Michigan.: Grand Rapids, 1991. -1-17s.
281	Berger P.L. The Sociological Study of Sectarianism. // Social Research 1954. Vol.21. –467-485s.
282	Bergman J.R. Jehovas Zeugen und das Problem der seelischen Gesundheit. –Munchen.: Evangelischer Presseverband fur Bayern, 1994. -84s.
283	Bericht der Bundesstelle fьr Sektenfragen an den Bundesminister fьr soziale Sicherheit, Generationen und Konsumentenschutz. Berichtszeitraum: 2003. –Wien.: Bundesstelle fьr Sektenfragen, 2004. -116s.
284	Bericht der Bundesstelle fьr Sektenfragen an den Bundesminister fьr soziale Sicherheit, Generationen und Konsumentenschutz. Berichtszeitraum: 2004. –Wien.: Bundesstelle fьr Sektenfragen, 2005. -116s.
285	Bericht der Landesregierung uber die Tatigkeit von Sekten in Schleswig-Holstein. –Kiel.: Die Ministerprasidentin des Landes Schleswig-Holstein, 1997. -45s.
286	Berkowitz B.A. Execution and Invention: Death Penalty Discourse in Early Rabbinic and Christian Cultures. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 2006. –349s.
287	Berlitz C., Moore W.L. Der Roswell-Zwischenfall. Die UFOs und der CIA. –Wien & Hamburg.: Zsolnay, 1980. –195s.
288	Bernard L.L. A Psycho-sociological Interpretation of Magic. // Publications of the American Sociological Society 1927. Vol.22. -60-71s.
289	Berner U. Reflection upon the concept of «new religious movement» // Method & Theory in the Study of Religion 2000. Vol.12:1/2. – P. 267-276.
290	Best S. Adolescent Quakers: a Hidden Sect? // Quaker Studies 2008 Vol.13:21 –P.103-113.
291	Best S. Quaker Events for Young People: Informal Education and Faith Transmission. // Quaker Studies 2007 Vol.11:2. –P.259-281.
292	Between the Times. The Travail of the Protestant Establishment in America, 1900-1960. Ed. by William R.Hutchison. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1989. –322s.
293	Betz W. The Memory of Water Revisited. // The Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine 2002 Vol.6:2. –P.68-72.
294	Beverley J.A. Crisis of Allegiance. –Burlington.: Welch Publ., 1986. -144p.
295	Beyer P. Secularization from the Perspective of Globalization: A Response to Dobbelaere. // Sociology of Religion 1999. Vol.60:3. -289-301s.
296	Beyer P. The Islamic Revolution in Iran. In: Beyer P. Religion and Globalization. –London.: Sage, 1994. -160-184s.
297	Beyer S. Magic & Ritual in Tibet. The Cult of Tara. –Delhi.: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers, 2001. -542p.
298	Beyerstein B.L. Anomalous Perceptual Experiences: Believing Is Seeing Is Believing. // The Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine 2002 Vol.6:2. –P.73-82.
299	Beyerlein K., Chaves M. The Political Activities of Religious Congregation in the United States. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:2. –P.229-246.
300	Beyond New Age. Exploring Alternative Spirituality. Ed. By S.Sutcliffe, M.Bowman. –Edinburgh.: Edinburgh University Press, 2000. -266s.
301	Bhargava D. Manu Smriti. A Sociological Analysis. –Jaipur.: Rawat Publ., 1989. –124s.
302	Bhattacharya G.L. Krishna of the Gita. Reflections & The Necessity of Regrouping The Text of the Gita. –Calcutta.: Writers Workshop Publ. –1993. –233s.
303	Bibby R.W. Reply to Richardson`s Critique. // Review of Religious Research 1975 Vol.17. –160-161s.
304	Bibby R.W., Weaver H.R. Cult Consumption in Canada: A Further Critique of Stark and Bainbridge. // Sociological Analysis 1985, Vol.46:4. -445-460s.
305	Biermans J.T. The Odyssey of New Religious Movements. Persecution, Struggle, Legitimation. A Case Study of the Unification Church. –Lewiston, Queenston.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1986. -216s.
306	Bigler D.L. Forgotten Kingdom: The Mormon Theocracy in the American West, 1847-1896. –Logan.: Utah State University, 1998. –411p.
307	Billerbeck L., Nordhausen F. Der Sekten-Konzern. Scientology auf dem Vormarsch. –München.: Knaur, 1993. –367s.
308	Billing W., Sauer M. Opus Dei und Scientology. Die staats-, und gesellschaftspolitischen Vorstellungen. Kollisionen oder Ubereinstimmung mit dem Grundgesetz? –Opladen.: Leske & Budrich, 2000. –156s.
309	Billingsley S. It’s a New Day. Race and Gender in the Modern Charismatic Movement. –Tuscaloosa.: The University of Alabama Press, 2008. –202p.
310	Binkley L.J. What Characterizes Religious Language? // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1962 Vol.2:1. –18-21s.
311	Binsbergen W.M.J. Religious Innovation and Political Conflict in Zambia: A Contribution to the Interpretation of the Lumpa Rising. // African Perspectives 1976. Vol.2. -101-135s.
312	Binsbergen W.M.J., Buijtenhuijs R. Religious Innovation in Modern African Society: Introduction. // African Perspectives 1976. Vol.2. -7-11s.
313	Bird F. Charisma and Leadership in New Religious Movements. In: The Handbook on Cults and Sects in America. Ed: Bromley D.G. Hadden J.K. Vol.3. Part. A.- Greenwich-London.: JAI Press inc., 1993. –75-92s.
314	Bird F. Charisma and Ritual in New Religious Movements. In: Understanding the new religions. Ed. by Needleman Jacob. - New York.: A Crossroad Book, -1978. –173-189s.
315	Bird F. The Pursuit of Innocence: New Religious Movements and Moral Accountability. // Sociological Analysis, 1979, Vol.40:4. -335-346s.
316	Bird F., Reimer B. Participation Rates in New Religious and Para-Religious Movements. ." // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1982. Vol.21:1. –P.1-14s.
317	Bird F.B. Westley F. The Economic Strategies of New Religious Movements. // Sociological Analysis 1985, Vol.46:2. -157-170s.
318	Bjorling J. Channeling. A Bibliographic Exploration. –New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1992. –363s.
319	Bjornstad J. 20th Century Prophecy. Jeane Dixon, Edgar Cayce. –Minneapolis.: Dimension books, 1977. -142p.
320	Black Religion and Aesthetics. Religious Thought and Life in Africa and the African Diaspora. Ed. A.B. Pinn. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009. –220p.
321	Blain J. Nine Worlds of Seid-Magic. Ecstasy and neo-shamanism in North European Paganism. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2002. -185p.
322	Blavatsky H.P. Recent Progress in Theosophy. // The North American review 1890 Vol.151. Issue №405. –173-186s.
323	Blecourt Willem de. Witch Doctors, Soothsayers, and Priests. On Cunning Folk in European Historiography and Tradition. // Social History 1994 Vol.19:3. –285-303s.
324	Bloch-Hoell N. The Pentecostal Movement. Its Origin, Development, and Distinctive Character. –Oslo, London, New York.:Universitetsforlaget, 1964. -256s.
325	Block M.B. The New Church in the New World. A Study of Swedenborgianism in America. –New York.: Henry Holt & Co., 1932. -464p.
326	Bloom M. Jewish Mysticism and Magic. An Anthropological Perspective. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2007. -231p.
327	Bochinger C. „New Age“ und moderne Religion: religionswissenschaftliche Analysen. –Gütersloh: Keiser; Gütersloher Verlagshaus, 1994. –695s.
328	Bochinger C. The Invisible Inside the Visible – The Visible Inside the Invisible: Theoretical and methodological aspects of research on New Age and contemporary Esotericism // Journal of Alternative Spiritualities and New Age Studies 2005 Vol.1. February. –59-73s.
329	Bock D.C., Warren N.C. Religious Belief as a Factor in Obedience to Destructive Commands. // Review of Religious Research 1972 Vol.13:3. –185-191s.
330	Boeri M.W. Women After the Utopia: the Gendered Lives of Former Cult Members. // Social Compass 2002 Vol.31:3. –P.323-360.
331	Boettcher R. Gifts of Deceit. Sun Myung Moon, Tongsun Park, and the Korean Scandal. –New York.: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1980. -402s.
332	Boettcher S.R. Post-Colonial Reformation? Hybridity in 16th-Century Christianity. // Social Compass 2005 Vol.52:4. –P.443-452.
333	Bongmba E.K. African Witchcraft and Otherness. A Philosophical and Theological Critique of Intersubjective Relations. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 2001. –224p.
334	Bonner M. Jihad in Islamic History. – Princeton.: Princeton University Press, 2006. –197s.
335	Bonney R. Jihad. From Qur`an to bin Laden. –Houndmills & New York.: Palgrave MacMillan, 2004. -594p.
336	Booth M. A Magick Life. The Biography of Aleister Crowley. –London.: Hodder & Stoughton, 2000. –507s.
337	Borst A. The Origins of the Witch-Craze in the Alps. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft in Continental Europe. Volume 2. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –299-320s.
338	Botbol-Baum M. The Role of Metaphor in Religious Discourse. –Duisburg.: Linguistic Agency University of Duisburg, 1996. -11s.
339	Bouma G.D. The Emergence of Religious Plurality in Australia: A Multicultural Society. // Sociology of Religion 1995. Vol.56:3. -285-302s.
340	Bourg C.J. The Politics of Religious Movements. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -45-64s.
341	Boulard F. Religiöse Zugehörigkeit und Pastoral. In: Die Zugehörigkeit zur Kirche. Hrsg. von W.Menges & N.Greinacher. –Mainz.: Matthias-Grünewald, 1964. –155-179s.
342	Bowden H.W. A Historians Response to the Concept of American Civil Religion. // Journal of Church and State 1975 Vol.17:3. -495-505s.
343	Bowman M. Ancient Avalon, New Jerusalem, Heart Chakra of Planet Earth: The Local and the Global in Glastonbury. // Numen 2005 Vol.52:2. –P.157-190.
344	Bowman M. Healing in the Spiritual Marketplace: Consumers, Courses and Credentialism. // Social Compass 1999. Vol.46:2. –181-189s.
345	Bowman M. Taking Stories Seriously: Vernacular Religion, Contemporary Spirituality and the Myth of Jesus in Glastonbury. // Temenos 2003-2004. №39-40. –125-142s.
346	Bowman R.M. Cult Evangelism: Which Methods Are Effective? // Christian Research Journal 1994 March 21.
347	Boyarin D., Burrus V. Hybridity as Subversion of Orthodoxy? Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity. // Social Compass 2005 Vol.52:4. –P.431-441.
348	Boyer P. When Time Shall Be No More. Prophecy Belief in Modern American Culture. –Cambridge & London.: The Belknap of Harvard University Press, 1992. –468p.
349	Braden C.S. Spirits in Rebellion. The Rise and Development of New Thought. –Dallas.: Southern Methodist University Press, 1963. -571s.
350	Bradley R.T. Charisma and Social Structure. A Study of Love and Power, Wholeness and Transformation. –New York.: Paragon House, 1987. –365s.
351	Brahma Kumaris / Raja Yoga: Darstellung – Berichte – Dokumente. Hrsg. D.Bendrath. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1985. –106s.
352	Bramly S. Macumba. The Teachings of Maria-Jose, Mother of the Gogs. –San Francisco.: City Lights Books, 1994. –231s.
353	Brand G. Witchcraft and Spirit Beliefs in African Christian Theology. // Exchange 2002 Vol.31:1. –P.36-50.
354	Brandon G. Santeria from Africa to the New World. The Dead Sell Memories. –Bloomington.: Indiana University Press, 1993. –206s.
355	Brandt S. Religiöses Handeln in moderner Welt. Talcott Parsons Religionssoziologie im Rahmen Seiner allgemeinen Handlungs- und Systemtheorie. –Frankfurt am Main.: Suhrkamp, 1993. -583s.
356	Braune Flecken in der Espterik. Der antisemitismus der Alternativen. Hrsg. K-H. Eimuth & L.Lemhöfer. // FORUM – Streifzüge durch die Welt der Religionen 2001 Band.18. –61s.
357	Brauner S. Martin Luther on Witchcraft: A True Reformer? In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Demonology, Religion, and Witchcraft. Volume 1. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –216-230s.
358	Brennpunkt Esoterik. Okkultismus. Satanismus. Rechtsradikalismus. Hrsg. I.Christiansen & R.Fromm & H.Zinser. –Hamburg.: Behörde für Inneres – Landesjugendbehörde, 2006. –236s.
359	Bretthauer B. Televangelismus in der USA. Religion zwischen Individualisierung und Vergemeinschaftung. –Frankfurt & New York.: Campus Verlag, 1999. –354s.
360	Briggs R. Die Hexenmacher. Geschichte der Hexenverfolgung in Europa und der Neuen Welt. –Berlin.: Argon, 1998. –559s.
361	Briggs R. Women as Victim? Witches, Judges, and the Community. // French History 1991 Vol.5. –438-450s.
362	Brims J. The Ross-shire Witchcraft Case of 1822. // Review of Scottish Culture 1989 Vol.5. –87-91s.
363	Brinkerhoff M.B., Burke K.L. Disaffiliation: Some notes on falling away from the faith. // Sociological Analysis, 1980. Vol.41:1. –41-54s.
364	Brinkerhoff M.B., Grandin E., Hexham I., Pue C. The Perception of Mormons by Rural Canadian Youth. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1991. Vol.30:4. –P.479-486.
365	Brinkerhoff M.B., Jacob J.C. Mindfulness and Quasi-Religious Meaning Systems: An Empirical Exploration within the Context of Ecological Sustainability and Deep Ecology. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1999, Vol.38:4. -524-542s.
366	Brinkerhoff M.B., Jakob J.C. Quasi-Religious Meaning Systems, Official Religion, and Quality of Life in an Alternative Lifestyle: A Survey from the Back-to-the-Land Movement. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1987, Vol.26:1. -63-80s.
367	Brocker M. Protest – Anpassung – Etablierung. Die Christliche Rechte im politischen System der USA. –Frankfurt & New York.: Campus Verl., 2004. –386s.
368	Brock R.N. The Fiction of Church and State Separation: A Proposal for Greater Freedom of Religion. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion 2002 Vol.70:4. –P.855-861.
369	Broecke S.V. The Limits of Influence. Pico, Louvain, and Crisis of Renaissance Astrology. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2003. -316s.
370	Bromley D.G. "Financing the Millennium: The Economic Structure of the Unificationist Movement." // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1985. Vol.24 - 253- 74s.
371	Bromley D.G. Linking Social Structure and the Exit Process in Religious Organizations: Defectors, Whistle-blowers, and Apostates. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1998, Vol.37:1. -145-160s.
372	Bromley D.G., Newton S.H. The Family: History, Organization, and Ideology. In: Sex, Slander, and Salvation. Investigating the Family/Children of God. Ed. J.R.Lewis & G.Melton. –Stanford.: Center for Academic Publication, 1994. –41-46s.
373	Bromley D.G., Shupe A.D. Anti-cultism in the United States: Origins, Ideology and Organizational Development. // Social Compass 1995. Vol.42:2. –221-236s.
374	Bromley D.G., Shupe A.D. Financing the New Religions: A Resource Mobilization Approach. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1980. Vol.19:3. –227-239s.
375	Bromley D.G., Shupe A.D. “Moonies” in America. Cult, Church, and Crusade. –Beverly Hills, London.: SAGE, 1979. -269s.
376	Bromley D.G. The Social Construction of Subversion: A Comparison of Anti-Religious and Anti-Satanic Cult Narratives. // Anti-Cult Movement in Cross-Cultural Perspective. Ed. by Shupe A. Bromley D.G. -New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1994. –P.49-75.
377	Bronner L. Sects and Separatism During the Second Jewish Commonwealth. – New York.: Bloch Publishing Company, 1967. –S.13-18.
378	Brooks C.R. The Hare Krishnas in India. –Princeton.: Princeton University Press, 1989. -265s.
379	Brown B. They Know Us Better Than We Know Ourselves. The History and Politics of Alien Abduction. –New York.: New York University Press, 2007. -247p.
380	Brown D. Discipleship and Imagination. Christian Tradition and Truth. – Oxford & New York.: Oxford University Press, 2000. -438p.
381	Brown D.W. Rethinking Tradition in Modern Islamic Thought. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, -1996. –185s.
382	Brown D.G., Lowe W.L. Religious Beliefs and Personality Characteristics of College Students. // Journal of Social Psychology 1951. Vol.33. –103-129s. In: Measures of Religiousity. Ed. by Peter C.Hill & Ralph W.Hood. –Birmingham.: Alabama, 1999. –22-24s.
383	Browne E.G. A Literary History of Persia. Vol. IV. Modern Times (1500-1924). –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1930. –530s.
384	Browne E.G. A Year Amongst the Persians. –London.: Adam & Charles Black, 1950. –650s.
385	Brown S. Late Carthaginian Child Sacrifice and Sacrificial Monuments in their Mediterranean Context. –Sheffild.: University of Sheffild Press, 1991. –335s.
386	Brown S.L. Baby Boomers, American Character, and the New Age: A Synthesis. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -87-96s.
387	Brown W.A. The Church in America. A Study of the Present Condition and Future Prospects of American Protestantism. –New York.: The Macmillan Company, 1922. -378p.
388	Bruce S. Choice and Religion. A Critique of Rational Choice Theory. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 1999. –247s.
389	Bruce S. Good Intentions and Bad Sociology: New Age Authenticity and Social Roles. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1998. Vol.13:1. -23-35s.
390	Bruce S. Religion in the Modern World. From Cathedrals to Cults. –Oxford & New York.: Oxford University Press, 1996. –256s.
391	Bruce S. The Social Process of Secularization. In: The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Richard K.Fenn. –Oxford.: Blackwell, 2001. -249-263s.
392	Bruning E. Sind Zeugen Jehovas Christen? –Bad Liebenzell.: VLM, 1990. -192s.
393	Bruno G. Cause, Principle and Unity. Essays on Magic. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2004. -185p.
394	Brunotte U. Puritanismus und Pioniergeist. Die Faszination der Wildnis im frühen Neu-England. –Berlin & New York.: Walter de Gruyter, 2000. –310s.
395	Bruschi C. The Wandering Heretics of Languedoc. –New York.: Cambridge University Press, 2009. –222p.
396	Brzezinski J. Charismatic Renewal and Institutionalization in the History of Gaudiya Vaishnavism and the Gaudiya Math. In: The Hare Krishna Movement. The Postcharismatic Fate of a Religious Transplant. Ed. by E.F.Bryant & M.L.Ekstrand. –New York.: Columbia University Press, 2004. –73-96s.
397	Bubmann P. Urklang der Zukunft. New Age und Musik, -Stuttgart.: Quell Verlag, 1988. –273s.
398	Buck. J. D. The Symbolism of Freemasonry or Mystic Masonry and the Greater Mysteries of Antiquity. -Chicago.: Charles T. Powner Co., 1925. -146s.
399	Buckle R. Mormons in Britain: a Survey. // A Sociological Yearbook of Religion in Britain 1971 Vol.4. –160-179s.
400	Buckley J.J. The Mandaeans. Ancient Texts and Modern People. –Oxford & New York.: Oxford University Press, 2002. –200s.
401	Buckley J.M. "Christian Science" and "Mind Cure". // The Century, a popular quarterly 1887 Vol.34. Issue №3. –418-434s.
402	Buddhism in Canada. Ed. By Bruce Matthews. -London & New York.: Routledge, 2006. -170p.
403	Buddhist, Hindus and Sikhs in America. Ed. Mann G.S. & Numrich P.D. & Williams R.B. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2008. –151p.
404	Buddhisten und Hindus im deutschsprachigen Raum. Akten des Zweiten Grazer Religionswissenschaftlichen Symposiums (2.-3. März 2000). Hrsg. Hutter M. –Frankfurt am Main & Berlin & Bern & Bruxelles & New York & Oxford & Wien.: Peter Lang, 2001. –236s.
405	Buhring K. Conceptions of God, Freedom, and the Ethics in African American and Jewish Theology. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. –262p.
406	Bull M. The Seventh-Day Adventists: Heretics of American Civil Religion. // Sociological Analysis 1989 Vol: 50:2. –P.177-187.
407	Bulmer M. Comment on “The ethics of covert methods.” // British Journal of Sociology, March 1980. Vol.31:1. –59-65s.
408	Bunn J.T. Glossolalia in Historical Perspective. In: Speaking in Tongues. A Guide to Research on Glossolalia. Ed. by Watson E.Mills. –Michigan.:Grand Rapids, 1986. -165-178s.
409	Burchardt G. “Sekten sind unbeglichene Rechnungen der Kirche”. Zur Phänomen „neuer religiöser Bewegungen“ in Lateinamerika. // Herder-Korrespondenz 1986 №3. –S.124-128.
410	Burfoot J. The Fun-Seeking Movement in California. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -147-164s.
411	Burton P.F. Keeping the Light Shining? The End of British Quakerism Revisited. // Quaker Studies 2005 Vol.9:2. –P.249-256.
412	Bushaway B. Tacit, Unsuspected, but Still Implicit Faith: Alternative Belief in Nineteenth-Centure Rural England. // New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 6. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –71-97s.
413	Bushman C.L. Contemporary Mormonism. – Westport.: Praeger, 2006. –241s.
414	Bushman C.L., Bushman R.L. Mormons in America. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 1998. –142s.
415	Busse S.A. Was gehen den Staat die Sekten an? Eine kritische Analyse der Arbeit der Enquete-Kommission Sogenannte Sekten und Psychogruppen. –Frankfurt am Main.: Peter Lang, 2000. –167s.
416	Butler J. Enthusiasm Described and Decried: The Great Awakening as Interpretative Fiction. // Journal of American History 1982 Vol.62:2. -305-325s.
417	Butler J. From Millerism to Seventh-day Adventism: Boundlessness to Consolidation. // Church History 1986. Vol.55:1. -50-64s.
418	Byford C.T. Peasants and Prophets (Baptist Pioneers in Russia and South Eastern Europe). -London.: James Clarke & The Kingsgate Press, 1912. -153p.
419	Byington E.H. The Puritan in England and New England. –Boston.: Roberts Brothers, 1896. –406s.
420	Caberta U. Schwarzbuch Scientology. –Gutersloh.: Gutersloher Verlagshaus, 2007. -196s.
421	Cabrera L. Reglas de Congo. Mayombe Palo Monte. -Miami.: Ediciones Universal, 1986. -225s.
422	Cabrera L. La Regla Kimbisa del Santo Christo del Buen Viaje. -Miami.: Ediciones Universal, 1986. -85s.
423	Caird D., Law H. Non-Convention Beliefs: Their Structure and Measurement. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1982, Vol.21:2. -152-163s.
424	Caldwell C.E. Dominican Inquisitors as „Doctors of Souls“: The Spiritual Discipline of Inquisition, 1231-1331. // Heresis 2004 №40. –P.23-40.
425	Caldwell S. The Heart of the Secret: A Personal and Scholarly Encounter with Shakta Tantrism in Siddha Yoga. // Nova Religion 2001 Vol.5:1. –9-51s.
426	Calster S. Menschen ohne Zuhause. Pszchologische und sociologische Uberlegungen zum Phänomen der Sekten. // Internationale katholische Zeitschrift “Communio”, 1991, -158-164s.
427	Calvert J.E. Quaker Constitutionalism and the Political Thought Of John Dickinson. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2009. -382p.
428	Campanelli P. Ancient Ways: Reclaiming Pagan Traditions. –St.Paul.: Llewellyn Publ, 1995. -224p.
429	Campanini M. Qur’anic Hermeutics and Political Hegemony: Reformation of Islamic Thought // Muslim World 2009. Jan. Vol. 99: 1. – ?.124-133.
430	Campbell B.F. Ancient Wisdom Revived. A History of the Theosophical Movement. –Berkeley.: University of California Press, 1980. -249s.
431	Campbell B. A Typology of Cults. // Sociological Analysis 1978, Vol.39:3. - 228- 240s.
432	Campbell C. Clarifying the cult. // British Journal of Sociology 1977 Vol.28:3. –375-388s.
433	Campbell C., Mclver S. Cultural Sources of Support for Contemporary Occultism. // Social Compass 1987 Vol.34:1. –P.41-60.
434	Campbell C. The Cult, the Cultic Milieu and Secularization. // A Sociological Yearbook of Religion in Britain 1972 Vol.5. –119-136s.
435	Campbell C. The Secret Religion of the Educated Classes. // Sociological Analysis 1978 Vol.39:2. -146-156s.
436	Campbell C. Toward a Sociology of Irreligion. –London.: Macmillan, 1971. –171s.
437	Campbell D.E., Monson J.Q. Following the Leader? Mormon Voting on Ballot Propositions. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:4. –P.605-619.
438	Campos J. J. P. Guia do Candomble da Bahia. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1989. -109s.
439	Campos L.S. Historischer Protestantismus und Pfingstbewegung in Brasilien: Annäherungen und Konflikte. // Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft 1997, Heft.3. –202-243s.
440	Canizares B. R. The Book on Palo. Wisdom of Don Demetrio. -New York.: Orisha Consciousness Movement, 2000. -17s.
441	Canright D.M. Seventh-Day Adventism Renounced. After an Experience of Twenty-eight Years by a Prominent Minister and Writer of that Faith. –New York & Chicago & Toronto.: Fleming H.Revell, 1914. -418p.
442	Cantor G. Quakers, Jews, and Science. Religious Responses to Modernity and the Sciences in Britain, 1650-1900. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2005. -422p.
443	Capps D.E. Contemporary Psychology of Religion: The Task of Theoretical Reconstruction. // Social Research 1974 Vol.41:2. –362-383s.
444	Capps D.E. Melancholia, Utopia, and the Psychoanalysis of Dreams. In: The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Richard K.Fenn. –Oxford.: Blackwell, 2001. -85-104s.
445	Capps W.H. The Interpenetration of New Religion and Religious Studies. In: Understanding the new religions. Ed. by Needleman Jacob. - New York.: A Crossroad Book, 1981. -101-105s.
446	Caputo J.D. On Religion. –London.: Routledge, 2001. –147s.
447	Cargo Cults and Millenarian Movements. Transoceanic Comparisons of New Religious Movements. Ed. By G.W.Trompf. –Berlin, New York: Mount de Gruyter, 1990. -456s.
448	Carlson D.W. Understanding Chinese-U.S. Conflict Over Freedom of Religion: The Wolf-Specter Freedom From Religious Persecution Acts of 1997 and 1998. // Brigham Young University Law Review 1998 Vol.2. – P.563-607.
449	Carlson M. „No Religion Higher than Truth“. A History of the Theosophical Movement in Russia, 1875-1922. –Princeton.: Princeton University Press, 1993. –298s.
450	Carmody D.L., Carmody J.T. Serene Compassion. A Christian Appreciation of Buddhist Holiness. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 1996. –136s.
451	Caro Baroja J. Witchcraft and Catholic Theology. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Demonology, Religion, and Witchcraft. Volume 1. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –1-25s.
452	Carrier H. The Sociology of Religious Belonging. –New York.: Herder & Herder, 1965. –335s.
453	Carroll B.E. Spiritualism in Antebellum America. – Bloomington & Indianapolis.: Indiana University Press, 1997. -227p.
454	Carroll H.K. The Religious Forces of the United States Enumerated, Classified, and Described. –New York.: Charles Scribner`s Sons, 1912. -488p.
455	Carter L.F. Charisma and Control in Rajneeshpuram. The role of shared values in the creation of a community. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1990. -316s.
456	Carter L.F. The „New Renunciates” of the Bhagawan Shree Rajneesh: Observations and Identification of Problems of Interpreting New Religious Movements. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1987, Vol.26:2. -148-172s.
457	Carter S.L. The Culture of Disbelief. How American Law and Politics Trivialize Religious Devotion. –New York.: BasicBooks, 1993. –328p.
458	Cartledge M.J. Interpreting Charismatic Experience: Hypnosis, Altered States of Consciousness and the Holy Spirit? // Journal of Pentecostal Theology 1998 Vol.13. –117-132s.
459	Cartwright R.H., Kent S.A. Social Control in Alternative Religions: A Familial Perspective. // Sociological Analysis 1992. Vol.53:4. -345-361s.
460	Casanova J. Globalizing Catholicism and the Return to the Universal Church. In: Transnational Religion and Fading States. Ed. by S.H. Rudolph and J.Piscatori. –Boulder.: Westview, 1997. -121-143s.
461	Casanova J. Public Religions in the Modern World. –Chicago and London.: The University of Chicago Press, 1994. –320s.
462	Case J.R. And Ever the Twain Shall Meet: The Holiness Missionary Movement and the Birth of World Pentecostalism, 1870-1920. // Religion and American Culture 2006. Vol.16:2. –P.125-159.
463	Cassar C. Witchcraft Beliefs and Social Control in Seventeenth-Century Malta. // Journal of Mediterranean Studies 1993 Vol.3. –316-334s.
464	Castilho J. S. Xoroque. O Rei do Oure e da Magia. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 2001. -109s.
465	Casting Faiths. Imperialism and the Transformation of Religion in East and Southeast Asia. Ed. Thomas David DuBois. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009. –271p.
466	Catton W.R. What Kind of People does a Religious Cult Attract? // American Sociological Review 1957. Vol.22. –561-566s.
467	Cause and Cure of Sectarianism. // New Englander and Yale review 1847 Vol.5. Issue №17. –78-90s.
468	Cave A.A. Indian Shamans and English Witches in Seventeenth-Century New England. // Essex Institute Historical Collections 1992 Vol.128. –239-254s.
469	Cave A.A. Prophets of the Great Spirit. Native American Revitalization Movements in Eastern North America. –Lincoln & London.: University of Nebraska Press, 2006. –328p.
470	Cervantes F. The Devil`s Encounter with America. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Demonology, Religion, and Witchcraft. Volume 1. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –245-270s.
471	Cervantes F. the Devil`s of Queretaro: Scepticism and Credibility in Late Seventeenth-Century Mexico. // Past & Present 1991 Vol.130. –51-69s.
472	Chadkirk B. ‘Will the Last (woman) Friend to Leave Please Ensure that the Light Remains Shining?’ // Quaker Studies 2004 Vol.9:1. –P.114-119.
473	Chadwick B.A., Top B.L. Religiosity and Delinquency among LDS Adolescents. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1993 Vol.32:1. –P.51-67.
474	Chadwick H. Heresy and Orthodoxy in the Early Church. –Aldershot.: Variorum, 1998. –322s.
475	Cha Seong Hwan. Korean Civil Religion and Modernity. // Social Compass 2000 Vol.47:4. –467-485s.
476	Chakmakjian P. Theological Lying and Religious Radicalism in Anderson’s Constitutions. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2008 Vol.8. –P.167-190.
477	Chamberlain A.F. «New Religions» among the North American Indians». // Journal of Religious Psychology 1913. №6 - 1- 49s.
478	Chang M.H. Falun Gong. The End of Days. –New Haven & London.: Yale University Press, 2004. –188s.
479	Chapman M. Anglicanism. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2006. –157s.
480	Charisma and Canon. Essays on the Religious History of the Indian Subcontinent. Ed. by Vasudha Dalmia & Angelika Malinar & Martin Christof. – New Delhi.: Oxford University Press, 2003. –461s.
481	Charismatic Christianity. Sociological Perspectives. Ed. by Stephen Hunt & Malcolm Hamilton & Tony Walter. –London.: Macmillan Press, 1997. -236s.
482	Chattopadhyaya S. Evolution of Hindu Sects up to the Time of Samkaracarya. –New Delhi.: Munshiram Manoharlal, 1970. –216s.
483	Chaves M. Intraorganisational Power and Internal Secularization in Protestant Denominations. // American Journal of Sociology 1993 Vol.99:1. -1-48s.
484	Chaves M., Sutton J.R. Organizational Consolidation in American Protestant Denominations, 1890-1990. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2004 Vol.43:2. –51-66s.
485	Chawdhri L.R. Secrets of Occult Science: How to Read Omens, Moles, Dreams and Handwritings. –New Delhi.: Sterling Publishers, 1990. -144p.
486	Chazan R. Fashioning Jewish Identity in Medieval Western Christendom. –New York.: Cambridge University Press, 2004. -381p.
487	Cheal D.J. Political Radicalism and Religion: Competitors for Commitment. // Social Compass 1975 Vol.22:2. –P.245-259.
488	Chesnut A.R. Competitive Spirits. Latin America's New Religious Economy. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 2003. –189p.
489	Chevannes A.B. Social and Ideological Origins of the Rastafari Movement in Jamaica. –Ann Arbor.: University Microfilms International, 1989. -438s.
490	Cheyney E.P. European Background of American History, 1300-1600. Vol.I. -New York & London.: Harper & brothers, 1904. -343s.
491	Children in New Religions. Ed. by Susan J.Palmer & Charlotte E.Hardman. –New Brunswick.: Rutgers University Press, 1999. -254s.
492	Chilton B., Evans C.A., Neusner J. The Missing Jesus. Rabbinic Judaism and the New Testament. –Boston & Leiden.: Brill, 2002. -176p.
493	Chilton B., Neusner J. Judaism in the New Testament. Practices and Beliefs. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1995. -204p.
494	Chinese Religions in Contemporary Societies. Ed. James Miller. -Santa Barbara & Denver & Oxford.: ABC Clio, 2006. -317p.
495	Chinese Religiosities: Afflictions of Modernity and State Formation. Ed. by M.Y. Mayfair. –Berkeley & Los Angeles & London.: University of California Press, 2008. –464p.
496	Chlup R. The Ritualization of Language in the Hermetica. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2007 Vol.7. –P.133-159.
497	Choi Joon-sik. An Interpretation of the “Awakening Period” in New Religious Movements of Korea. // Japanese Religions 1998 Vol.23:1-2. –P.73-86.
498	Chonatski R.J. Indigenous Apostles. Maya Catholic Catechists Working the Word in Highland Chiapas. -Amsterdam & New York.: Editions Rodopi B. V., 2010. -205s.
499	Christensen C.W. Religious conversion. // Archives of General Psychiatry 1963. Vol.9. -207-216s.
500	Christiansen I. Satanismus. Faszination des Bösen. –Gütersloh.: Quell/ Gütersloher Verlag, 2003. –158s.
501	Christiansen P. The Melanesian Cargo Cult. Millenarianism as a Factor in Cultural Change. –Copenhagen.: Akademisk Forlag, 1969. –148s.
502	Chryssides G.D. Exploring New Religions. –London & New York.: Cassell, 1999. -405s.
503	Chryssides G.D. Heaven`s Gate: End-Time Prophets in a Post-Modern Era. // Journal of Alternative Spiritualities and New Age Studies 2005 Vol.1. February. –89-109s.
504	Chryssides G.D. New Religions and the Internet. // Diskus 1996 Vol.4:2. –1-11s.
505	Chryssides G.D. Unrecognized charisma? A study and comparison of four charismatic leaders: Charles Taze Russell, Joseph Smith, L.Ron Hubbard, Swami Prabhupada. // Paper presented at the 2001 International Conference: The Spiritual Supermarket: Religious Pluralism in the 21st Century, organised by INFORM and CESNUR. London, April 19-22, 2001.
506	Church Universal and Triumphant in Scholarly Perspective. Ed. by J.R.Lewis, J.G.Melton. –Stanford.: Center for Academic Publication, 1994. -160s.
507	Churchill M.C. In Bad Faith? Possibilities and Perils in the Age of Faith-Based Initiatives. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion 2002 Vol.70:4. –P.843-853.
508	Ciekawy D. Witchcraft in Statecraft: Five Technologies of Power in Colonial and Postcolonial Coastal Kenya. // African Studies Review 1998 Vol.41. –119-141s.
509	Cipriani R. Religion as Diffusion of Values. “Diffused Religion” in the Context of a Dominant Religious Institution: The Italian Case. In: The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Richard K.Fenn. –Oxford.: Blackwell, 2001. -292-305s.
510	Clapp R. The Children of the Cults. // Christianity Today 1983 March 4. -61-62s.
511	Clarke C.J. The Bible Belt Thesis: An Empirical Test of the Hypothesis of Clergy Overrepresentation, 1890-1930. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1990 Vol.29:2. –P.210-225.
512	Clarke P.B., Somers J. Japanese “New” and “New, New” Religions: An Introduction. In: Japanese New Religions in the West. Ed. by P.B.Clarke & J.Somers. –Sandgate.: Japan Library, 1994. –1-14s.
513	Clarke P.B. „Success“ and „Failure“ in the Transplantion of Japanese New Religious Movements to United States and Europe. In: Zen, Reiki, Karate: Japanische Religiosität in Europa. Hrsg.: Prohl I. & Zinser H. –Hamburg.: Lit, 2002. –47-71s.
514	Clark E.T. The Small Sects in America. –New York.: Abingdon-Cokesbury Press, 1949. -256s.
515	Clark G.R. The Word Hesed in the Hebrew Bible. -Sheffield.: Journal for the Study of the Old Testament Supplement Series 157, 1993. -287s
516	Clark S. Protestant Demonology: Sin, Superstition, and Society. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Demonology, Religion, and Witchcraft. Volume 1. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –179-215s.
517	Clark S. The “Gendering” of Witchcraft in French Demonology: Misogyny or Polarity? // French Studies 1991 Vol.5. –426-437s. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Gender and Witchcraft. Volume 4. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –54-65s.
518	Clark S. The Rational Witchfinder: Conscience, Demonological Naturalism, and Popular Superstitions. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 5. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –126-152s.
519	Clark S. Thinking with Demons. The Idea of Witchcraft in Early Modern Europe. –Oxford.: Clarendon Press, 1997. –827s.
520	Clark S.M. Myth, Metaphor, and Manifestation: The Negotiation of Belief in a New Age Community. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -97-104s.
521	Clark W.H. The Psychology of Religious Experience. In: Current Perspectives in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by H.Newton Malony. –Grand Rapids.: Willian B.Eerdmans Publ., 1977. –227-237s.
522	Classen P. Der Häresie-Begriff bei Gerhoch von Reichersberg und in seinem Umkreis. In: The Concept of Heresy in the Middle Ages (11th-13th C.) Proceedings of The International Conference Louvain May 13-16, 1973. Ed. by W.Lourdaux & D.Verhelst. –Leuven.: Leuven University Press, 1976. –27-41s.
523	Classic Issues in Islamic Philosophy and Theology Today. Ed. Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka & Nazif Muhtarogly. –Dordrecht.: Springer, 2010. –187p.
524	Clelland D.A., Hood T.C., Lipsey C.M., Wimberley R. In the Company of the Converted: Characteristics of a Billz Graham Crusade Audience. // Sociological Analysis 1974 Vol.35:1. –S.45-56.
525	Clement W. R. Quantum Jump. A survival guide for the new Renaissance. -Toronto.: Insomniac Press, 1998. -484s.
526	Clippinger J.A. Toward a Human Psychology of Personality. // Journal of Religion and Health 1973 Vol.12:3. –241-258s.
527	Coad R.F. A History of the Brethren Movement. Its Origins, its Worldwide Development and its Significance for the Present Day. –Michigan.: Wm.B.Eerdmans Publ., 1968. -327s.
528	Coates P.D. The Cult Awareness Network. // Anti-Cult Movement in Cross-Cultural Perspective. Ed. by Shupe A. Bromley D.G. -New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1994. –P.93-101.
529	Cobb S.H. The Rise of Religious Liberty in America. A History. –New York.: The Macmillan Company, 1902. -541p.
530	Coe G.A. The Psychology of Religion. –Chicago.: The University of Chicago, 1917. -364p.
531	Cohen I.R. Rain and Resurrection. How the Talmud and Science Read the World. -Austin.: Landes Bioscience, 2010. -132s.
532	Cohen S. Folk Devils & Moral Panics. The Creation of the Mods and Rockers. –Oxford.: Basil Blackwell, 1990. -235s.
533	Cohn N. Die Erwartung der Endzeit. Vom Ursprung der Apokalypse. –Frankfurt am Main & Leipzig.: Insel Verlag, 1997. –421s.
534	Cohn N. Die Protokolle der Weisen von Zion. –Köln & Berlin.: Kiepenheuer & Witsch, 1969. -391s.
535	Cohn N. Europe’s Inner Demons. An Enquiry Inspired by the Great Witch-Hunt. –New York.: Basic Books, 1975. -302s.
536	Cole J.R.I. Fundamentalism in the Contemporary U.S. Baha`i Community. // Review of Religious Research 2002. Vol.43:3. –195-217s.
537	Cole J.R.I. Modernity and the Millennium. The Genesis of the Baha?i Faith in the Nineteenth-Century Middle East. –New York.: Columbia University Press, 1998. –264s.
538	Cole J.R.I. The Baha`i Faith in America as Panopticon, 1963- 1997. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1998 Vol.37:2.- 234- 248s.
539	Cole M. Jehovahs Witnesses. The New World Society. –New York.: Vantage Press, 1955. -229p.
540	Cole N. Church 3. 0. Upgrades for the Future of the Church. -San Francisco.: Jossey-Bass, 2010. -280s.
541	Cole W.A., Hammond P.E. Religious Pluralism, Legal Development, and Societal Complexity: Rudimentary Forms of Civil Religion. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1974. Vol.13:2. -177-189s.
542	Coleman J.A. The Dictionary of Mythology. An A-Z of Themes, Legends and Heroes. –London.: Arcturus, 2007. -1135p.
543	Collins I.H. The „Routinization of Charisma“ and the Charismatic. The Confrontation Between ISKCON and Narayana Maharaja. In: the Hare Krishna Movement. The Postcharismatic Fate of a Religious Transplant. Ed. by E.F.Bryant & M.L.Ekstrand. –New York.: Columbia University Press, 2004. –214-237s.
544	Collins R. Keys of Heaven. A History of the Papacy. –New York.: Basic Books, 2009. –P.566.
545	Colpe C. Syncretism and Secularization: Complementary and Antithetical Trends in New Religious Movements? // History of Religions 1977 Vol.7:2. -158-176s.
546	Colpe C. Syncretismus, Renaissance, Säkularisation und Neubildung von Religionen in der Gegenwart. In: Handbuch der Religionsgeschichte. Band 3. Hrsg. J.P.Asmussen & J.Laessoe & C.Colpe. –Göttingen.: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1975. –441-523s.
547	Comfort W.W. Quakers in the Modern World. –New York.: The MacMillan Company, 1949. -212p.
548	Coney J. Growing Up us Mothers Children. Socializing a second generation in Sahaja Yoga. // Children in New Religions. Ed. by Susan J.Palmer & Charlotte E.Hardman. –New Brunswick.: Rutgers University Press, 1999. –108-123s.
549	Coney J. Sahaja Yoga. Socializing Processes in a South Asian New Religious Movement. –Richmond.: Curzon, 1999. –269s.
550	Constitutional Debates on Freedom of Religion. A Documentary History. Ed. by J.J.Patrick & G.P.Long. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 1999. –335s.
551	Contemporary Debates in Philosophy of Religion. Ed. Michael L. Peterson & Raymond J. VanArragon. –Oxford.: Blackwell Publishing, 2004. -353p.
552	Contemporary Philosophy. A New Survey. Vol.10. Philosophy of Religion. Ed. Guttorm Floistad. –Oslo.: Springer, 2009. –415p.
553	Contemporary Materialism. A Reader. Ed. by Paul K. Moser & J. D. Trout. -London & New York.: Routledge, 1995. -395p.
554	Contemporary Mormonism. Social Science Perspectives. Ed. by M.Cornwall & T.B.Heaton & L.A.Young. –Urbana., Chicago.: University of Illinois Press, 1994. –367s.
555	Contemporary Spiritualities. Social and Religious Contexts. Ed. Clive Erricker & Jane Erricker. –London & New York.: Continuum, 2001. -252p.
556	Controversial New Religions. Ed. by James R.Lewis & Jesper Aagaard Petersen. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2005. –481s.
557	Conversion Careers: In and Out of the New Religions. Ed.Richardson J.T. -Beverly Hills, CA.: SAGE, 1978. -160s.
558	Conway F., Siegelman J. Holy Terror. The Fundamentalist War on America?s Freedom in Religion, Politics and Our Private Lives. –New York.: Doubleday & Co., 1982. –402s.
559	Conway F., Siegelman J. Snapping. America?s Epidemic of Sudden Personality Change. –New York.: Stillpoint Press, 1995. –400s.
560	Cook D. Studies in Muslim Apocalyptic. –Princeton.: The Darwin Press, 2002. –470s.
561	Cookson C. Regulating Religion. The Courts and the Free Exercise Clause. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 2001. –269p.
562	Cooper B. New Political Religions, or An Analysis of Modern Terrorism. –Columbia & London.: University of Missouri Press, 2004. –242s.
563	Cornwall M., Cunningham P.H. Surveying Latter-Day Saints: A Review of Methodological Issues. // Review of Religious Research 1989, Vol.31:2. - 162- 172s.
564	Correa de Melo, Maria Cristina. Witchcraft in Portugal during the Eighteenth Century, Analysed through the Accusations of the Tribunal do Santo Oficio de Evora. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 5. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –261-266s.
565	Corrywright D. Network Spirituality: The Schumacher-Resurgence-Kumar Nexus. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004 Vol.19:3. –311-327s.
566	Cosgel M.M. The Commitment Process in a Religious Commune: The Shakers. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001 Vol.40:1. –P.27-38.
567	Cosmopoulos M.B. Greek Mysteries. The Archaeology and Ritual of Ancient Greek Secret Cults. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2003. -272p.
568	Costa J. R. Candomble de Angola. Nacao kassanje. Historia, etnia, inkises, dialeto liturgico dos kassanjes. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1996. -117s.
569	Cote P., Richardson J.T. Disciplined Litigation, Vigilant Litigation, and Deformation: Dramatic Organizational Change in Jehovahs Witnesses. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001, Vol.40. -11-25s.
570	Couch C.J. From Hell to Utopia and Back to Hell: Charismatic Relationships. // Symbolic Interaction 12 (1989): -265-279s.
571	Council of the Evangelical Christian Baptist Congregation. Regarding Sanctification. – Vancouver.: Voice of Hope Mission, 1996. –104p.
572	Countess К.Р. The Jehovah`s Witnesses New Testament. A Critical Analysis of the New World Translation of the Christian Greek Scriptures. –Phillipsburg.: Presbyterian and Reformed Publ., 1982. -136p.
573	Cousineau M. Innovation and Retrenchment in the Brazilian Catholic Church: Consequences for Base Communities. // Social Compass 1997 Vol.44:4. –567-577s.
574	Cowan D.E. Bearing False Witness? An Introduction to the Christian Countercult. –London & Westport.: Praeger, 2003. -255p.
575	Cowell E. B., Muller F. M., Takakusu J. Buddhist Mahayana Texts. -Oxford.: the Clarendon Press, 1894. -270s.
576	Cox H. Fire from Heaven. The Rise of Pentecostal Spirituality and the Reshaping of Religion in the Twenty-First Century. –London.: Cassell, 1996. –346s.
577	Cox L. & Robinson C. The Living Words of the Living Master: Sants, Sikhs, Sachkhand Nanak Dham and the Academy. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2006 Vol.21:3. –P.373-387.
578	Cozolino L.J. Religious Expression and Ritual Child Abuse. // PIRI Newsletter. APA Division 36. 1989. Vol.14:1. –P.3-6.
579	Craig R.D. Handbook of Polynesian Mythology. Ed. Mark R. Mullins. –Santa Barbara & Denver & Oxford.: Abc-Clio, 2004. -353p.
580	Crampton H. A History of the Citizens Freedom Foundation. // Citizens Freedom Foundation. Who we are… and …what we do. A Handbook for Newcomers. –Hannacroix.: CFF, 1982. –P.4-8.
581	Сrapo R.H. Grass-Roots Deviance from Official Doctrine: A Study of Latter-Day Saint (Mormon) Folk-Beliefs. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1987. Vol.26:4. –P.465-485.
582	Crisp R. Reasons and the Good. –Oxford & New York.: Oxford University Press, 2006. -178p.
583	Cromartie M. Religion and Politics in America. A Conversation. –Lanham & Boulder & New York & Toronto & Oxford.: Rowman & Littlefield Publ., 2005. –208p.
584	Cross F. M. Canaanite Myth and Hebrew Epic. Essays in the History of the Religion of Israel. -Cambridge & Massachusetts & London.: Harvard University Press, 1997. -376s.
585	Cross S. Social History and Millennial Movements: the Watch Tower in South Central Africa. // Social Compass 1977 Vol.24:1. –P.83-95.
586	Crouch B. E. The Dark Side of the Moon. A Complete Course in Magic and Witchcraft. -Windsor.: Finbarr International, 1987. -116s.
587	Crouzet D. A Woman and the Devil: Possession and Exorcism in Sixteenth-Century France. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Demonology, Religion, and Witchcraft. Volume 1. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –335-359s.
588	Croyances et societes. Communications presentees au dixieme colloque international sur les nouveaux mouvements religieux. –Montreal.: Fides, 1998. -496s.
589	Csordas T.J. Language, Charisma, & Creativity. Ritual Life in the Catholic Charismatic Renewal. –New York.: Palgrave, 2001. –320s.
590	Cultists Held No Threat to Jews. // The Washington Post 1977. March 25. -1s.
591	Cults and New Religious Movements. A Report of the American Psychiatric Association. Ed. by Galanter Marc. - Washington.: American Psychiatric Association, 1989. - 346s.
592	Cults and the Jewish Community. Representative Works of Jewish Anti-Cult Literature. Ed. by Aidan A.Kelly. –New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1990. -390s.
593	Cults, Culture, and the Law. Persrectives on New Religious Movements. Ed by Robbins T., Shepherd W.C., McBride J. –California.: Scholars Press Chico, 1985. –238s.
594	Cults, Religion, and Violence. Ed. by David G.Bromley & J.Gordon Melton. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2002. -249s.
595	Cumont F. V. M. The Mysteries of Mithra. -London.: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & CO., Ltd, 1903. -263s.
596	Cunningham R.J. From Holiness to Healing: the Faith Cure in America 1877-1892. // Church History 1974. Vol.43. -499-513s.
597	Cunningham R.J. The Emmanuel Movement: A Variety of American Religious Experience. // American Quarterly 1962. Vol.14:1. -48-63s.
598	Current Perspectives in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by H.Newton Malony. –Grand Rapids.: Willian B.Eerdmans Publ., 1977. –454s.
599	Curry E.P. Carl Jung, Stanislav Grof, and New Age Medical Mysticism. // The Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine 2002 Vol.6:2. –P.83-90.
600	D’Augostino F. Religion and Magic: Two Sides of a Basic Human Experience. // Social Compass 1980 Vol.27:2-3. –P.279-283.
601	D’Costa G. Christianity and World Religions. Disputed Questions in the Theology of Religions. –Willey-Blackwell, 2009. -233p.
602	D`Costa G. The Nature of the Self: Report of a Two-Day Christian-Vaishnava Conference, 20-21 January 1996, Buckland Hall, Wales. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1996. Vol.11:3. -355-356s.
603	Daim W. Der Mann, der Hitler die Ideen gab. Die sektiererischen Grundlagen des Nationalsozialismus. –Wien.: Hermann Böhlaus, 1985. –316s.
604	Dallmann Hans-Ulrich. Die Systemtheorie Niklas Luhmanns und ihre theologische Rezeption. –Stuttgart.: W.Kohlhammer, 1994. –232s.
605	Dandelion P. Implicit Conservatism in Liberal Religion: British Quakers as an “Uncertain Sect”. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004. Vol.19:2. –219-229s.
606	Dandelion P. Schism as Collective Disaffiliation: a Quaker Typology. // Quaker Studies 2003 Vol.8:1. –P.89-97.
607	Dang Nghiem van. Religion and Beliefs in Vietnam. // Social Compass 1995 Vol.42:3. –345-365s.
608	Darnton R. Mesmerism and the End of the Enlightenment in France. –Cambridge.: Harvard University Press, 1968. -218s.
609	Das Entstehen einer neuen Religion. Das Beispiel der Vereinigungskirche. Hrsg. Gunter Kehrer. –München.: Kösel-Verlag, 1981. –254s.
610	Das Heilige. Seine Spur in der Moderne. Hrsg. D.Kamper & C.Wulf. –Frankfurt am Main.: athenäum, 1987. –684s.
611	Daugherty M.L. Serpent-Handling as Sacrament. // Theology Today 1976. Vol.33:3. -232-243s.
612	Daum A. Missionary and Cult Movements. In: Cults and the Jewish Community. Representative Works of Jewish Anti-Cult Literature. Ed. by Aidan A.Kelly. –New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1990. -1-106s.
613	Davidson J.D. Glock`s Model of Religious Commitment: Assessing Some Different Approaches and Results. // Review of Religious Research 1975, Vol.16:2. -83-93s.
614	Davidson J.D. & Kraus R. & Morrissey S. Presidential Appointments and Religious Stratification in the United States, 1789-2003. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2005 Vol.44:4. –485-495s.
615	Davies A. The Quakers in English Society 1655-1725. –Oxford.: Claredon Press, 2000. –262s.
616	Davies D.J. An Introduction to Mormonism. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2003. –277s.
617	Davies O. Hag-Riding in Nineteenth-Century West Country England and Modern Newfoundland: An Examination of an Experience-Centered Witchcraft Tradition. // Folk Life 1996-1997 Vol.35. –36-53s.
618	Davies O. Healing Charms in Use in England and Wales, 1700-1950. // Folklore 1996 Vol.107. –19-32s.
619	Davies O. Methodism, the Clergy, and the Popular Belief in Witchcraft and Magic. // History 1997 Vol.82. –252-265s.
620	Davies O. Newspapers and Popular Belief in Witchcraft and Magic in the Modern Period. // Journal of British Studies 1998 Vol.37. –139-165s.
621	Davies O. Urbanization and the Decline of Witchcraft: An Examination of London. // Journal of Social History 1997 Vol.30. –597-617s.
622	Davies O. Witchcraft, Magic and Culture 1736-1951. –Manchester & New York.: Manchester University Press, 1999. –337s.
623	Davis D.S. Joining a "cult": religious choice or psychological abberation? // Journal of Law and Health, 1996 Vol.11. -145-175s.
624	Davis J.C. Utopia and the Ideal Society. A Study of English Utopian Writing 1516-1700. –London & New York & New Rochelle & Melbourne & Sydney.: Cambridge University Press, 1981. –427s.
625	Davis R., Richardson J.T. The Organization and Functioning of the Children of God. // Sociological Analysis 1976 Vol.37:4. –321-339s.
626	Dawson A. New Era – New Religion. Religious Transformation in Contemporary Brazil. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2007. –185p.
627	Dawson L.L. Anti-Modernism, Modernism, and Postmodernism: Struggling with the Cultural Significance of New Religious Movements. // Sociology of Religion 1998, 59:2. –131-156s.
628	Dawson L.L. Comprehending Cults. The Sociology of New Religious Movements. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1998. -231s.
629	Dawson L.L. Creating “Cult” Typologies: Some Strategic Considerations. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1997 Vol.12:3. –363-381s.
630	Dawson L.L., Hennebry J. New Religions and the Internet: Recruiting in a New Public Space. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1999. Vol.14:1. -17-39s.
631	Dawson L.L. The Cultural Significance of New Religious Movements and Globalization: A Theoretical Prolegomenon. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1998. Vol.37:4. –580-595s.
632	Dawson L.L. The Cultural Significance of New Religious Movements: The Case of Soka Gakkai. // Sociology of Religion 2001. Vol.62:3. –S.337-364.
633	Dawson L.L. When Prophecy Fails and Faith Persists: A Theoretical Overview. // Nova Religio 1999 Vol.3:1. –60-82s.
634	Day J. The Baptismal Liturgy of Jerusalem. Fourth- and Fifth-Century Evidence from Palestine, Syria and Egypt. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2007. –157p.
635	Dayton D.W. Theological Roots of Pentecostalism. –New Jersey.: Hendrickson, 1996. -199s.
636	Dean R.A. Moonies. A Psychological Analysis of Unification Church. –New York & London.: Garland Publ., 1992. -201s.
637	Dearman M. Christ and Conformity: A Study of Pentecostal Values. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1974. Vol.13. –437-453s.
638	Decker R., Dummett M. A History of the Occult Tarot. 1870-1970. –London.: Duckworth, 2002. –379s.
639	Deikman A,J. A Functional Approach to Mysticism. // Journal of Consciousness Studies 2000. Vol.7:11-12. –75-91s.
640	Delgado R. Religious Totalism: Gentle and Ungentle Persuasion under the First Amendment. // Southern California Law Review 1977. Vol.51:1. –P.1-98.
641	Delong-Bas N.J. Wahhabi Islam. From Revival and Reform to Global Jihad. –London & New York.: I.B-Tauris, 2004. –370s.
642	Demant P.R. Islam vs. Islamism. The Dilemma of the Muslim World. –Westport & London.: Praeger, 2006. -279p.
643	Demerath N.J. Secularization Extended: From Religious “Myth” to Cultural Commonplace. In: The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Richard K.Fenn. –Oxford.: Blackwell, 2001. -211-228s.
644	Demerath N.J. The Rise of “Cultural Religion” in European Christianity: Learning from Poland, Northern Ireland, and Sweden. // Sociological Compass 2000 Vol.47:1. –127-139s.
645	Demerath N.J. The Varieties of Sacred Experience: Finding the Sacred in a Secular Grove. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2000, Vol.39. -1-11s.
646	Denning M., Phillips O. Entrance to the Magical Qabalah. -Loughborough.: Thoth Publications, 1997. -170s.
647	Denning M., Phillips O. Mysteria Magica. -Saint Paul.: Llewellyn Publications, 1986. -450s.
648	Deng Zhaoming. Recent Millennial Movements in Mainland China: Three Cases. // Japanese Religions 1998 Vol.23:1-2. –P.99-109.
649	Densmore C. From the Hicksites to the Progressive Friends: the Ritual Roots of Perfectionism and Social Reform among North American Friends. // Quaker Studies 2006 Vol.10:2. –P.243-255.
650	Der Fremdling im Glas und weitere Anlässe zur Skepsis, entdeckt im “Skeptical Inquirer“. Hrsg. von Gero von Randow. –Hamburg.: Rowohlt, 1996. –185s.
651	Der Hintergrund und die Zeremonien der Scientology Kirche. –Feldafing.: The Church of Scientology of California, 1973. –73s.
652	Der Kampf der „Scientology-Organisation“ um die Anerkennung der Gemeinnützigkeit in den USA und seine Auswirkungen auf Deutschland. –Stuttgart.: Landesamt für Verfassungsschutz Baden-Württemberg, 2004. –44s.
653	Der Verfassungsschutzbericht Bayern 2006. –München.: Bayerisches Staatsministerium des Innern, 2006. -232s.
654	Derks F., Jan M. van der Lans. Subgroups in Divine Light Mission Membership: A Comment on Downton. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -301-308s.
655	deSanctis S. Religious Conversion. A Bio-Psychological Study. –London.: Routledge, 1999. -324s.
656	deSilva D.A. The Revelation to John: A Case Study in Apocalyptic Propaganda and the Maintenance of Sectarian Identity. // Sociological Analysis 1992. Vol.53:4. -375-395s.
657	De S.K. Early History of the Vaisnava Faith and Movement in Bengal. –Calcutta.: K.L.Mukhopadhyay, 1961. –703s.
658	Destruktive Kulte. Gesellschaftliche und gesundheitliche Folgen totalitärer pseudoreligiöser Bewegungen. –Göttingen.: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1983. –164s.
659	Deutsch A. Tenacity of Attachment to a Cult Leader: A Psychiatric Perspective. // American Journal Psychiatry 1980 Vol.137:12. –1569-1573s.
660	Deutscher T. The Role of the Episcopal Tribunal of Novara in the Suppression of Heresy and Witchcraft 1563-1615. // Catholic Historical Review 1991 Vol.77. –403-421s.
661	Devisch R. Healing Hybridity in the Prophetic Churches in Kinshasa. // Social Compass 1996. Vol.43:2. –225-232s.
662	Dexter H.M. As to Roger Williams, and his “Banishment” from the Massachusetts Plantation; with a few further words concerning the Baptists, the Quakers, and Religious Liberty. –Boston.: Congregational Publishing Society, 1876. -146p.
663	Dialog und Unterscheidung. Religionen und neue religiöse Bewegungen im Gespräch. Hrsg. von Reinhard Hempelman und Ulrich Dehn. –Berlin: Evangelische Zentralstelle für Weltanschauungsfragen, 2000. -320s.
664	Dialogue in Action. Essays in Honour of Johannes Aagaard. Ed. by Lars Thunberg & Moti Lal Pandit & Carl Vilh. Fogh-Hansen. –New Delhi.: Prajna Publ., 1988. -368s.
665	Diamond S. Not by Politics Alone: The Enduring Influence of the Christian Right. –New York & London.: Guilford Press, 1998. -280p.
666	Dickie M.W. Magic and Magicians in the Greco-Roman World. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2003. -371p.
667	Dicks J. Leben unsere Toten? Auf diese und andere Fragen eine katholische Antwort an die „Zeugen Jehovas“. –Freiburg.: Kanisius Verlag, 1952. –32s.
668	Dictionary of Gnosis & Western Esotericism. Ed. Wouter J. Hanegraaff. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2006. -1130p.
669	Die Bedeutung der Religion für die Gesellschaft. Erfahrung und Probleme in Deutschland und den USA. Hrsg. A.Rauscher. –Berlin.: Duncker & Humbold, 2004. –277s.
670	Die Grundlagen der Sozialdoktrin der Russisch-Orthodoxen Kirche. Hrsg. von J.Thesing & R.Uertz. –Sankt Augustin.: Konrad-Adenauer-Stiftung e.V., 2001. –196s.
671	Diem A.G., Lewis J.R. Imagining India: The Influence of Hinduism on the New Age Movement. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -48-58s.
672	Die neuen Inquisitoren. Religionsfreiheit und Glaubensneid. Hrsg. Besier G., Scheuch E.K. Teil 1. –Zürich.: Interfrom, 1999. -535s.
673	Die neuen Inquisitoren. Religionsfreiheit und Glaubensneid. Hrsg. Besier G., Scheuch E.K. Teil 2. –Zürich.: Interfrom, 1999. -494s.
674	Die neuen Jugendreligionen. Teil 2. Documente & Erlauterungen. Hrsg. von. F-W.Haack. –Munchen.: Evangelischer pressenverband fur Bayern, 1984. -121s.
675	Die neuen Jugendreligionen. Teil 3. Berichte & Analysen. Hrsg. von. F-W.Haack. –Munchen.: Evangelischer pressenverband fur Bayern, 1985. -197s.
676	Die neuen Jugendreligionen. Teil 4. Aktionen & Hilfen & Initiativen. Dokumentation über die 10.jahrestagung der Elterninitiative zur Hilfe gegen seelische Abhängigkeit und religiösen Extremismus e.V. Hrsg. von. F-W.Haack, U.Schuster, M.Ach. –München.: Evangelischer pressenverband für Bayern, 1986. –127s.
677	Die neuen Jugendreligionen. Teil 5. Gurubewegungen & Psychokulte. Durchblicke & Informationen. Hrsg. von. F-W.Haack. –Munchen.: Evangelischer pressenverband fur Bayern, 1991. -96s.
678	Dienel P. Kirche und Sekte 1. Einblick in eine empirische Untersuchung in Form begrifflicher Erwägungen. // Kölner Zeitschrift für Sociologie und Sozialpsychologie. 1962. Sonderheft 6. -233-242s.
679	Die Rechtsprechung zu Neueren Glaubensgemeinschaften. Ein systematischer Uberblick. –Krefeld.: Norbert Potthoff Verlag, 1991. -163s.
680	Die „Scientology-Organisation“ (SO). –Stuttgart.: Landesamt für Verfassungsschutz Baden-Württemberg, 2003. –82s.
681	Die Situation der Ahmadi-Muslime nach dem Beginn der Demokratie in Pakistan. Eine Dokumentation. –Frankfurt am Main.: Verlag der Islam, 1990. -65s.
682	Die Zugehörigkeit zur Kirche. Hrsg. von W.Menges & N.Greinacher. –Mainz.: Matthias-Grünewald, 1964. –188s.
683	Dijk A. Religion oder Sekte. Schwierigkeiten der religionssoziologischen und –systematischen Kategoriebildung am Beispiel des Sikhismus. // Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft, 1980. Heft.4. –268-278s.
684	Dijk R.A. From Camp to Encompassment: Discourses on Transsubjectivity in the Ghanian Pentecostal Diaspora. // Journal of Religion in Africa 1997 Vol.27. -135-159s.
685	Dijkstra J.H.F. Mysteries of the Nile? Joseph Scaliger and Ancient Egypt. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2009 Vol.9:1. –P.59-82.
686	Dictionary of the Deities and Demons in the Bible. Ed. Karel van der Toorn & Bob Becking & Pieter W. van der Horst. Second Extensively Revised Edition. –Leiden & Boston & Koln.: Brill, 1999. -960p.
687	Diman J.L. Religion in America, 1776-1876. // North American Review 1876. №250. –P.1-47.
688	Dinges W.D. The New (Old) Age Movement: Assessing a Vatican Assessment. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004. Vol.19:3. –273-288s.
689	Disaster Ritual. Exploations of an emerging ritual repertoire. Ed. by P.Post & R.L.Grimes & A.Nugteren & P.Pettersson & H.Zondag. –Leuven & Paris & Dudley.: Peeters, 2003. –301s.
690	Disbrey C. Innovation and Tradition in Religion. Towards an institutional theory. –Aidershot.: Avebury, 1994. -237s.
691	Discourse in Ritual Studies. Ed. by Hans Schilderman. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2007. -303p.
692	Dittes J.E. Secular Religion: Dilemma of Churches and Researchers. // Review of religious research 1969 Vol.10:2. –65-80s.
693	Dittes J.E. Typing the Typologies: Some Parallels in the Career of Church-Sect and Extrinsic-Intrinsic. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1971 Vol.10:4. –375-383s.
694	Dixon T. The Failure of Protestantism in New York and its Causes. –New York.: The Strauss & Rehn Publ., 1896. -156p.
695	Djupe P.A., Grant J.T. Religious Institutions and Political Participation in America. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001. Vol.40:2. –P.303-314.
696	Dobbelaere K. Towards an Integrated Perspective of the Processes Related to the Descriptive Concept of Secularization. // Sociology of Religion 1999. Vol.60:3. -229-247s.
697	Dobbins J.C. The Biography of Shiran: Apotheosis of a Japanese Buddist Visionary. // History of Religions 1990 Vol.30:2. -179-196s.
698	Doctrines and Discipline. United Methodism and American Culture Vol.3. Ed. by D.M.Campbell & W.B.Lawrence & R.E.Richey. –Nashville.: Abingdon Press, 1999. –364s.
699	Does God Believe in Human Rights? Essays on Religion and Human Rights. –Leiden & Boston.: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 2007. -273s.
700	Dojcar M. The Religious Freedom and Legal Status of Churches, Religious Organizations, and New Religious Movements in the Slovak Republic. // Brigham Young University Law Review 2001. Januar, -P.429-437.
701	Doktor T. Factors Influencing Tolerance to New Religious Movements. // Archive for the Psychology of Religion 2003. Vol.25. –88-99s.
702	Doktor T. Hinduism in Poland. In: New Religious Phenomena in Central and Eastern Europe. Ed. by Irena Borowik., Grzegorz Babinski. –Krakow.: NOMOS, 1997. –349-368s.
703	Doktor T. The “New Age” Worldview of Polish Students. // Social Compass 1999. Vol.46:2. –215-224s.
704	Dollinger I. Die Zeugen Jehovas und das Zeugnis der Heiligen Schrift. –Donauwörth.: Ludwig Auer, 1965. –64s.
705	Donahue M.J. Prevalence and Correlates of New Age Beliefs In Six Protestant Denominations. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1993. Vol.32:2. –177-184s.
706	Doress I., Porter J.N. Kids in Cults. Why they join. Why they stay. Why they leave. In: Cults and the Jewish Community. Representative Works of Jewish Anti-Cult Literature. Ed. by Aidan A.Kelly. –New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1990. -161s.
707	Dorman B. Celebrities and Spiritual Secrets in Occupied Japan. // Bulletin of Nanzan Institute for Religion & Culture 2010. Vol.34. -P.86-96.
708	Dorraj M. The political sociology of sect and sectarianism in Iranian politics: 1960-1979 // Journal of Third World Studies 2006. Vol. 23:2. - ?.95-117.
709	Dowden K. European Paganism. The realities of cult from antiquity to the Middle Ages. –London & New.: Routledge, 2000. –367s.
710	Dowling M. Friends, Nazis and Communists: the Double Persecution of Antonie Kleinerova. // Quaker Studies 2004 Vol.8:2. –P.226-239.
711	Downton J.V. An Evolutionary Theory of Spiritual Conversion and Commitment: The Case of Divine Light Mission. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1980, Vol.19:4. -381-396s.
712	Drake F., Sobel D. Signale von anderen Welten. Die wissenschaftliche Suche nach ausserirdischer Intelligenz. –Berlin.: Knaur, 1994. –416s.
713	Drake S.G. Annals of Witchcraft in New England, and elsewhere in the United States, from their First Settlement. –Boston.: W.Elliot Woodward, 1869. -306p.
714	Drees W.B. Religion and Science in Context. A Guide to the Debates. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2010. –168p.
715	Dreger R.M. & Adkins S.A. A restandardization of a brief scale of religious orthodoxy, religious humanism, and religious radicalism. // International Journal for the Psychology of Religion 1991 Vol.1:3. –173-181s.
716	Drehsen V. Protestant Piety Movements in the Process of Modern Social Differentiation: Sociological Considerations of Some of the Problems of Current Piety Research. // Social Compass 1982 Vol.29:2-3. –P.167-185.
717	Dresen-Coenders L. Witches as Devils Concubines: On the Origin of Fear of Witches and Protection against Witches. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Gender and Witchcraft. Volume 4. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –413-436s.
718	Driel B., Belzen J. The Downfall of Rajneeshpuram in the Print Media: A Cross-National Study. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1990. Vol.29:1. –76-90s.
719	Driel B., Richardson J.T. Categorization of New Religious Movements in American Print Media. // Sociological Analysis, 1988, Vol.49:2. –171-183s.
720	Droogers A. Syncretism and Fundamentalism: A Comparison. // Social Compass 2005 Vol.52:4. –P.463-471.
721	Dubrow-Eichel S.K., Dubrow-Eichel L., Eisenberg R.C. Mental Health Interventions in Cult-Related Cases: Preliminary Investigations of Outcomes. // Cultic Studies Journal 1984. Vol.1:2. -P.156-166.
722	Duchesne J. Eine Kirche der Sekten? // Internationale katholische Zeitschrift „Communio“, 1991. –128-133s.
723	Duignan J. The Complex. An Insider Exposes the Covert World of the Church of Scientology. –Dublin.: Merlin Publ., 2008. -318p.
724	Duk-Whang Kim. A History of Religions in Korea. –Seoul.: Daeji Moonhwa-sa, 1988. –487s.
725	Dunkel H.B. General Education in the Humanities. –D.C.: American Council on Education, -1947. In: Measures of Religiousity. Ed. by Peter C.Hill & Ralph W.Hood. –Birmingham.: Alabama, 1999. –24-30s.
726	DuPertuis L. How People Recognize Charisma: The Case of Darshan in Radhasoami and Divine Light Mission. // Sociological Analysis, 1986, Vol.47:2. –111-124s.
727	Durasoff S. Pentecost behind the Iron Curtain. -Plainfield.: Logos International, 1972. -128p.
728	Durham W.C. The United States Experience with new religious movements. // European Journal for Church and State Research, 1998. Vol.5. –213-237s.
729	Durholt B. Reiki. Heilende Hande? –Munchen.: Evangelischer Presseverband fur Bayern, 1999. -64s.
730	Dustdar A.M. Die Baha`i-Religionsgemeinschaft Osterreich. // Osterreichisches Archiv für Recht & Religion 1999 Heft.3. –S.501-518.
731	Dutta N.N. Obscure Religious Practices Among Some Vaisnavas of Assam. –Calcutta.: Punthi Pustak, 1990. –208s.
732	Dutton E. C. Political Correctness, Evangelicalism and Student Rebellion at British Universities. // The Journal of Social, Political, and Economic Studies 2006. 31:4. –P.459–488.
733	Dynes R.R. Church-Sect Typology and Socio-Economic Status. // American Sociological Review 1955. Vol.20:5. -555-560s.
734	Earhart B.H. Gedatsu-kai and Religion in Contemporary Japan. –Bloomington and Indianopolis.: Indiana University Press, 1989. -280s.
735	Earhart B.H. Toward a Theory of the Formation of the Japanese New Religions: A case Study of Gedatsu-Kai. // History of Religions 1980. Vol.20:1-2. -175-197s.
736	Early J.E. A Texas Baptist Power Struggle. The Hayden Controversy. –Denton.: University of North Texas, 2005. -172p.
737	Early Modern European Witchcraft. Centres and Peripheries. Ed. by Bengt Ankarloo & Gustav Henningsen. –Oxford.: Clarendon Press, 1998. –477s.
738	Ebeling F. Das Geheimnis des Hermes Trismegistos. Geschichte des Hermetismus. –München.: C.H.Beck, -2005. –214s.
739	Ebertz M.N. „Spiritualität“ im Christentum und darüber hinaus. Soziologische Vermutungen zur Hochkonjunktur eines Begriffs. // Zeitschrift für Religionswissenschaft 2005 Heft.13. –193-208s.
740	Eck D.L. A New Religious America: How A “Christian Country” Has Become The World’s Most Religiously Diverse Nation. –New York.: HarperCollins, 2001. –408p.
741	Eckholt M. Ernstzunehmende Anfragen. Die katholische Kirche und die Sekten in Lateinamerika. // Herder-Korrespondenz 1993 №5. –S.250-255.
742	Ecklund E.H. Korean American Evangelicals: New Models for Civic Life. - Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2006. -211p.
743	Edmonds E. B. Rastafari. From Outcasts to Culture Bearers. -New York.: Oxford University Press, 2003. -194s.
744	Edson C.R. Communism. Oneida Community. // Manufacturer and builder 1893 Vol.25. Issue №12. –282-283s.
745	Edwards D.E. Religion & Power. Pagans, Jews, and Christians in the Greek East. –New York & Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1996. –234p.
746	Edwards T. Gangraena: or A Catalogue and Discovery of many of the Errors, Heresies, Blasphemies and pernicious Practices of the Sectaries of this time, vented and acted in England in these four last years. –London.: Printed by T.R. and E.M. for Ralph Smith, 1646. -401p.
747	Edwards T. The Works of Jonathan Edwards, Late President of Union College with a Memoir of his Life and Character. Vol.1. –Boston.: Doctrinal Tract and Book Society, 1850. -518p.
748	Edwards T. The Works of Jonathan Edwards, Late President of Union College with a Memoir of his Life and Character. Vol.2. –Boston.: Doctrinal Tract and Book Society, 1850. -556p.
749	Eggenberger O. Wie beurteilt man eine Sekte? // Kirchliche Zeitfragen 1955 Heft.33. –32s.
750	Eimuth Kurt-Helmuth. Sekten-Ratgeber. Informationen und Ratschläge für Betroffene. –Freiburg & Basel & Wien.: Herder, 1998. –189s.
751	Eisenstadt M.M. Young Jews join at disproportionately high rate. // Washington Jewish Week, 1993. 1. April. –3s.
752	Eisenstadt S.N. Fundamentalism, Sectarianism, and Revolution. The Jacobin Dimension of Modernity. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1999. –280s.
753	Eister A.W. Toward a radical critique of Church-Sect Typologizing: Comment on “Some Critical Observations on the Church-Sect Dimension. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1967. Vol.6:1. –85-90s.
754	Eister A.W. An Outline of a Structural Theory of Cults. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1972 Vol.11. –319-333s.
755	Eleta P. The Conquest of Magic over Public Space: Discovering the Face of Popular Magic in Contemporary Society. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1997. Vol.12:1. -51-67s.
756	Eliade M. Crisis and Renewal in History of Religions. // History of Religions 1965 Vol.5:1. -1-17s.
757	Eliade M. The Quest for the “Origins” of Religion. // History of Religions 1964 Vol.4:1. -154-169s.
758	Elkind D. The Origins of Religion in the Child. // Review of Religious Research 1970 Vol.12:1. –35-42s.
759	Ellenzweig S. The Fringes of Belief. English Literature, Ancient Heresy, and the Politics of Freethinking, 1660-1760. –Stanford.: Stanford University Press, 2008. –240p.
760	Eller C. Relativizing the Patriarchy: The Sacred History of the Feminist Spirituality Movement. // History of Religions 1991 Vol.30:3. -279-295s.
761	Ellis A. Why Some Therapies Don’t Work. The Dangers of Transpersonal Psychology. –New York.: Prometheus Books, 1989. -189s.
762	Ellis B. Raising the Devil. Satanism, New Religions, and the Media. –Lexington.: University Press of Kentucky, 2000. –P.332.
763	Ellison C.W. Christianity and Psychology: Contradictory or Complementary? // Journal of the American Scientific Affiliation 1972 Vol.24:4. –130-134s.
764	Ellison R.C. The Kirkjubol Affair: A Seventeenth-Century Icelandic Witchcraft Case Analysed. // Seventeenth Century 1993 Vol.8. –17-43s.
765	Ellis W.E. Edgar Young Mullins and the Crisis of Moderate Southern Baptist Leadership. // Foundations: A Baptist Journal of History and Theology 1976 Vol.19:2. -171-185s.
766	Ellwood R. Cycle of Faith. The Development of the World’s Religions. –Walnut Creek & Lanham & New York & Toronto & Oxford.: AltaMira Press, 2003. -216p.
767	Ellwood R.S. Emergent Religion in America: an Historical Perspective // Understanding the new religions. Ed. by Needleman Jacob. - New York.: A Crossroad Book, -1978. –267-284s.
768	Ellwood R.S. Islands of the Dawn. The Story of Alternative Spirituality in New Zealand. –Honolulu.: University of Hawaii Press, 1993. -285s.
769	Ellwood R.S. Notes on a Neopagan Religious Group in America. // History of Religions 1971 Vol.11:1. -125-139s.
770	Ellwood R.S. The History and Future of Faith. Religion Past, Present, and to Come. –New York.: Crossroad, 1988. -184s.
771	Ellwood R.S. The Sixties Spiritual Awakening. American Religion Moving from Modern to Postmodern. –New Brunswick, New Jersey.: Rutgers University Press, 1994. -369s.
772	Ellwood R.S., Partin H.B. Religious and Spiritual Groups in Modern America. –New Jersey.: Prentice Hall, 1988. -328s.
773	Elmer P. Saints or Sorcerers: Quakerism, Demonology, and the Decline of Witchcraft in Seventeenth-Centure England. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Demonology, Religion, and Witchcraft. Volume 1. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –437-471s.
774	Elwert-Kretschmer K. Religion und Angst. Sociologie der Voodoo-Kulte. –Frankfurt, New York.: Campus, 1997. -220s.
775	Embree R.A. The Religious Association Scale: A Preliminary Validation Study. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1973 Vol.12:2. –223-226s.
776	Emergence or Reduction? Essays on the Prospects of Nonreductive Physicalism. Ed. by Ansgar Beckermann, Hans Flohr? Jaegwon Kim. –Berlin? New York.: Walter de Gruyter, 1992. -315s.
777	Emergenz: Die Entstehung von Ordnung, Organisation und Bedeutung. Hrsg. Wolfgang Krohn und Günter Küppers. –Frankfurt am Main.: Suhrkamp, 1992. -414s.
778	Emerging from Darkness. Studies in the Recovery of Manichaean Sources. –Leiden & New York & Köln.: Brill, 1997. –294s.
779	Emmons C.F., Sobal J. Paranormal beliefs: Functional alternatives to mainstream religion? // Review of Religious Research 1981, Vol.22:4. - 301- 312s.
780	Encyclopedia Britannica of World Religions. Ed. by J.E. Safra. – Chicago & London : Britannica, 2006. – 1181p.
781	Encyclopadia Judaica. Volume 1-22. / Ed. by F. Skolnik. – Detroit & New York & San Francisco & New Heaven & Waterville & London.: Thomson & Gale, 2007.
782	Encyclopedia of African Religion, / Ed. by Molefi Kete Asante & Ama Mazama. –Los Angeles & London & New Delhi & Singapore & Washington DC.: Sage, 2009. –866p.
783	Encyclopedia of American Religious History. Third Edition. Ed. Queen II E.L., Prothero S.R., Shattuck Jr. G.H. –New York.: Facts On File, 2009. –1160p.
784	Encyclopedia of Buddhism. Vol. I-II. Ed. R.E. Buswell, Jr. –New York.: Macmillan Reference, 2004. -981p.
785	Encyclopedia of Contemporary American Culture. Ed. McDonogh G.W. & Greg R.& Wong C.H. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2001. –1330p.
786	Encyclopedia of Death & the Human Experience. Ed. C.D. Bryant & D.L. Peck. –Los Angeles & London & Delhi.: Sage, 2009. –1102p.
787	Encyclopedia of India. Volume 1-4. / Ed. by S. Wolpert. – Detroit & New York & San Francisco & New Heaven & Waterville & London.: Thomson & Gale, 2006.
788	Encyclopedia of Islam. Ed. Campo J.E.–New York.: Facts On File, 2009. –750p.
789	Encyclopedia of Islam and the Muslim World. Vol. I-II. Ed. Richard C. Martin. –New York.: Macmillan Reference, 2002. -823p.
790	Encyclopedia of New Religious Movements. Ed. Peter B. Clarke. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2006. -794p.
791	Encyclopedia of Psychology and Religion. Ed. Leeming D.A. & Madden K. & Marlan S. –New York.: Springer, 2009. –997p.
792	Encyclopaedia of Qur`an. Volume 1-6. / Ed. by J.D. McAuliffe. –Leiden & Boston & Koln.: Brill, 2001.
793	Encyclopedia of Religion. Volume 1-14. / Ed. by L. Jones. – Detroit & New York & San Francisco & San Diego & New Heaven & Waterville & London & Munich.: Thomson & Gale, 2005. – 10017 p.
794	Encyclopedia of Religion, Communication, and Festivals. Ed. Frank A. Salamone. – New York & London.: Routledge, 2004. -488p.
795	Encyclopedia of Religious, Rites, Rituals, and Media. Ed. Daniel A. Stout. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2006. -468p.
796	Encyclopedia of Science and Religion. Ed. Wentzel J. V. H., Howell N. R., Gregersen N. H., Wildman W. J., Barbour I., Valentine R. -New York.: Macmillan Reference, 2003. -1050s.
797	Encyclopedia The Britannica Guide to the Islamic World. Religion, History and the Future. Itrod. Sardar Z. –London.: Constable & Robinson, 2009. –432p.
798	Endbericht der Enquete-Kommission “Sogenannte Sekten und Psychogruppen”. Neue religiose und ideologische Gemeinschaften und Psychogruppen in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. –Bonn.: Deutscher Bundestag, 1998. -494s.
799	Engberg-Pedersen T. Cosmology and Self in the Apostle Paul. The Material Spirit. -New York.: Oxford University Press, 2010. -287s.
800	Enroth R. Confessions of a Cult Watcher. // Cultic Studies Journal 1988. Vol.5:1. –P.132-135.
801	Enroth R. The Seduction Syndrome. In. Enroth R. Youth, Brainwashing, and the Extremist Cults. –Grand Rapids.: Zondervan, 1977. -149-165s.
802	Enroth R.M., Melton J.G. Why Cults Succeed Where the Church Fails. –Elgin.: Brethren Press, 1985. -133s.
803	Entwurf eines Gesetzes über Verträge auf dem Gebiet der gewerblichen Lebensbewältigungshilfe und der Persönlichkeitsentwicklung. Gesetzesantrag Bayern. 2003. –28s.
804	Envisioning Magic. A Princeton Seminar and Symposium. Ed. P.Schäfer & H.G.Kippenberg. –Leiden & New York & Köln.: Brill, 1997. –281s.
805	Episcopal women: gender, spirituality, and commitment in an American mainline denomination. Ed. Prelinger C.M. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1996. –363p.
806	Epistemology: The Big Question. Ed. by Alcoff L.M. –Malden.: Blackwell, 1998. –445s.
807	Erickson J.H. Orthodox Christians in America. –New York & Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1999. –141p.
808	Erickson K.V. Black Messiah: The Father Divine Peace Mission Movement. // Quarterly Journal of Speech 1977. Vol.63:4. -428-438s.
809	Erman A.A. Handbook of Egyptian Religion. -London.: Archibald Constable & CO., Ltd, 1907 -264s.
810	Ernst M. The Role of Social Change in the Rise and Development of New Religious Groups in the Pacific Islands. –Hamburg.: Lit Verlag, 1996. –355s.
811	Eschraghi A. Frühe Saihi- und Babi-Theologie. Die Darlegung der Beweise für Muhammads besonderes Prophetentum. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2004. –414s.
812	Eshelman J. A. The Mystical & Magical System of the A .'. A .'.. The Spiritual System of Aleister Crowley & George Cecil Jones. Step by step. -Los Angeles.: The College of Thelema, 2000 -282s.
813	Esoterisme, Gnoses & Imaginaire Symbolique: Melanges offerts a Antoine Faivre. Ed. par R.Caron & J.Godwin & W.J.Hanegraaff & J-L.Vieillard-Baron. –Leuven.: Peeters, 2001. –948s.
814	Evangelical Alliance. Conference, 1873. History, essays, orations, and other documents of the sixth general conference of the Evangelical alliance, held in New York, October 2-12, 1873. Ed. by Rev. Philip Schaff, and Rev. S. Irenaeus Prime. –New York.: Harper & Brothers, 1874. –773s.
815	Evans F.W. Ann Lee (The Founder of the Shakers). A Biography. –London.: J.Burns, 1855. -187p.
816	Evans J.H. Cooperative Coalitions on the Religious Right and Left: Considering the Resilience of Sectarianism. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2006. Vol.45:2. –195-215s.
817	Evans J. History of all Christian sects and denominations; their origin, peculiar tenets, and present condition, with an introductory account of atheists, deists, Jews, Mahometans, pagans, etc. with the addition of the most recent statistics relating to religious sects in the United States. –Boston.: Josiah P.Mendum, 1875. –284s.
818	Everton S.F. Social Mobility and Sect Transformation: Testing the Regression-to-the-Mean Hypothesis. // Interdisciplinary Journal of Research on Religion 2005 Vol.1. Art.9. –P.1-18.
819	Everyday Religion. Observing Modern Religious Lives. Ed. by N.T. Ammerman. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2007. -243p.
820	Expecting Armageddon. Essential Readings in Failed Prophecy. Ed. by Jon R.Stone. –New York.: Routledge, 2000. -284s.
821	Ezzy D. White Witches and Black Magic: Ethics and Consumerism in Contemporary Witchcraft. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2006 Vol.21:1. –15-31s.
822	Faith, Freedom, and Future. Religion in American Political Culture. Ed. by Charles W.Dunn. –Lanham & Boulder & New York & Oxford.: Rowman & Littlefield publ., 2003. –115s.
823	Faith in America. Changes, Challenges, New Directions. Volume 1. Organized Religion Today. Ed. by Lyppy C.H. –Westport & London.: Praeger, 2006. -274p.
824	Faith in America. Changes, Challenges, New Directions. Volume 2. Religious Issues Today. Ed. by Lyppy C.H. –Westport & London.: Praeger, 2006. -280p.
825	Faith in America. Changes, Challenges, New Directions. Volume 3. Personal Spirituality Today. Ed. by Lyppy C.H. –Westport & London.: Praeger, 2006. -278p.
826	Faivre A. Access to Western Esoterism. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1994. –369s.
827	Faivre A. Borrowings and Misreadings: Edgar Allan Poe’s “Mesmeric” Tales and the Strange Case of their Reception. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2007 Vol.7. –P.21-62.
828	Faivre A. “Eloquence magique”, ou descriptions des mondes de l’au-dela explores par le magnetism animal: Au Carrefour de la Naturphilosophie romantique et da la theosophie chretienne (premiere moitie du XIX-eme siecle). // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2008 Vol.8. –P.191-228.
829	Falling from the Faith. Causes and Consequences of Religious Apostasy. Ed. David G. Bromley. –Newbury Park, Beverly Hills, London, New Delhi.: SAGE, 1988. -266s.
830	Fandrich I.J. The Politics of Myth-Making: an Analysis of the Struggle for the “Correct“ Appropriation of New Orleans Voodoo Queen Marie Laveaux. // Social Compass 1996 Vol.43:4. –613-628s.
831	Farelli M. H. Rituais Secretos. Da Magia Negra e do Candomble. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1999. -159s.
832	Farelli M. H., Silva N. P. Comida de Santo (tambem cozinha baiana) . -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1997. -76s.
833	Farias M., Lalljee M. Empowerment in the New Age: A Motivational Study of Auto-biographical Life Stories. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2006 Vol.21:2. –241-256s.
834	Faris E. The Sect and the Sectarian. // Publications of the American Sociological Society 1927. Vol:22. - 144-159s.
835	Farquhar J.N. Modern Religious Movements in India. –New York.: The Macmillan company, 1915. -471p.
836	Farrar F.W. The Salvation Army. // Harper's new monthly magazine 1891 Vol.82. Issue №492. –897-906s.
837	Feher S. Maintaining the Faith: The Jewish Anti-Cult and Counter-Missionary Movement. // Anti-Cult Movement in Cross-Cultural Perspective. Ed. by Shupe A. Bromley D.G. -New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1994. –P.33-48.
838	Feher S. Who Holds the Cards? Women and New Age Astrology. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -179-188s.
839	Feher S. Who Looks to the Stars? Astrology and its Constituency. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1992 Vol.31:1. –P.88-93.
840	Feige A. Comments on the Relationship between Church Membership and Piety Concerning the Question of the Empirical Plausibility of Theoretical Concept of Piety. // Social Compass 1982 Vol.29:2-3. –P.187-208.
841	Feldman D. H. Qabalah. The Mystical Heritage of the Children of Abraham. Santa Cruz.: Work of the Chariot, 2001. -282s.
842	Feldman K.A. Change and Stability of Religious Orientations During College. // Review of Religious Research 1969. Vol.11:1. –40-60s.
843	Felix R. Rutherford Uncovered. A Resume of the Reasons That Lay Behind Jim Brown’s Manifesto. -Pilot Grove.: Our Faith Press, 1940. -36s.
844	Fels G. Sekty i fakty (Sekten und Tatsachen) und die aufklärende Arbeit in Polen. Internationales Symposium „Sekten und Kulte in Osteuropa – Kulte und Sekten aus dem Osten in Europa. 13-16.November 2005. Schloß Wendgräben, Deutschland. –9s.
845	Fenn R.K. The Origins of Religion. In: The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Richard K.Fenn. –Oxford.: Blackwell, 2001. -176-193s.
846	Fenwick P. Can we still recommend meditation? // British Medical Journal 1983.11.12. Vol.287. –1401s.
847	Ferber M. A Dictionary of Literary Symbols. -Cambridge, New York & Melbourne & Madrid & Cape Town & Singapore & Sao Paulo.: Cambridge University Press, 2007. -262s.
848	Ferrari S. Individual Religious Freedom and National Security in Europe After September 11. // Brigham Young University Law Review 2004 Summer. –P.357-383.
849	Festinger L., Riecken H.W., Schachter S. Unfulfilled Prophecies and Disappointed Messiahs. // Expecting Armageddon. Essential Readings in Failed Prophecy. Ed. by Jon R.Stone. –New York.: Routledge, 2000. –31-54s.
850	Festinger L., Riecken H.W., Schachter S. When Prophecy Fails. A Social and Psychological Study of a Modern Group that Predicted the Destruction of the World. –New York.: Harper Torchbooks, 1956. -253s.
851	Fichte H. Abo. Anmerkungen zu den rituellen Pflanzen der afrobrasilianischen Religionsgruppe. In: Fichte H. Xango. Die afroamerikanischen Religionen. Bahia, Haiti, Trinidat. –Frankfurt am Main., 1976. -S.323-341.
852	Ficicchia F. Der Baha’ismus Weltreligion der Zukunft? Geschichte, Lehre und Organisation in kritischer Anfrage. –Stuttgart.: Quell Verlag, 1981. -475s.
853	Ficino M. Three Books on Life. –Tempe.: Medieval & Renaissance Texts & Studies, 1998. –508p.
854	Fielding J. R. Discovering World Religions at 24 Frames Per Second. -Lanham & Toronto & Plymouth.: The Scarecrow Press, Inc., 2008. -543s.
855	Fields of Faith. Theology and Religious Studies for the Twenty-First Century. Ed. David F. Ford & Ben Quash & Janet Martin Soskice. –New York.: Cambridge University Press, 2005. -230p.
856	Figl J. Die Mitte der Religionen. Idee und Praxis universalreligiöser Bewegungen. –Darmstadt.: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 1993. –212s.
857	Figl J. Neue Religionen. In: Handbuch Religionswissenschaft. Religionen und ihre zentralen Themen. Hrsg. von J.Figl. –Innsbruck Wien.: Tyrolia-Verlag, 2003. –S.457-484.
858	Filotas B. Pagan Survivals, Superstitions and Popular Cultures in Early Medieval Pastoral Literature. –Toronto.: Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies, 2005. –438s.
859	Final Report of the Enquete Commission on “So-called Sects and Psychogroups”. New Religious and Ideological Communities and Psychogroups in the Federal Republic of Germany. –Bonn.: Deutscher Bundestag, 1998. -450s.
860	Fincke A. “Und sie bewegt sich doch!” Neues von der Neuapostolischen Kirche. // EZW-Texte 2007. №193. –47s.
861	Finger J. Gurus, Ashrams und der Westen. Eine religionswissenschaftliche Untersuchung zu den Hintergründen der Internationalisierung des Hinduismus. –Frankfurt am Main, Bern, New York, Paris.: Peter Lang Verlag, 1987. –536s.
862	Fingerle D. Das Recht der Kirche Jesu Christi der Heiligen der Letzten Tagen. –Frankfurt am Main & Berlin & Bern & Bruxelles & New York & Oxford & Wien.: Peter Lang, 2000. –429s.
863	Finger T. Confessions of Faith in the Anabaptist / Mennonite Tradition. // The Mennonite Quarterly Review 2002. Vol.76:3. –277-297s.
864	Finke R. Innovative Returns to Tradition: Using Core Teachings as the Foundation for Innovative Accommodation. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2004. Vol.43:1. –19-34s.
865	Finke R., Stark R. How the Upstart Sects Won America: 1776-1850. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1989. Vol.28:1. –27-44s.
866	Finney J.M. A Theory of Religious Commitment. // Sociological Analysis 1978 Vol.39:1. -19-35s.
867	Firro K.M. A History of the Druzes. –Leiden & New York & Köln.: Brill, 1992. –395s.
868	Fischer H. Die Transaktionsanalyse – Anstöße zur kritischen Auseinandersetzung. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1985. –116s.
869	Fischer U. Umbanda – eine Neu-Religion in Brasilien. // Evangelische Mission 1973. -46-55s.
870	Fischinger L.A., Horn R.M. UFO-Sekten. –Rastatt.: Moewig, 1999. -364s.
871	Fisiy C.F. Containing Occult Practices: Witchcraft Trials in Cameroon. // African Studies Review 1998 Vol.41. –143-163s.
872	Fiume G. The Old Vinegar Lady, or the Judicial Modernization of the Crime of Witchcraft. // New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 6. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –261-283s.
873	Flake K. The Politics of American Religious Identity. The Seating of Senator Reed Smoot, Mormon. –Chapel Hill & London.: The University of North Carolina Press, 2004. -238p.
874	Flakoll D.A. A History of Method in the Psychology of Religion (1900-1960). In: Current Perspectives in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by H.Newton Malony. –Grand Rapids.: Willian B.Eerdmans Publ., 1977. –77-92s.
875	Flasche R. Religiöse Neugründungen. Ihre Entwicklungsstrukturen und Entstehungsbedingungen am Beispiel der Vereinigungskirche (T`ong`ilgyo). // Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft, 1984. –24-51s.
876	Fleisch P. Geschichte der Pfingstbewegung in Deutschland von 1900 bis 1950. –Marburg.: Francke-Buchhandlung, 1983. -404s.
877	Fletcher R. The Conversion of Europe. From Paganism to Christianity 371-1386 AD. –London.: Harper Collins Publ., 1997. –562s.
878	Flint A.R., Porter J. Jimmy Carter: The Re-emergence of Faith-Based Politics and the Abortion Rights Issue. // Presidential Studies Quarterly 2005. Vol.35:1. –P.28-51.
879	Flint D. The Hutteries. A Study in Prejudice. –Toronto.: Oxford University Press, 1975. -193s.
880	Flood G. The Tantric Body. The Secret Tradition of Hindu Religion. –London & New York.: I.B. Tauris, 2006. –244p.
881	Flora C.B. Social Dislocation and Pentecostalism: A Multivariate Analysis. // Sociological Analysis 1973, Vol.34:4. -296-304s.
882	Flückiger F. „Sekten“ – Jagd. Die Neue Intoleranz – Fakten, Hintergründe, Einwände. –Zürich.: Alpenland Verlag, 1998. –320s.
883	Fogarty R.S. An Age of Wisdom, an Age of Foolishness. The Davidians, Some Forerunners, and Our Age. In: Armageddon in Waco. Critical Perspectives on the Branch Davidian Conflict. Ed. by Stuart A.Wright. –Chicago, London.: The University of Chicago Press, 1995. –3-19s.
884	Föller Oskar. Charisma und Unterscheidung. Systematische und pastorale Aspekte der Einordnung und Beurteilung enthusiastisch-charismatischer Frömmigkeit im katholischen und evangelischen Bereich. –Wuppertal, Zürich: R.Brockhaus, 1995. -708s.
885	Following Muhammad. Rethinking Islam in the Contemporary World. Ed. Ernst C.W. & Lawrence B.B. –The University of North Carolina Press, 2003. –244p.
886	Forbes C. Prophecy and Inspired Speech in early Christianity and its Hellenistic Environment. –Peabody.: Hendrickson Publ., 1997. –377s.
887	Förster H.L. Von der Diktatur zur Demokratie – und zurück? Eine Auseunandersetzung mit der Problematik der Systemtransformation am Beispiel der ehemaligen Sowjetrepublik Belarußland. –Hamburg.: Kovac, 1998. –447s.
888	Fortier M.L., Fortier R.F. The Utopian Thought of St.Thomas More and its Development in Literature. –Lewiston & Queenston & Lampeter.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1992. –112s.
889	Foss D.A., Larkin R.W. Worshiping the Absurd: The Negation of Social Causality Among the Followers of Guru Maharaj Ji. // Sociological Analysis 1978 Vol.39:2. -157-164s.
890	Foster L. Had Prophesy Failed?: Contrasting Perspectives of the Millerites and Shakers. In: The Disappointed: Millerism and Millenarianism in the Nineteenth Centure. Ed. by Ronald L.Numbers & Jonathon M.Butler, 1987. -173-188s.
891	Foster R.J. Prayer. Finding the Heart`s True Home. –San Francisco.: Harper Collins, 1992. –276s.
892	Fox J.C. A Typology of LDS Sociopolitical Worldviews. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:2. –P.279-289.
893	Francis E.K. Variables in the Formation of So-Called “Minority Groups”. // American Journal of Sociology 1954. Vol.60:1. -6-14s.
894	Francis R. Ann the Word. The Story of Ann Lee, Female Messiah, Mother of the Shakers, the Woman Clothed with the Sun. –London.: Fourth Estate, 2001. –388s.
895	Freed J. Moonwebs. Ticket to Heaven. –Canada.: Virgo, 1980. -216p.
896	Freedom and Fellowship in Religion. A Collection of Essays and Addresses, Ed. by a committee of the Free Religious Association. –Boston.: Robert Brothers, 1875. -424s.
897	Freeman L. Psychologists act against Dianetics. // The New York Times 1950.09.09. –C.19.
898	Freiherr A. Verfassungsrechtliche Gesichtspunkte zur Rechtlage der neuen Religionen. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1982, Heft 19. –68-78s.
899	French B. Blavatsky, Dostoevskii, and Occult Stachestvo. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2007 Vol.7. –P.161-184.
900	Frend W.H.C. Orthodoxy, Paganism and Dissent in the Early Christian Centuries. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2002. –372s.
901	Freston P. Popular Protestants in Brazilian Politics: A Novel Turn in Sect-State Relations. // Social Compass 1994 Vol.41:4. -537-570s.
902	Freston P. The Universal Church of the Kingdom of God: A Brasilian Church Finds Success in Southern Africa. // Journal of Religion in Africa 2005 Vol.35:1. –33-65s.
903	Friedli R. Definition von „Sekte“. Kriterium „Gesundheit - Krankheit“. // Gewissen und Freiheit. 1999, №52. –49-59s.
904	Froese P. Forced Secularization in Soviet Russia: Why an Atheistic Monopoly Failed. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2004. Vol.43:1. –35-50s.
905	From Al-Andalus to Khurasan. Documents from the Medieval Muslim World. Ed. by P.M. Sijpesteijn & L. Sundelin & S.T. Tovar & A. Zomeno. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2007. -252p.
906	Frykenberg R.E. Christianity in India. From Beginning to the Present. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2008. -564p.
907	Fuchs C. „Sektenproblematik“ in der deutschen Yoga-Szene? Versuch einer Bestandsaufnahme. // Zeitschrift fur Religionswissenschaft 1996, №4 - 25-54s.
908	Fuchs C. Yoga in Deutschland. Rezeption, Organisation, Typologie. –Stuttgart & Berlin & Koln.: Verlag W.Kohlhammer, 1990. -310s.
909	Fuenmayor A., Gomez-Iglesias V., Illanes J.L. Die Prälatur Opus Dei. Zur Rechtsgeschichte eines Charismas. Darstellung, Dokumente, Statuten. –Essen.: Ludgerus-Verlag, 1994. –685s.
910	Fuller P. The Notion of Ditthi in Theravada Buddhism. The Point of view. –London & New York.: RoutledgeCurzon, 2005. -258p.
911	Fuller S., Martin J.L. Women`s Status in Eastern NRMs. // Review of Religious Research 2003 Vol.44:4. –354-369s.
912	Fullerton J.T., Hunsberger B. A Unidimentional measure of Christian orthodoxy. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1982. Vol.21. –317-326s.
913	Furniss N.F. The Mormon Conflict 1850-1859. –Binghamton.: Yale University Press, 1960. –311s.
914	Fürstenberg F. Die Zukunft der Sozialreligion. –Konstanz.: Universitätsverlag Konstanz, 1999. -180s.
915	Fuss M. New Age: Supermarkt alternativer Spiritualität. // Internationale katholische Zeitschrift “Communio”, 1991, -148-157s.
916	Gabriel M.A. Islam und Terrorismus. Was der Koran wirklich über Christentum, Gewalt und die Ziele des Djihad lehrt. –München.: Resch Verlag., 2005. –269s.
917	Gabriel R.A. Gods of our Fathers: the Memory of Egypt in Judaism and Christianity. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 2002. -243p.
918	Gaita R. Good and Evil. An Absolute Conception. Second Edition. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2004. -373p.
919	Galanter M. “Moonies” Get Married: A Psychiatric Follow-Up Study of a Charismatic Religious Sect. // American Journal of Psychiatry, 1986. Vol.143:10. –1245-1249s.
920	Galanter M. Charismatic Religious Sects and Psychiatry: An Overview. // American Journal of Psychiatry 1982 Vol.139:12. –S.1539- 1548.
921	Galanter M. Cults and Zealous Self- Help Movements: A Psychiatric Perspective. // American Journal Psychiatry 1990 Vol.147:4. –543-551s.
922	Galanter M. Cults, Faith, Healing, and Coersion. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1989. -230s.
923	Galanter M. Psychological Induction Into the Large- Group: Findings from a Modern Religious Sect. // American Journal Psychiatry 1980 Vol.137:12. –1574- 1579s.
924	Galanter M. Religious Freedom in the United States: A Turning Point? // Wisconsin Law Review 1966 Spring -217-296s.
925	Galanter M. The «Relief Effect»: a sociobiological model for neurotic distress and large- group therapy. // American Journal Psychiatry 1978 Vol.135:5. –S.588-591.
926	Galanter M. Unification Church (“Moonie”) Dropouts: Psychological Readjustment After Leaving a Charismatic Religious Group. // American Journal Psychiatry 1983 Vol.140:8. –984-989s.
927	Galanter M. Zealous Self- Help Group as Adjuncts to Psychiatric Treatment: A Study of Recovery. // American Journal Psychiatry 1988 Vol.145:10. –1248-1253s.
928	Galanter M., Rabkin R., Rabkin J., Deutsch A. The „Moonies“: A Psychological Study of Conversion and Membership in a Contemporary Religious Sect. // American Journal Psychiatry 1979 Vol.136:2. –165- 170s.
929	Gallagher E.V. Compared to what? “Cults” and “New Religious Movements”. // History of Religions 2007. Vol.47:2. –P.205-220.
930	Gambke C.A.W. Staatliche Diskriminierung der Schüler des Mystikers Osho in Deutschland und die Folgen. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1998, Heft.50. –6-32s.
931	Gamson W.A., Croteau D., Hoynes W., Sasson T. Media Images and the Social Construction of Reality. // Annual Review of Sociology 1992. Vol.18. –S.373-393.
932	Gandow T. Guru Chinmoy und die Sri-Chinmoy-Bewegung. –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1993. -80s.
933	Gandow T. Jugendweihe. Humanistische Jugendfeier. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1994. –133s.
934	Gandow T. Mun-Bewegung. CARP, CAUSA und „Vereinigungskiche“ des San Myung Mun. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1993. –155s.
935	Gantke W. Aurobindo. Ein neo-hinduistischer Denker zwischen Tradition und Moderne. // Zeitschrift für Religions- und Geistesgeschichte, 1996. Heft.48:1. – 1-19s.
936	Garay A. Anerkennung der Zeugen Jehovas in Bulgarien. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1999, Heft.52. –137-144s.
937	Garbe R. Samkhya und Yoga. –Strassburg.: Verlag von Karl J. Trubner, 1896. –56s.
938	Gardiner P. Secret Societies: Gardiner’s forbidden Knowledge. Revelations about the Freemasons,Templars, Illuminati, Nazis, and the Serpent Cults. –New York.: New Page Books, 2007. -256p.
939	Gardner L. Bloodline of the Holy Grail. The Hidden Lineage of Jesus Revealed. -Shaftesbury & Rockport & Melbourne.: Element, 1996. -615s.
940	Garnett L.M.J. Mysticism and Magic in Turkey. An Account of the Religious Doctrines, Monastic Organisation, and Ecstatic Powers of the Dervish Orders. –New York.: Charles Scribners Sons, 1912. -202p.
941	Garrett C. Spirit Possession and Popular Religion. From the Camisards to the Shakers. –Baltimor, London.: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1987. -294s.
942	Garrett C. Transcendental Meditation, Reiki and Yoga: Suffering, Ritual and Self-Transformation. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2001 Vol.16:3. –329-342s.
943	Garrett W.R. Religion, Law, and the Human Condition. // Sociological Analysis 1987 Vol.47,S. -1-34s.
944	Gaskill M. The Devil in the Shape of a Man: Witchcraft, Conflict, and Belief in Jacobean England. // Historical Research 1998 Vol.71. –142-171s.
945	Gasper M.E. The Power of Representation. Publics, Peasants, and Islam in Egypt. –Stanford.: Stanford University Press, 2009. –294p.
946	Gasper H. Sekten und neue religiose Bewegungen in Deutschland. // Internationale katholische Zeitschrift “Communio”, 1991, -S.99-113.
947	Gast P. Krirische Analzse der Lage der religiösen Bewegungen nach dem französischen positiven Recht. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1999, Heft.53. –S.112-130.
948	Gauri Shankar Bhatt. Brahmo Samaj, Arya Samaj, and the Church-Sect Typology. // The Review of Religious Research, 1968. Vol.10:1. –23-32s.
949	Gebhardt L. Japans Neue Spiritualität. –Wiesbaden.: Harrassowitz, 2001. –292s.
950	Gebhardt W., Engelbrecht M., Bochinger C. Die Selbstermächtigung des religiösen Subjekts. Der „spirituelle Wanderer“ als Idealtypus spätmoderner Religiosität. // Zeitschrift für Religionswissenschaft 2005 Vol.13. –S.133-151.
951	Gebhardt W. Kirche zwischen charismatischer Bewegung und formaler Organisation. Religiöser Wandel als Problem der soziologischen Theoriebildung. In: Institution, Organisation, Bewegung. Sozialformen der Religion im Wandel. Hrsg.: M.Krüggeler, K.Gabriel, W.Gebhardt. –Opladen.: Leske+Budrich, 1999. –101-119s.
952	Geertz C. The Interpretation of Cultures. –New York.: Basic Books, 1973. –470s.
953	Geheime Figuren der Rosenkreuzer, aus dem 16ten und 17ten Jahrhundert. Erstes Heft. –Altona.: J.D.A. Eckhard, 1785. -102s.
954	Geir Lie. The Christology among Smith`s Friends: A Misunderstood Impulse from the Keswick Tradition? // Asian Journal of Pentecostal Studies 2004. Vol.7:2. -P.305-314.
955	Gelberg S.J. Exploring an Alternative Reality: Spiritual Life in ISKCON. In: Krishna Consciousness in the West. Ed. by David G.Bromley and Larry D.Shinn. –London, Toronto.: Bucknell University Press, 1989. –135-162s.
956	Geldbach E. Religiöse Polemiken gegen „neue Religionen“ im Deutschland des 19. Jahrhunderts. In: Toleranz und Repression: zur Lage religiöser Minderheiten in modernen Gesellschaften. Hrsg. Neumann, Johannes. - Frankfurt/Main; New York.: Campus Verlag, 1987. –S.170-197.
957	Gellner E. Selected Philosophical Themes. Vol. III. The Devil in Modern Philosophy. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2003. -258p.
958	Gellner E. The Psychoanalytic Movement. The Cunning of Unreason. –Malden.: Blackwell, 2003. -214p.
959	Gentilcore D. The Church, the Devil, and the Healing Activities of Living Saints in the Kingdom of Naples after the Council of Trent. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 5. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –200-221s.
960	Gerold-Scheepers T. Approaches to African Independent Churches in South Africa: A Review of Recent Publications. // African Perspectives 1976. Vol.2. -137-148s.
961	Geyer-Kordesch J. Whose Enlightenment? Medicine, Witchcraft, Melancholia, and Pathology. // New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 6. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –131-147s.
962	Ghayur M.A. Muslims in the United States: Settlers and Visitors. // The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Sciences 1961. Vol.454. -150-163s.
963	Gianakos P.E. The Black Muslims: An American Millennialistic Response to Racism and Cultural Deracination. // The Centennial Review 1979 Vol.23:4. -430-451s.
964	Gibbs J.O., Crader K.W. A Criticism of Two Recent Attempts to Scale Glock and Stark`s Dimentions of Religiosity: A Research Note. // Sociological Analysis 1970, Vol.31:2. - 107- 114s.
965	Gibson M. Possession, Puritanism and Print: Darrell, Harsnett, Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Exorcism Controversy. –London.: Pickering & Chatto, 2006. -218p.
966	Gijswijt-Hofstra M. The European Witchcraft Debate and the Dutch Variant. // Social History 1990 Vol.15:2. –181-194s.
967	Gijswijt-Hofstra M. Witchcraft and Tolerance: The Dutch Case. // Acta Ethnographica Hungarica 1991-1992 Vol.37. –401-412s. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Demonology, Religion, and Witchcraft. Volume 1. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –425-436s.
968	Gijswijt-Hofstra M. Witchcraft in the Nothern Netherlands. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft in Continental Europe. Volume 2. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –137-154s.
969	Gildrie R.P. Visions of Evil: Popular Culture, Puritanism, and the Massachusetts Witchcraft Crisis of 1692. // Journal of American Culture 1985 Vol.8. –17-33s.
970	Gillespie B.V. The Dynamics of Religious Conversion. –Birmingham.: Religious Education Press, 1991. –261s.
971	Gill N.T., Thornton L.H. Religious Orientation and Self-Esteem Among High School Students. // The High School Journal 1989. Oct./Nov. –47-60s.
972	Gills N. Die Zeugen Jehovas in Lettland im 20. Jahrhundert. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1999, Heft 52. –119-136s.
973	Gitelson I., Reed E.J. Identity Status of Jewish Youth Pre- and Post- Cult Involvement. // Journal of Jewish Communal Services 1981 Vol.51. -312-320s.
974	Gittleson Y. Sacred Cows in Collision. // American Scientist 1950. Vol.38:4. –603-609s.
975	Givens T.L. By the Hand of Mormon. The American Scripture that Launched a New World Religion. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2002. –320s.
976	Gladigow B. Religionswissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. –Stuttgart.: Kohlhammer, 2005. –301s.
977	Glass L.L., Kirsch M.A., Parris F.N. Psychiatric Disturbances Associated with Erhard Seminars Training: I. A Report of Cases. // American Journal of Psychiatry Vol.134:3. -245-247s.
978	Glazerson M. From Hinduism to Judaism. In: Cults and the Jewish Community. Representative Works of Jewish Anti-Cult Literature. Ed. by Aidan A.Kelly. –New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1990. -185-307s.
979	Global Citizens. The Soka Gakkai Buddist Movement in the World. Ed. by D.Machacek & B.Wilson. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2003. –442s.
980	Globalization. Critical Concepts in Sociology. Ed. by Roland Robertson & Kathleen E.White. Volume VI. Specialized Applications and Resistance to Globalization. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2003. –497s.
981	Glock C.Y., Bellah R. The New Religious Consciousness. University of California Press, Berkeley. 1976. –391s.
982	Glock C.Y. On the Origin and Evolution of Religious Groups. In: Religion in the Sociological Perspective. Essays in the Empirical Study of Religion. Ed. By Charles Y. Glock. –Belmont, California, 1973. –207-220s.
983	Glock C.Y. On the Study of Religious Beliefs and Non-Belief. In: Religion in the Sociological Perspective. Essays in the Empirical Study of Religion. Ed. By Charles Y. Glock. –Belmont, California, 1973. –12-15s.
984	Glock C.Y., Stark R. Religion and Society in Tension. –Chicago.: Rand McNally & Co., 1965. –316s.
985	Glock C.Y. The Role of Deprivation in the Origin and Evolution of Religious Groups. In: Religion and Social Conflict. Ed. By Robert Lee & Martin Marty. –New York: Oxford University Press, 1964. -24-36s.
986	Glowka Hans-Jürgen. Deutsche Okkultgruppen 1875-1937. –Augsburg.: Hiram-Edition, 1981. -126s.
987	Glucklich A. The End of Magic. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1997. –253p.
988	Gnosis and Hermeticism from Antiquity to Modern Times. Ed. by Roelof van den Broek & Wouter J.Hanegraaff. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1998. –402s.
989	God and Design. The Theological Argument and Modern Science. Ed. Neil A. Manson. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2003. -378p.
990	Goddijn W. Kirche und Sekte 2. Soziologische Betrachtungen über Gruppendifferenzierungen innerhalb des Christentums. // Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie. 1962. Sonderheft 6. -243-253s.
991	Godfried Kardinal Danneels. Christus oder der Wassermann? Ein Hirtenbrief. –Freiburg.: Johannes Verlag, 1991. –65s.
992	Godin A. Psychologische Aspekte der Zugehörigkeit zur Kirche. In: Die Zugehörigkeit zur Kirche. Hrsg. von W.Menges & N.Greinacher. –Mainz.: Matthias-Grünewald, 1964. –89-122s.
993	Godwin J. The Theosophical Enlightenment. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1994. -448s.
994	Goegginger W. Volksreligion und Weltreligion im deutschen Brauchtum. – Riga.: Holzer Verlag, 1944. -190s.
995	Golden K.M. Voodoo in Africa and the United States. // American Journal of Psychiatry 1977 Vol.134:12. -1425-1427s.
996	Golden R.M. Satan in Europe: The Geography of the Witch Hunts. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft in Continental Europe. Volume 2. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –2-33s.
997	Goldish M. The Sabbatean Prophets. –Cambridge & London.: Harvard University Press, 2004. -221p.
998	Goldman M.S. Cults, New Religions, and the Spiritual Landscape: A Review of Four Collections. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2006. Vol.45:1. –87-96s.
999	Goldner C. Schöne neue Welt. Der norditalienische Psychokult "Damanhur". // Berliner Dialog 1998. Jahrgang 4. Heft 1. №12. -S.2-5.
1000	Goldsmith B. Other Powers. The Age of Suffrage, Spiritualism, and the Scandalous Victoria Woodhull. –New York.: Alfred A.Knopf, 1998. -531s.
1001	Goldwag A. ‘ism & ‘ologies. All the Movements, Ideologies, & Doctrines That Have Spared Our World. –New York.: Vintage Books, 2007. –388p.
1002	Gonda J. Aspects of Early Visnuism. –Delhi.: Motilal Banarsidass, 1969. –265s.
1003	Gonzalez V. Beauty and Islam. –London.: I.B. Tauris, 2001. –134s.
1004	Goode E., Nachmam Ben-Yehuda. Moral Panics: Culture, Politics, and Social Construction. // Annual Review of Sociology 1994. Vol.20. -149-171s.
1005	Goode E. Some Critical Observations on the Church-Sect dimension. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1967. Vol.6:1. –69-84s.
1006	Goodman F.D. Apostolics of Yucatan: A Case Study of a Religious Movement. In: Religion, Altered States of Consciousness, and Social Change. Ed. by Erika Bourguignon. –Columbus.: Ohio State University Press, 1973. –178-218s.
1007	Goodenow S.B. Sectarism, Alliance, and the Basis of Fellowship. // New Englander and Yale review 1874 Vol.33. Issue №127. –337-355s.
1008	Goodrick-Clarke N. Ramon Lull’s New World Order: Esoteric Evangelism and Frontline Philosophy. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2009 Vol.9:2. –P.175-194.
1009	Gooren H. Latter-day Saints under Siege: The Unique Experience of Nicaraguan Mormons. // Dialogue: A Journal of Mormon Thought 2007 Vol.40:3. -P.134-155.
1010	Gorbachev Confronts the Challenge of Christianity. –Washington.: CIA. Office of Soviet Analysis, 1988. -23p.
1011	Gordon D. The Jesus People: An Identity Synthesis. // Urban Life and Culture 1974 Vol.3. -159-179s.
1012	Gorski P.S. Historicizing the Secularization Debate: Church, State, and Society in Late Medieval and Early Modern Europe, ca. 1300 to 1700. // American Sociological Review 2000. Vol.65. -138-167s.
1013	Gorsuch R.L., McPherson S.E. Intrinsic/Extrinsic Measurement: I/E-Revised and Single-Item Scales. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1989 Vol.28:3. –348-354s.
1014	Gorsuch R.L., McFarland S.G. Single vs. Multiple-Item Scales for Measuring Religious Values. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1972 Vol.11:1. –53-64s.
1015	Gorsuch R.L., Venable D.G. Development of an “Age Universal” I-E Scale. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1983 Vol.22:2. –181-187s.
1016	Goswami A. The Krishna Legend, A New Perspective. –Delhi.: Y.R.Publications, 2001. –324s.
1017	Gottschalk S. The Emergence of Christian Science in American Religious Life. –Berkeley & Los Angeles & London.: University of California Press, 1974. –305s.
1018	Govorounova A. Pentecostalism and Shamanism in Asia. // Bulletin of Nanzan Institute for Religion & Culture 2012. Vol.36. -P.10-49.
1019	Grace J.H. Sex and Marriage in the Unification Movement. A Sociological Study. –New York.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1985. -284s.
1020	Grafton T.H. Religious Origins and Sociological Theory. // American Sociological Review 1945. Vol.10:6. -726-739s.
1021	Grandt Guido & Michael, Bender K-M. Fiat Lux Uriellas Orden. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1992. –102s.
1022	Granqvist P., Hagekull B. Seeking Security in the New Age: On Attachment and Emotional Compensation. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001. Vol.40:3. -527-545s.
1023	Grant D., O`Neil K.M., Stephens L.S. Neosecularization and Craft Versus Professional Religious Authority in a Nonreligious Organization. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003 Vol.42:3. –P.479-487.
1024	Gray N. Independent Spirits: The Politics of Policing Anti-Witchcraft Movements in Colonial Ghana, 1908-1927. // Journal of Religion in Africa 2005. Vol.35:2. –P.139-158.
1025	Gray W. G. Inner Traditions of Magic. -New York.: Samuel Weiser Inc., 1970. -287s.
1026	Grayson J.H. Korea – A Religious History. –New York.: Routledge, 2002. –288s.
1027	Greeley A.M. The Sociology of the Paranormal: A Reconnaissance. –London.: SAGE, 1975. -88s.
1028	Greenfield A. H. The Roots of Modern Magick. Glimpses of the Authentic Tradition from 1700-2000. USA.: Manutius Press, 2006. -243s
1029	Greenfield S.M., Droogers A. Syncretic Processes and the Definition of New Religions. // Journal of Contemporary Religion, 2003. Vol.18:1. -25-36s.
1030	Green J.C. A Liberal Dynamo: The Political Activism of the Unitarian-Universalist Clergy. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:4. –P.577-590.
1031	Green J.C., Rozell M.J., Wilcox C. Social Movements and Party Politics: The Case of the Christian Right. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001. Vol.40:3. –P.413-426.
1032	Green N.W. Mormonism: its rise, progress, and present condition. Embracing the narrative of Mrs. Mary Ettie V. Smith, of her residence and experience of fifteen years with the Mormons. –Hartford.: Belknap & Bliss, 1870. -472s.
1033	Greenwood S. The Anthropology of Magic. –Oxford & New York.: Berg, 2009. -163p.
1034	Greer J. M. Earth Divination. Earth Magic. A Practical Guide to Geomancy. -Saint Paul.: Llewellyn Publications, 1999. -224s.
1035	Gregg S. On Ordered Liberty. A Treatise on the Free Society. –Lanham & Boulder & New York & London.: Lexington Books, 2003. -127p.
1036	Greschat H.J. Kitawala. Ursprung, Ausbreitung und Religion der Watch-Tower-Bewegung in Zentalafrika. –Marburg.: N.G.Elwert Verl., 1967. –128s.
1037	Greschat H.-J. Was ist Religionswissenschaft? -Stuttgart & Berlin & Koln & Mainz.: Verlag W. Kohlhammer. -S.8-19, 129-133.
1038	Griffin W. The Embodied Goddess: Feminist Witchcraft and Female Divinity. // Sociology and Religion 1995 Vol.56. –35-48s. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Gender and Witchcraft. Volume 4. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –449-462s.
1039	Griess F. Norweger-Bewegung, Smith Freunde, Smithianer, Norwegische Brüder, Die Christliche Gemeinde. –Wien., 2004. –19s.
1040	Griffith E.E.H., Bility K.M. Psychosocial factors and the genesis of new African-American religious groups. In: Psychiatry and Religion. Context, Consensus and Controversies. Ed. by Dinesh Bhugra. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1996. –82-96s.
1041	Grigg J.A. The Lives of David Brainerd. The Making of an American Evangelical Icon. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2009. –276p.
1042	Grill S.M.P. Okkulte Phänomene im Urteil der Bibel. // Religion, Wissenschaft, Kultur 1962 Vol.13:2. –107-118s.
1043	Grim B.J., Finke R. International Religion Indexes: Government Regulation, Government Favoritism, and Social Regulation of Religion. // Interdisciplinary Journal of Research on Religion 2006 Vol.2. Art.1. –P.1-40.
1044	Grosby S. Sociological Implications of the Distinction Between “Locality” and Extended “Territory” with Particular Reference to the Old Testament. // Social Compass 1993 Vol.40:2. –179-198s.
1045	Gross C. Multi-Level-Marketing. Identitat und Ideologie im Network-Marketing. –Wiesbaden.: VS Verlag, 2008. -291s.
1046	Grunder R. Runengeheimnisse: Zur Rezeption esoterischen Runen-Wissens im germanischen Neuheidentum Deutschlands. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2009 Vol.9:2. –P.137-174.
1047	Grundlagen der Apologetik. Kurt Aland zum 70.Geburtstag. –Munchen.: ARW, 1985. -77s.
1048	Grundy M.P. Learning to Be Quaker: Spiritual Formation and Religious Education among Early Friends. // Quaker Studies 2007 Vol.11:2. –P.151-165.
1049	Guariglia Guglielmo. Prophetismus und Heilserwartungsbewegungen bei den niedrigen Kulturen. // Numen 1958. Vol.5. -180-198s.
1050	Guenther H.V. Tantra and Revelation. // History of Religion 1968 Vol.7:4. -279-301s.
1051	Guidance to Faith-Based and Community Organizations on Partnering with the Federal Government. –Washington.: White House FBCI, 2006. -20p.
1052	Guiley R.E. The Encyclopedia of Witches, Witchcraft and Wicca. Third edition. –New York.: Facts On File, 2008. –436p.
1053	Gulacsi Z. Medieval Manichaean Book Art. A Codicological Study of Iranian and Turkic Illuminated Book Fragments from 8th – 11th Century East Central Asia. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2005. –240p.
1054	Guly C. Why the X-Files is becoming our new religion. // The Ottawa Citizen. 2000 march 05. –2s.
1055	Gunnison J.W. The Mormons,: or, Latter-day saints, in the valley of the Great salt lake; a history of their rise and progress, peculiar doctrines, present condition, and prospects, derived from personal observation: during a residence among them. –Philadelphia.: J,B,Lippincott, 1860. –168s.
1056	Gurdarsban Singh Dhillon. Religion and Politics: The Sikh Perspective. -Patiala.: Guru Nanak Dev Mission, 1992. -56p.
1057	Gurus and Their Followers. New Religious Reform Movements in Colonial India. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2000. -235s.
1058	Gussner R.E., Berkowitz S.D. Scholars, Sects and Sanghas, I: Recruitment to Asian- Based Meditation Groups in North America. // Sociological Analysis 1988. Vol.49:2. –136-170s.
1059	Gustafson G. Popular Religion in Sweden. // Social Compass 1982 Vol.29:2-3. –P.103-112.
1060	Gustafson P. UO-US-PS-PO: a restatement of Troeltsch`s church-sect typology. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1967. Vol.6:1. –85-90s.
1061	Guth J.L., Beail L., Crow G., Gaddy B., Montreal S., Nelsen B., Penning J., Walz J. The Political Activity of Evangelical Clergy in the Election of 2000: A Case Study of Five Denominations. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:4. –P.501-514.
1062	Guthrie S.E. Faces in the Clouds. –New York & Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1993. -290p.
1063	Guthrie S. McClenons “Shamanic Healing, Human Evolution, and the Origin of Religion”: A Critique. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1997, Vol.36:3. -355-357s.
1064	Gwan-yeon Cho. Die Entstehung und Entwicklung des Volksbuddhismus und der neuen religiösen Bewegungen in Korea und Ihre Wechselbeziehungen. –Köln., 1995. -295s.
1065	Haack F-W. Aberglaube-Magie-Zauberei. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1989. –63s.
1066	Haack F-W. Blut-Mythus und Rasse-Religion. Neugermanische und deutsch-völkische Religiosität. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1983. –66s.
1067	Haack F-W. Das Heimholungswerk der Gabriele Wittek und die Neuoffenbahrungsbewegungen. –München.: Evangelischer Pressenverband für Bayern, 1985. –248s.
1068	Haack F-W. Die „Bhagwan“ – Rajneesh – Bewegung. - Munchen.: Evangelischer Pressenverband fur Bayern, 1984. -108s.
1069	Haack F-W. Die Lebensgottheit und der Bibelgott. New Age, Okkultismus, Cristenglaube. –Munchen.: ARW, 1988. -85s.
1070	Haack F-W. Die neuen Jugendreligionen. –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1982. -82s.
1071	Haack F-W. Die neuen Jugendreligionen. Psychomutation. Erzwungene Personlichkeitsverwandlung. Lichtbild-Information. –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1986. -24s.
1072	Haack F-W. & Dürholt B. & Künzel-Böhmer J. & Röder W. „Therapie“ als Religions-Ersatz. Die Otto-Muehl-Bewegung. –Augsburg.: Maro, 1990. –177s.
1073	Haack F-W. Eine Kastenordnung fur das Abendland. Das Gesellschaftskonzept der Krishna-Bewegung. –Munchen.: Evangelischer Pressenverband fur Bayern, 1984. -36s.
1074	Haack F-W. Erkaufte Hoffnung. Die christlichen Sekten. –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1990. -46s.
1075	Haack F-W. Gabriele Witteks “Universelles Leben” (HHW/Christusstaat). –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1992. –91s.
1076	Haack F-W. Guruismus und Guru-Bewegungen. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1982. –191s.
1077	Haack F-W. Jugendreligionen, Gurubewegungen, Psychokulte und ihre Tarn- und Unterorganisationen. –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1985. -55s.
1078	Haack F-W. Jugendreligiose Institutionen und deren Co-Organisationen, Guruistische Bewegungen und Psychokulte – Eine Findungshilfe. –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1985. -88s.
1079	Haack F-W. Jugendreligiose Institutionen und deren Co-Organisationen, Guruistische Bewegungen und Psychokulte – Eine Findungshilfe. –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1986. -150s.
1080	Haack F-W. PSI / Parapsychologie. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1987. –63s.
1081	Haack F-W. Scientology - Magie des 20.Jahrhunderts. –Munchen.: Claudius Verlag, 1995. -392s.
1082	Haack F-W. Sekten. –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1994. –80s.
1083	Haack F-W. Spiritismus. Channelling. Newoffenbarungen. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1992. –68s.
1084	Haack F-W. Verfuhrte Sehnsucht. Die neuen Jugendreligionen. –Munchen.: Munchener Reihe, 1984. -56s.
1085	Haack F-W. Was mir zu denken gibt. Weinachtsrundbriefe 1979-1990 an die Munchner Elterninitiative. – Munchen.: Evangelischer Pressenverband fur Bayern, 1992. -88s.
1086	Habecker D., Heinig J., Stewart J., Tang C. Dead Magic. -Clarkston.: White Wolf Publishing, 2000. -136s.
1087	Haberer E. Herausforderung New Age. Zur christlichen Auseinandersetzung mit neuem Denken. – Munchen.: Evangelischer pressenverband fur Bayern, 1990. -70s.
1088	Hackett R.I.J. New Age Trends in Nigeria: Ancestral and/or Alien Religion? In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -215-231s.
1089	Hackett R.I.J. Prophets, “False Prophets,” and the African State: Emergent Issues of Religious Freedom and Conflict. // Nova Religio 2001. Vol.4:2. –187-212s.
1090	Hadaway C.K. Denominational Switching and Membership Growth: In Search of A Relationship. // Sociological Analysis 1978 Vol.39:4. -321-337s.
1091	Hadaway C.K. From Stability to Growth: A Study of Factors Related to the Statistical Revitalization of Southern Baptist Congregations. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1991 Vol.30:2. –P.181-192. .
1092	Hadaway C.K., Marler P.L. How Many Americans Attend Worship Each Week? An Alternative Approach to Measurement. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2005. Vol.44:3. –P.307-322.
1093	Haddad Y.Y., Smith L.I. Mission to America. Five Islamic Sectarian Communities in North America. – Gainesville.: University Press of Florida 1993. – 228p.
1094	Hadden J.K. Desacralizing Secularization Theory. // Secularization and Fundamentalism Reconsidered. Religion and the Political order. Vol. III. Ed. by Jeffrey K. Hadden., Anson Shupe. – New York.: Paragon House. –1989. –3-26s.
1095	Hadden J.K. Precursors to the Globalization of American Televangelism. // Social Compass 1990 Vol.37:1. -161-167s.
1096	Hadden J.K., Swann C.E. Prime Time Preachers: The Rising Power of Televangelism. –Reading.: Addison-Wesley Publishing, 1981. -217p.
1097	Hageneder O. Der Häresiebegriff bei den Juristen des 12. und 13. Jahrhunderts. In: The Concept of Heresy in the Middle Ages (11th-13th C.) Proceedings of The International Conference Louvain May 13-16, 1973. Ed. by W.Lourdaux & D.Verhelst. –Leuven.: Leuven University Press, 1976. –42-103s.
1098	Hahn E. Kirche und Sekte. Dogmatische Definition und Differenzierung. // Kerygma und Dogma. 1993. Vol.39. –293-313s.
1099	Haj S. Reconfiguring islamic tradition. Reform, Rationality, and Modernity. –Stanford.: Stanford University Press, 2009. –284s.
1100	Hakl H. T. „Den Antaios kenne und missbillige ich. Was er pflegt, ist nicht Religio, sondern Magie!” Kurze Geschichte der Zeitschrift ANTAIOS. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2009 Vol.9:2. –P.195-232.
1101	Halama P., Halamova J. Process of Religious Conversion in the Catholic Charismatic Movement: A Qualitative Analysis. // Archive for the Psychology of Religion 2005. Vol.27. –69-91s.
1102	Halderman S. Towards Liturgies that Reconcile. Race and Ritual among African and European-American Protestants. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2007. –183p.
1103	Haleblian K. Heresy and Orthodoxy in the Armenian Church. // Exchange 2002 Vol.31:1. –P.51-80.
1104	Haliczer S. The Jew as Witch: Displaced Aggression and the Myth of the Santo Nino de La Guardia. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft in Continental Europe. Volume 2. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –264-274s.
1105	Hall D.J. The Study of Eighteenth-Century English Quakerism: From Rufus Jones to Larry Ingle. // Quaker Studies 2001 Vol.5:2. –P.105-119.
1106	Hall J.R., Schuyler P.D. Trinh S. Apocalypse Observed: Religious Movements and Violence in North America, Europe and Japan. –London and New York: Routledge, 2000. -228s.
1107	Hall T., Burhenn H.W.L. The Making of a Witch: The Guilty Triangle – as illustrated in the Case against Elline Klokkers of Gjerpen. // Scandinavian Studies 1988 Vol.60. –347-370s. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft in Continental Europe. Volume 2. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –85-108s.
1108	Hall T.W., Edwards K.J. The Initial Development and Factor Analysis of the Spiritual Assessment Inventory. // Journal of Psychology and Theology 1996 Vol.24:3. –233-246s.
1109	Hall T.W., Edwards K.J. The Spiritual Assessment Inventory: A Theistic Model and Measure for Assessing Spiritual Development. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2002. Vol.41:2. –341-357s.
1110	Halmdienst G. Reise durch Flut und Ebbe! Mein Leben in der Mun-Sekte. –Graz.: Netzwerk für Sekten und Kultfragen, 2000. –205s.
1111	Hamilton M.A. Religion and the Law in the Clinton Era: A Anti-Madisonian Legacy. // Law and Contemporary Problems 2000. Vol.63:1&2. –P.360-389.
1112	Hamilton M., Waddington P.A.J., Gregory S., Walker A. Eat, Drink and Be Saved: The Spiritual Significance of Alternative Diets. // Social Compass 1995 Vol.42:4. –497-511s.
1113	Hammer O. Claiming Knowledge. Strategies of Epistemology from Theosophy to the New Age. –Leiden & Boston & Köln.: Brill, 2001. –547s.
1114	Hammer O. New Age and the Discursive Construction of Community. // Journal of Alternative Spiritualities and New Age Studies 2005 Vol.1. February. –111-127s.
1115	Hammond J.L. The Politics of Benevolence. Revival Religion and American Voting Behavior. –Norwood.: Ablex Publ, 1979. –243p.
1116	Hammond P.E., Machacek D.W. Soka Gakkai in America. Accommodation and Conversion. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1999. -224s.
1117	Hammond P.E. The Dynamics of Religious Organizations. The Extravasation of the Sacred and Other Essays. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2000. –197s.
1118	Hampshire A.P., Beckford J.A. Religious sects and the concept of deviance: The Mormons and the Moonies. // British Journal of Sociology, June 1983. Vol.34:2. –208-229s.
1119	Handbook of Christianity in Japan. Ed. Mark R. Mullins. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2003. -425p.
1120	Handbook of Contemporary Paganism. Ed. Lewis J.R. & Pizza M. –Leiden & Boston.: BRILL, 2009. –650p.
1121	Handbook of New Age. Ed. Kemp D. & Lewis J.R. –Leiden & Boston.: BRILL, 2007. –484p.
1122	Handbook of Religious Conversion. Ed. by N.Malony & S.Southard. –Birmingham.: Religious Education Press, 1992. –311s.
1123	Handbook of the Psychology of Religion and Spirituality. Ed. By Raymond F. Paloutzian & Crystal L. Park. – New York & London.: The Guilford Press, 2005. -590p.
1124	Handbuch der Religionsgeschichte. Band 3. Hrsg. J.P.Asmussen & J.Laessoe & C.Colpe. –Göttingen.: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1975. –547s.
1125	Handbuch Religiose Gemeinschaften und Weltanschauungen. –Gutersloh.: velkd & Gutersloher Verlagshaus, 2006. -1167s.
1126	Hanegraaf W.J. Fiction in the Desert of the Real: Lovecraft’s Cthulhu Mythos. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2007 Vol.7. –P.85-109.
1127	Handl W. Das wahre Gesicht von Scientology. Eine Documentation mit mehr als 120 Abbildugen! –Wien.: GDPA, 2010. -288s.
1128	Handl W. Scientology: Wahn und Wirklichkeit. 28 Jahre in einer Psychosekte. –Wien.: Wilfred Handl, 2005. –288s.
1129	Handy R.T. American Baptist Polity: What is Happening and Why. // Baptist History and Heritage 1979 Vol.14:3. -12-21s.
1130	Handy R.T. The American Religious Depression, 1925-1935. // Church History 1982 Vol.51:1. -71-84s.
1131	Hanegraaff W.J. New Age Religion and Western Culture. Esoterism in the Mirror of Secular Thought. –Leiden., New York., Köln.: E.J.Brill, 1996. -580s.
1132	Hanegraaff W.J. New Age Spiritualities as Secular Religion: a Historian`s Perspective. // Social Compass 1999 Vol.46:2. –145-160s.
1133	Hanegraaff W.J. Spectral Evidence of New Age Religion: On the substance of ghosts and the use of concepts. // Journal of Alternative Spiritualities and New Age Studies 2005 Vol.1. February. –35-58s.
1134	Hankins B. Uneasy in Babylon. Southern Baptist Conservatives and American Culture. –Tuscaloosa & London.: The University of Alabama Press, 2002. –344p.
1135	Hanks M., Williams J.K. Mormon Faith in America. –New York.: Facts On File, 2003. -128p.
1136	Hannigan J.A. Apples and Oranges or Varieties of the same fruit? The New Religious Movements and the New Social Movements Compared. // Review of Religious Research, 1990. Vol. 31:3. –246-258s.
1137	Hansen W. When Tengu Talk. Hirata Atsutane’s Ethnography of the Other World. –Honolulu.: University of Hawai’i Press, 2009. –270p.
1138	Hanssler M. Katharismus in Südfrankreich. Struktur der Sekte und inquisitorische Verfolgung in der zweiten Hälfte des 13.Jahrhunderts. –Aachen.: Shaker Verlag, 1997. –249s.
1139	Häresien. Religionshermeneutische Studien zur Konstruktion von Norm und Abweichung. Hrsg. von I.Pieper & M.Schimmelpfennig & Joachim von Soosten. –München.: Wilhelm Fink Verlag, 2003. –188s.
1140	Hardacre H. Gender and the millennium in Omoto Kyodan: The limits of religious innovation. In: Innovation in Religious Traditions. Essays in the Interpretation of Religious Change. Edited by Michael A. Williams, Collett Cox, Martin S. Jaffee. – Berlin, New York. 1992. -215-239s.
1141	Hardacre H. The Transformation of Healing in the Japanese New Religions. // History of Religions 1982 Vol.21:4. -305-320s.
1142	Harder B. Hemminger H. Seher, Schwärmer, Bibeldeuter. Prophezeiungen zum Weltende und ihre Bedeutung. –Gütersloh.: Gütersloher Verlag, 2001. –128s.
1143	Harder M.W. Sex Roles in the Jesus Movement. // Social Compass 1974 Vol.21:3. –P.345-353.
1144	Harder T. The Way to the City of Peace: The Anabaptist Utopia of Pieter Pietersz. // The Mennonite Quarterly Review 2004. Vol.78:4. –525-542s.
1145	Hardinge Emma Britten. Modern American Spiritualism: A Twenty Years Record of the Communion Between Earth and the World of Spirits. –New York.: Hardinge E., 1870. –565s.
1146	Hardy A. The Spiritual Nature of Man. A Study of contemporary religious experience. –Oxford.: Clarendon Press, 1979. –162s.
1147	Hardyck J.A., Braden M. Prophecy Fails Again: A Report of a Failure to Replicate. // Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 1962. Vol.65:2. -136-141s.
1148	Hardyck J.A., Braden M. Prophecy Fails Again: A Report of a Failure to Replicate. // Expecting Armageddon. Essential Readings in Failed Prophecy. Ed. by Jon R.Stone. –New York.: Routledge, 2000. –55-64s.
1149	Hargrove E.T. Progress of Theosophy in the United States. // The North American review 1896 Vol.162. Issure №475. –698-704s.
1150	Harz P. World Religions. Baha’I Faith. Third Edition. –New York.: Chealsea House, 2009. –144p.
1151	Harik J.P. Hezbollah. The Changing Face of Terrorism. –London & New York.: I.B.Tauris, 2005. –241s.
1152	Harley D. Historians as Demonologists: The Myth of the Midwife Witch. // Social History of Medicine 1990 Vol.3. –1-26s.
1153	Harmening D. Zauberei im Abendland. Vom Anteil der Gelehrten am Wahn der Leute. Skizzen zur Geschichte des Aberglaubens. –Würzburg.: Königshausen & Neumann, 1991. –141s.
1154	Harper C.L. Cults and Communities: The Community Interfaces of Three Marginal Religious Movements. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1982. Vol.21:1. – 26-38s.
1155	Harper C.L. Le Beau B.F. The Social Adaptation of Marginal Religious Movements in America. // Sociology of Religion 1993. Vol.54:2. -171-192s.
1156	Harper C.L., LeBeau B.F. Social Change and Religion: Thinking beyond Secularization Perspectives. //WEB – http://are.as.wvu.edu/sochange.htm, 2001. -1-17s.
1157	Harrell D.E. All Things are Possible. The Healing & Charismatic Revivals in Modern America. –Bloomington & London.: Indiana University Press, 1975. –304s.
1158	Harring S.L. Red Lilac of the Cayugas: Traditional Indian Laws and Culture Conflict in a Witchcraft Trial in Buffalo, New York, 1930. // New York History 1992 Vol.73. –65-94s.
1159	Harrington M. “Conversion” to Wicca? // Diskus 2000 Vol.6.
1160	Harrison M.I. The Maintenance of Enthusiasm: Involvement in a New Religious Movement. // Sociological Analysis 1975 Vol.35:2. –P.150-160.
1161	Hart G. The Routledge Dictionary of Egyptian Gods and Goddesses.- London & New York.: Routledge, 2005. -170s.
1162	Hartshorne S.V. Yealand Manor School. // Quaker Studies 2007 Vol.11:2. –P.224-236.
1163	Harvey G., Wallis R.J. Historical Dictionary of Shamanism. –Lanham & Toronto & Plymouth.: The Scarecrow Press, 2007. -308p.
1164	Harz P.R. World Religious. Native American Religions. Third Edition. –New York.: Chelsea House Publishers, 2009. –144p.
1165	Harz P.R. World Religious. Shinto. Third Edition. –New York.: Chelsea House Publishers, 2009. –144p.
1166	Hase T. „Ketzer, Schwärmer, Wahnsinnige“. Die religiöse Bewältigung psychosozialer Konflikte und ihre konflikthaften Konsequenzen. Fallbeispiele aus den separatistischen Milieus des 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts. // Zeitschrift für Religionswissenschaft 2004 Heft.12. –S.189-205.
1167	Hase T. Zivilreligion. Religionswissenschaftliche Uberlegungen zu einem theoretischen Konzept am Beispiel der USA. –Würzburg.: Ergon Verlag, 2001. -255s.
1168	Hashimoto H., McPherson W. Rise and Decline of Sokagakkai Japan and the United States. // Review of Religious Research 1976, Vol.17:2. -82- 92s.
1169	Hassan Steven. Releasing the Bonds: Empowering People to Think for Themselves. - Danbury.: Freedom of Mind Press., 2000. - 389s.
1170	Hassan Steven. Sekten: Moderne Sklaven – gesellschaften. // Psychologie Heute 1993. – Juni. – S 30-37.
1171	Hasselle-Newcombe S. Spirituality and “Mystical Religion” in Contemporary Society: A Case Study of British Practitioners of the Iyengar Method of Yoga. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2005 Vol.20:3. –305-321s.
1172	Hassett M.K. Anglican Communion in Crisis. How Episcopal Dissidents and Their African Allies Are Reshaping Anglicanism. –Princeton &London.: Princeton University Press, 2007. –295p.
1173	Hatfield H. Aesthetic Paganism in German Literature. –Cambridge.: Harvard University Press, 1964. –283s.
1174	Hattersley R. Blood and Fire. William and Catherine Booth and their Salvation Army. –New York etc.: Doubleday, 2000. –471s.
1175	Hauser L. Kritik der neomythischen Vernunft. Band 1. Menschen als Götter der Erde (1800-1945). –Paderborn & München & Wien & Zürich.: Ferdinand Schöningh, 2004. –513s.
1176	Havens J. The Participant`s vs. the Observer`s Frame of Reference in the Psychological Study of Religion. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1961 Vol.1:1. –79-87s.
1177	Hawley J.S. Krishna in Black and White: Darsan in the Butter Thief Poems of the Early Sur Sagar. // Journal of Asian and African Studies 1980 Vol.15:1-2. –43-58s.
1178	Haworth Ian. Cult Concerns: An Overview of Cults and their Harmful Methods in the UK. // Assignation 1994 Vol.11:4. –31-34s.
1179	Hay D. Religious Experience and its Induction. // Advances in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by L.B.Brown. –Oxford.: Pergamon Press, 1985. –135-150s.
1180	Hayward J. A Dynamic Model of Church Growth and its Application to Contemporary Revivals. // Review of religious Research 2002. Vol.43:3. –218-241s.
1181	Hazelgrove J. Spiritualism and British Society Between the Wars. –Manchester.: Manchester University Press, 2000. -294s.
1182	“Heart Religion” in the Methodist Tradition and Related Movements. Ed. by Steele R.B. –London.: The Scarecrow Press, 2001. –317s.
1183	Heather N. Religious Language and Critical Discourse Analysis. Ideology and Identity in Christian Discourse Today. –Oxford & Bern & Bruxelles & Frankfurt a.M. & New York & Wien.: Peter Lang, 2000. –319s.
1184	Heaton T.B. How Does Religion Influence Fertility?: The Case of Mormons. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1986. Vol.25:2. –P.248-258.
1185	Heberer T. Falungong – Religion, Sekte oder Kult? // Berliner Dialog 2001 Heft 4. –S.16-24.
1186	Heberer T. Falungong – Religion, Sekte oder Kult? –Jena.: IKS Garamond, 2001. –42s.
1187	Heckethorn C.W. Secret Societies of all Ages and Countries. Vol. 1. – London.: George Redway, 1897. -352p.
1188	Heelas P. New Age Authenticity and Social Roles: A Response to Steve Bruce. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1998. Vol.13:2. -257-264s.
1189	Heelas P. The Infirmity Debate: On the Viability of New Age Spiritualities of Life. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2006 Vol.21:2. –223-240s.
1190	Heelas P. The New Age Movement. The Celebration of the Self and the Sacralization of Modernity. –Oxford.: Blackwell Publ., 1997. -266s.
1191	Heeren J., Lindsey D.B., Mason M. The Mormon Concept of Mother in Heaven: A Sociological Account of Its Origin and Development. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1984. Vol.23:4. –P.396-411.
1192	Hegy P. Images of God and Man in a Catholic Charismatic Renewal Community. // Social Compass 1978 Vol.25:1. –P.7-21.
1193	Heil und Heilung. Vier Referate eines Seminars. Hrsg. Detlef Bendrath. –Lubeck.: Nordselbische Reihe fur Weltanschauungsfragen, 1992. -64s.
1194	Heiler F. Prayer: A Study in the History and Psychology of Religion. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 1932. -376s.
1195	Heinz D. Church, State, and Religious Dissent. A History of Seventh-day Adventists in Austria, 1890-1975. –Frankfurt am Main & Berlin & Bern & New York & Paris & Wien.: Peter Lang, 1993. –206s.
1196	Heist P., Yong G. Omnibus Personality Inventory: From F manual. –New York.: The Psychological Corporation 1968. In: Measures of Religiousity. Ed. by Peter C.Hill & Ralph W.Hood. –Birmingham.: Alabama, 1999. –40-44s.
1197	Heling A. Die Anskar Kirche International. –Munchen.: Evangelischer Pressenverband fur Bayern, 1996. -68s.
1198	Hellmann K.U. Systemtheorie und neue soziale Bewegungen. Identitätsprobleme in der Risikogesellschaft. –Opladen.: Westdeutscher Verlag, 1996. -297s.
1199	Hemminger H, Becker V. Wenn Therapien Schaden. Kritische Analyse einer psychotherapeutischen Fallgeschichte. – Hamburg.: Rowohlt, 1991. -440s.
1200	Hemminger H. Das therapeutische Reich des Dr.Ammon. Eine Untersuchung zur Psychologie totalitärer Kulte. –Stuttgart.: Quell Verlag, 1989. –184s.
1201	Hemminger H. Psychotherapie – Weg zum Glück? Zur Orientierung auf dem Psychomarkt. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1987. –107s.
1202	Hemminger H. VPM. Der “Verein zur Förderung der psychologischen Menschenkenntnis” und Friedrich Lieblings “Zürcher Schule”. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1994. –101s.
1203	Hemminger H. Was ist eine Sekte? Erkennen – Verstehen – Kritik. –Stuttgart.: Quell Verlag, 1996. –182s.
1204	Hempelmann R. Licht und Schatten der Erweckungschristentums. Ausprägungen und Herausforderungen pfingstlich-charismatischer Frömmigkeit. –Stuttgart.: Quell Verlag, 1998. –299s.
1205	Hempelmann R. Vagabundierende Religiosität und Kirchen. // EZW-TEXTE 2002. №165. -2-13s.
1206	Henderson J.B. The Construction of Orthodoxy and Heresy. Neo-Confucianic, Islamic, Jewish, and Early Christian Patterns. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1998. –265s.
1207	Henderson J.J. The Jehovah?s Witnesses and Their Plan to Expand First Amendment Freedoms. // Journal of Church and State 2004 Vol.46:4. –P.811-832.
1208	Hennersperger A. Synodale Gemeindeleitung. –Graz & Wien.: Zeitpunkt, 1999. –112s.
1209	Henningsen G. Witchcraft Prosecutions after the End of the Era of the Witch Trials: A Contribution to Danish Ethnology. // ARV: Scandinavian Yearbook of Folklore 1988 Vol.44. –103-153s.
1210	Hepworth J.T. A Causal Analysis of Missionary and Membership Growth in The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (1830-1995). // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1999. Vol.38:1. –P.59-71.
1211	Heresies of the High Middle Ages. Selec. Walter L. Wakefield & Austin P. Evans. -New York.: Columbia University Press, 1991. -865p.
1212	Heresy and Literacy, 1000-1530. Ed. by Peter Biller & Anne Hudson. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1994. –313s.
1213	Herrera C.D. Two arguments for „covert methods“ in social research. // British Journal of Sociology 1999. Vol.50:2. -331-343s.
1214	Hertel B.R. Church, Sect, and Congregation in Hinduism: An Examination of Social Structure and Religious Authority. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1977. Vol.16:1. –15-26s.
1215	Hertel P. Schleichende Ubernahme. Josemaria Escriva, sein Opus Dei und die Macht im Vatikan. –Oberursel.: Piblik-Forum, 2002. –158s.
1216	Hervieu-Leger D. Individualism, the Validation of Faith, and the Social Nature of Religion in Modernity. In: The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Richard K.Fenn. –Oxford.: Blackwell, 2001. -161-175s.
1217	Hess D.J. Science in the New Age. The Paranormal, Its Defenders and Debunkers, and American Culture. –Wisconsin.: University of Wisconsin Press, 1993. -243s.
1218	Heuser M., Klimkeit H-J. Studies in Manichaean Literature and Art. –Leiden & Boston & Köln.: Brill, 1998. –331s.
1219	Hexham I., Poewe K. New Religions as Global Cultures. Making the Human Sacred. –Calgary.: WestviewPress, 1997. -194s.
1220	Hexham I. The Evangelical Response to the New Age. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -152-163s.
1221	Heyer F. Kirchengeschichte der Ukraine im 20.Jahrhundert. –Göttingen.: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 2003. –556s.
1222	Hick J.H. Comment. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1962 Vol.2:1. –22-24s.
1223	Hicks D.A. With God on All Sides. Leadership in a Devout and Diverse America. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2009. -228p.
1224	Hiernaux J., Remy J. «Socio-political» and «Charismatic» Symbols: Cultural Change and Transactions of Meaning. // Social Compass 1978 Vol.25:1. –P.145-163.
1225	High S. Billy Graham. The Personal Story of the Man, his Message, and his Mission. –New York & Toronto & London.: McGraw-Hill Book Co, 1956. -275p.
1226	Hill C. Antichrist in Seventeenth-Century England. –London.: Oxford University Press, 1971. –201s.
1227	Hill C. From Church to Sect: West Indian Religious Sect Development in Britain. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1971. Vol.10. –114-123s.
1228	Hill C. Immigrant Sect Development in Britain: A Case of Status Deprivation. // Social Compass 1971 Vol.18:2. –P.231-236.
1229	Hiller H.H. Continentalism and the third force in religion. // Canadian Journal of Sociology 1978 Vol.3:2. -183-207s.
1230	Hill H., Hickman J., McLendon J. Cults and Sects and Doomsday Groups, On My: Media Treatment of Religion on the Eve of the Millennium. // Review of Religious Research 2001. Vol.43:1. –24-38s.
1231	Hill M., Turner B. John Wesley and the Origin and Decline of Ascetic Devotion. // A Sociological Yearbook of Religion in Britain 1971 Vol.4. –102-120s.
1232	Hill S.S. NRPP: The New Religious-Political Right in America. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -109-125s.
1233	Hiltebeitel A. Rethinking India's Oral and Classical Epics. Draupadi among Rajputs, Muslims, and Dalits. –Chicago & London: The University of Chicago Press, 1999. -560p.
1234	Hindu Nationalism. A Reader. Ed. Christophe Jaffrelot. –Princeton & Oxford.: Princeton University Press, 2007. -391p.
1235	Hine V.H. Bridge Burners: Commitment and Participation in a Religious Movement. // Sociological Analysis 1970, Vol.31:2. –61-66s.
1236	Hirono M. Civilizing Missions : International Religious Agencies in China. –New York.: Palgrave MacMillan, 2008. –262p.
1237	Hirschl R. The Theocratic Challenge to Constitution Drafting in Post-Conflict States. // William and Mary Law Review 2008 Vol. 49:4. –P.1179.
1238	Historical collections relating to the American colonial church. Vol. II. – Pennsylvania. Ed. By William Stevens Perry. –Hartford.: The Church Press, 1870. -607s.
1239	History of science and religion in western tradition: an Encyclopedia. Ed. by Ferngren G. B. -New York & London.: Garland Publishing Inc, 2000. -690s.
1240	Hjelm T. Between Satan and Harry Potter: Legitimating Wicca in Finland. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2006. Vol.21:1. –33-48s.
1241	Hobsbawm E.J. Nationen und Nationalismus. Mythos und Realität seit 1780. –Frankfurt & New York.: Campus, 2004. –256s.
1242	Hocken P. Shared Church Premises. // One in Christ 1971. Vol.7:4. -318-323s.
1243	Hodge C. The Constitutional History of the Presbyterian Сhurch in the United States of America. Part II. 1741 to 1788. –Philadelphia.: Presbyterian Board of Publ., 1851. -425s.
1244	Hodgson M.G.S. The Venture of Islam. Conscience and History in a World Civilization. Vol.1. The Classical Age of Islam. –Chicago & London.: The University of Chicago Press, 1977. –532p.
1245	Hodgson P.E. Theology and Modern Physics. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2005. –282p.
1246	Hödl H.G. Alternative Formen des Religiösen. In: Handbuch Religionswissenschaft. Religionen und ihre zentralen Themen. Hrsg. von J.Figl. –Innsbruck Wien.: Tyrolia-Verlag, 2003. –S.485-524.
1247	Hoffmann J.R. Marcion: On the Restitution of Christianity. An Essay on the Development of Radical Paulinist Theology in the Second Century. –Chico.: Scholars Press, 1984. –329s.
1248	Höfinger G. Weisung von Oben. Religionsfreiheit in Osterreich dargestellt am Beispiel der Vereinigungskirche. –Wien.: R.Heinrich, 1976. –125s.
1249	Hoge D.R. Some Outlines of “Invisible Religion” in Middle Class America. // International Yearbook for Sociology of Knowledge and Religion 1978. Vol.11. -163-182s.
1250	Hoge D.R., Johnson B., Luidens D.A. Types of Denominational Switching Among Protestant Young Adults. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1995, Vol.34:2. -253-258s.
1251	Hogge J.H. & Friedman S.T. The Scriptural Literalism Scale: A Preliminary Report. // The Journal of Psychology 1967. Vol.66. –275-279s.
1252	Holden A. Jehovah`s Witnesses. Portrait of a contemporary religious movement. –London.: Routledge, 2002. –206s.
1253	Holydays Symbols and Customs. Fourth Edition. Ed. Henderson H. –Holmes.: Omnigraphics, 2009. –1321p.
1254	Holl A. Socio-Religious Research in Europe. A Report on the Activities of Eleven Institutes in Eight European Countries. // Social Compass 1970 Vol.17:3. –P.461-468.
1255	Hollenweger W.J. Charisma and Oikoumene. // One in Christ 1971. Vol.7:4. -324-343s.
1256	Hollenweger W.J. Crucial Issues for Pentecostals. // Pentecostals after a Century. Global Perspectives on a Movement in Transition. Ed. by Allan H.Anderson & Walter J.Hollenweger. –Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. -176-191s.
1257	Hollenweger W.J. Handbuch der Pfingstbewegung. Dissertation. Teil I. –Genf.: Universität Zürich, 1965. -854s.
1258	Hollenweger W.J. Pentecostalism. Origins and Developments Worldwide. –Peabody.: Hendrickson Publ., 1997. -495s.
1259	Hollenweger W.J. Rethinking Spirit Baptism: The Natural and the Supernatural. // Pentecostals after a Century. Global Perspectives on a Movement in Transition. Ed. by Allan H.Anderson & Walter J.Hollenweger. –Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. -164-172s.
1260	Hollenweger W.J. The Black Roots of Pentecostalism. // Pentecostals after a Century. Global Perspectives on a Movement in Transition. Ed. by Allan H.Anderson & Walter J.Hollenweger. –Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. -33-44s.
1261	Holler C. Lakota Religion and Tragedy: The Theology of Black Elk Speaks. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion 1984. Vol.52:1. -19-45s.
1262	Höllinger F. Does the Counter-Cultural Character of New Age Persist? Investigating Social and Political Attitudes of New Age Followers. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004 Vol.19:3. –289-309s.
1263	Holloway M. Heavens on Earth. Utopian Communities in America 1680-1880. –London.: Turnstile Press, 1951. –240s.
1264	Holmes C. Women: Witnesses and Witches. // Past & Present 1993 Vol.140. –45-78s.
1265	Holm N.G. Mysticism and Intense Experiences. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1982. Vol.21:3. –268-276s.
1266	Holm N.G. Ritualistic Pattern and Sound Structure of Glossolalia in Material Collected in the Swedish-speaking Parts of Finland. // Temenos 1975. Vol.11. -43-60s.
1267	Holt J.B. Holiness Religion: Cultural Shock and Social Reorganization. // American Sociological Review 1940. Vol.5:5. -740-747s.
1268	Homan R. The ethics of covert methods. // British Journal of Sociology, March 1980. Vol.31:1. –46-59s.
1269	Hong L.K., Dearman M.V. The Streetcorner Preacher: Sowing Good Seeds by the Wayside. // Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 1977 Vol.6:1. –P.53-68.
1270	Honko L. Zur Klassification der Riten. // Temenos 1975. Vol.11. -61-77s.
1271	Hood M.V. On the Prospect of Linking Religious-Rights Identification with Political Behavior: Panacea or Snipe Hunt? // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2002 Vol.41:4. –697-710s.
1272	Hood Jr. R.W., Hill P.C., Spilka B. The Psychology of Religion. An Empirical Approach. Forth Edition. –New York & London.: The Guilford Press, 2009. -636p.
1273	Hood R.W. Hypnotic Susceptibility and Reported Religious Experience. // Psychological Reports 1973. Vol.33. –549-550s.
1274	Hood R.W., Kimbrough D.L. Serpent-Handling Holiness Sects: Theoretical Considerations. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1995, Vol.34:3. -311-322s.
1275	Hood R.W. Religious Orientation and the Report of Religious Experience. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1970 Vol.9:4. –285-292s.
1276	Hood R.W. When the Spirit Maims and Kills: Social Psychological Considerations of the History of Serpent Handling Sects and the Narrative of Handlers. // International Journal for the Psychology of Religion 1998 Vol. 8:2. –P.71-96.
1277	Hooper W.H. The Utah Bill. A Plea for Religious Liberty. Speech Delivered in the House of Representatives, March 23, 1870. –Washington.: Gibson Brothers, 1870. -40p.
1278	Hoover S.M., Clark L.S., Rainie L. Faith Online: 64 % of wired Americans have used the Internet for Spiritual and Religious Purposes. –Washington.: Pew Internet & American Life Project, 2004. –28s.
1279	Horn K.P. Rebellion gegen den Verstand? Eine sozialwissenschaftlische Untersuchung über deutsche Neo-Sannyasins in Poona. –Berlin.: Freien Universität, 1982. -329s.
1280	Hornung A. Messianische Juden zwischen Kirche und Volk Israel. –Basel.: Brunnen, 1995. –125s.
1281	Horoscopes and Public Spheres. Essays on the History of Astrology. Ed. By Günther Oestmann & Darrel Rutkin, & Kocku von Stuckrad. –Berlin & New York.: Walter de Gruyter, 2005. –290s.
1282	Horowitz I.L. A Reply to Critics and Crusaders. // Sociological Analysis 1983, Vol.44:3. –P.221-226.
1283	Horowitz I.L. Science, Sin, and Sponsorship. // The Atlantic Monthly, March 1977. -96-102s.
1284	Horowitz I.L. Universal Standards, Not Uniform Beliefs. Further Reflections on Scientific Method and Religious Sponsors. // Sociological Analysis 1983, Vol.44:3. –P.179-182.
1285	Horsley A., Hanson J. S. Bandits, Prophets & Messiahs. Popular Movements in the Time of Jesus. -Minneapolis, Chicago, New York.: Winston Press, 1985. -271s.
1286	Horsley R.A. Further Reflections on Witchcraft and European Folk Religion. // History of Religions 1979 Vol.19:1. -71-95s.
1287	Horsley R.A., Hanson J.S. Bandits, Prophets, and Messiahs. Popular Movements in the Time of Jesus. –Minneapolis & Chicago & New York.: Winston Press, 1985. -271p
1288	Horsley Ritta & Horsley Richard. On the Trail of the Witches: Wise Women, Midwives, and the European Witch Hunts. // Women in Germany Yearbook 1986 Vol.3. –1-28s.
1289	Hospital C.G. Paradox and Divine Wickedness in the Krishbakarnamrita: Reflections on the Uses of Discrepant Symbols. // Journal of Asian and African Studies 1980 Vol.15:1-2. –59-71s.
1290	Hostetler J.A. Amosh Society. –Baltimore.: The John Hopkins University Press, 1980. -414s.
1291	Hotaka T. Challenging the Lines between Society and "Religion". // Bulletin of Nanzan Institute for Religion & Culture 2012. Vol.36. -P.50-62.
1292	Hotaka T. Religion and Society in Contemporary Japan. // Bulletin of Nanzan Institute for Religion & Culture 2010. Vol.34. -P.97-112.
1293	Hotaka T., Toshihiro O. A Deluge of "Religious" Information on New Religions, Power Spots, Funeral Services, and Buddhist Statues. // Bulletin of Nanzan Institute for Religion & Culture 2011. Vol.35. -P.34-47.
1294	Household and Family Religion in Antiquity. Ed. John Bodel & Saul M. Olyan. –Malden.: Blackwell Publishing, 2008. -323p.
1295	Houtman D., Mascini P. Why Do Churches Become Empty, While New Age Grows? Secularization and Religious Change in the Netherlands. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2002 Vol.41:3. –P.455-473.
1296	Howell J.D. ASC Induction Techniques, Spiritual Experiences, and Commitment to New Religious Movements. // Sociology of Religion 1997. Vol.58:2. -141-164s.
1297	Howell J.D. Gender Role Experimentation in New Religious Movements: Clarification of the Brahma Kumari Case. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1998. Vol.37:3. –453-461s.
1298	Howell J.D. Muslims, the New Age and Marginal Religions in Indonesia: Changing Meanings of Religious Pluralism. // Social Compass 2005. Vol.52:4. –473-493s.
1299	Христова М. Религиозните движения в България. // Вероизповедания и нови религиозни движения в България – проблеми и перспективи на прага на Европейския съюз. 1 Том. –София.: Център за проучване на нови религиозни движения, 2007. -С.17-25.
1300	Hubbard J. Embarrassing Superstition, Doctrine, and the Study of New Religious Movements. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion, 1998, Vol.66:1. –59-92s.
1301	Huber F. Die Bhagavadgita in der neueren Indischen Auslegung und in der Begegnung mit dem christlichen Glauben. –Erlangen.: ELM Verlag, 1991. –402s.
1302	Huber S. Dimensionen der religiosität. Skalen, Messemodelle und Ergebnisse einer empirisch orientierten Religionspszchologie. –Freiburg.: Universitätsverlag Freiburg, 1996. –291s.
1303	Hubmer F. Zungenreden, Weissagung – umkämpfte Geistesgaben. –Denkendorf.: Gnadauer Verlag, 1972. –173s.
1304	Hubner J., Gruson L. Monkey on a Stick. Murder, Madness, and the Hare Krishnas. –San Diego & New York & London.: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Publ., 1988. -414s.
1305	Hulett J.E. The Kenny Healing Cult: Preliminary Analysis of Leadership and Patterns of Interaction. // American Sociological Review 1945. Vol.10:3. -364-372s.
1306	Hume L. Creating Sacred Space: Outer Expressions of Inner Worlds in Modern Wicca. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1998. Vol.13:3. -309-319s.
1307	Hummel R. Gurus in Ost und West. Hintergründe – Erfahrungen – Kriterien. –Gütersloh.: Gütersloher Verlag, 1987. -176s.
1308	Hummel R. Religiöser Pluralismus oder christliches Abendland?: Herausforderung an Kirche und Gesellschaft. - Darmstadt.: Wiss.Buchges., 1994. - 223s.
1309	Hummel R. Vereinigungskirche – die „Moon-Sekte“ im Wandel. –Neukirchen-Vluyn.: Friedrich Bahn Verlag, 1998. –181s.
1310	Humphrey H. Revival Sketches and Manual. -New York.: American Tract Society, 1859. -476s.
1311	Hund J. African Witchcraft and Western Law: Psychologixal and Cultural Issues. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004. Vol.19:1. -67-84s.
1312	Hunter J.D. Conservative Protestantism on the American Scene. // Social Compass 1985 Vol.32:2-3. –P.233-243.
1313	Hunter J.D. The New Religions: Demodernization and the Protest Against Modernity. In: The Social Impact of the New Religious Movements. Ed. by Wilson Bryan. –New York.: The Rose of Sharon Press, 1981. -1-19s.
1314	Hunter M. The Occult Laboratory. Magic, Science and Second Sight in Late Seventeenth-Century Scotland. -Woodbridge.: The Boydell Press, 2001. -247s.
1315	Huntington O.B. Our Sunday Chapter. Feb.6, 1892. // The Young Woman's Journal 1892. Vol.3. –P.263-264.
1316	Hunt R.A., King M.B. The Intrinsic-Extrinsic Concept: A Review and Evaluation. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1971. Vol.10:4. –339-356s.
1317	Hunt R.A. Mythological-Symbolic Religious Commitment: The LAM Scales. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1972. Vol.2. –42-52s.
1318	Hunt S. Managing the Demonic: Some Aspects of the Neo-Pentecostal Deliverance Ministry. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1998. Vol.13:2. -215-230s.
1319	Hunt S. The Alpha Course and its Critics: An Overview of the Debates. // PentecoStudies 2005 Vol.4. –P.1-22.
1320	Huotari V. Finnish Revivalism as an Expression of Popular Piety. // Social Compass 1982 Vol.29:2-3. –P.113-123.
1321	Hurbon L. New religious movements in the Caribbean. // New Religious Movements and Rapid Social Change. Ed. by J.A.Beckford. - London.: SAGE publications, 1986. – 146-176s.
1322	Hussain M.Jassim. The occultation of the Twelfth Imam. A Historical Background. –London.: The Muhammadi Trust, 1982. –221s.
1323	Hutch R.A. Religious Leadership, Personality, History and Sacred Authority. - New York- Bern- Frankfurt am Main- Paris.: Peter Lang, - 1991. - 328s.
1324	Hutch R.A. The Personal Ritual of Glossolalia. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1980 Vol.19:3. –P.255-266.
1325	Hutten K. Seher – Grübler – Enthusiasten. Sekten und Religiöse Sondergemeinschaften der Gegenwart. –Stuttgart.: Quell Verlag, 1953. –608s.
1326	Hutton R. The Triumph of the Moon. A History of Modern Pagan Witchcraft. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2001. –486s.
1327	Huxel K. Die empirische Psychologie des Glaubens. Historische und systematische Studien zu den Pionieren der Religionspsychologie. –Stuttgart & Berlin & Köln.: Kohlhammer, 2000. –448s.
1328	Iannaccone L.R. A Formal Model of Church and Sect. // American Journal of Sociology 1988. Vol.94. Supplement. –S241-S268.
1329	Iannaccone L.R., Miles C.A. Dealing with Social Change: The Mormon Church`s Response to Change in Women`s Roles. // Social Forces 1990. Vol.68:4. –P.1231-1250.
1330	Iannaccone L.R. Sacrifice and Stigma: Reducing Free-riding in Cults, Communes, and Other Collectives. // Journal of Political Economy 1992. Vol.100:2. – P.271-291.
1331	Iannaccone L.R. Why Strict Churches Are Strong. // American Journal of Sociology 1994 Vol.99:5. –P.1180-1211.
1332	Idel M. Hasidism. Between Ecstasy and Magic. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1995. –438s.
1333	Ikons of Unbelief. Atheists, Agnostics, and Secularists. Ed. S.T. Joshi. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 2008. –463p.
1334	Imagining the End. Visions of Apocalypse from the Ancient Middle East to Modern America. Ed. by A. Amanat & M.T. Bernhardsson. –London & New York.: I.B. Tauris, 2002. –416s.
1335	In Gods We Trust. New Patterns of Religious Pluralism in America. Ed. by Robbins T., Anthony. –New Brunswick, London.: Transaction Books, 1981. -338s.
1336	Informationen uber neue religiose und weltanschauliche Bewegungen und sogenannte Psychogruppen. –Berlin.: Senatsverwaltung fur Jugend und Familie, 1994. –143s.
1337	Ingersoll J. Baptist and Methodist Faiths in America. –New York.: Facts On File, 2003. -128p.
1338	Ingram L.C. Evangelism as Frame Intrusion: Observations on Witnessing in Public Places. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1989 Vol.28:1. –P.17-26.
1339	Innovation in Religious Traditions. Essays in the Interpretation of Religious Change. Edited by Michael A. Williams, Collett Cox, Martin S. Jaffee. – Berlin, New York. 1992. -373s.
1340	Inoue Nobutaka. From Religious Conformity to Innovation: New Ideas of Religious Journey and Holy Places. // Social Compass 2000 Vol.47:1. –21-32s.
1341	Inoue Nobutaka. Recent Trends in the Study of Japanese New Religions. // New Religions. Contemporary Papers on Japanese Religion. Vol.2. –Тokyo.: Institute for Japanese Culture and Classics, Kokugakuin University, 1997.
1342	Institution, Organisation, Bewegung. Sozialformen der Religion im Wandel. Hrsg.: M.Krüggeler, K.Gabriel, W.Gebhardt. –Opladen.: Leske+Budrich, 1999. –245s.
1343	International Religious Freedom Act of 1998. –Washington.: Congress of the USA, 27 January 1998. -30p.
1344	Introduction to New and Alternative Religions in America. Volume 1: History and Controversies. Ed. by E.V.Gallagher & W.M. Ashcraft. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 2006. -333p.
1345	Introduction to New and Alternative Religions in America. Volume 2: Jewish and Christian Traditions. Ed. by E.V.Gallagher & W.M. Ashcraft. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 2006. -255p.
1346	Introduction to New and Alternative Religions in America. Volume 3: Methaphysical, New Age, and Neopagan Movements. Ed. by E.V.Gallagher & W.M. Ashcraft. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 2006. -279p.
1347	Introduction to New and Alternative Religions in America. Volume 4: Asian Traditions. Ed. by E.V.Gallagher & W.M. Ashcraft. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 2006. -243p.
1348	Introduction to New and Alternative Religions in America. Volume 5: African Diaspora Traditions and Other American Innovations. Ed. by E.V.Gallagher & W.M. Ashcraft. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 2006. -307p.
1349	Introvigne M. Defectors, Ordinary Leave- takers, and Apostates: A Quantitative Study of Former Members of New Acropolis in France. // Nova Religio 1999. №3(1). - 83- 99s.
1350	Introvigne M. Schluss mit den Sekten! Die Kontroverse über „Sekten“ und neue religiöse Bewegungen in Europa. –Marburg.: Diagonal-Verl., 1998. -129s.
1351	Introvigne M. Wer hat Angst vor religiösen Minderheiten? Moralische Panik als gesellschaftliches Konstrukt. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1999, Heft 52. –71-84s.
1352	Introvigne M., Richardson J.T. Western Europe, Postmodernity, and the Shadow of the French Revolution: A Response to Soper and Robbins. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001, Vol.40. -181-185s.
1353	Introvigne M. “There Is No Place for Us to Go but Up”: New Religious Movements and Violence. // Social Compass 2002 Vol.49:2. –213-224s.
1354	Iqbal M. Science and Islam. - Westport & Connecticut & London.: Greenwood Press, 2007. -233s.
1355	Irons E.A. Encyclopedia of Buddhism. –New York.: Facts On Files, 2008. -634p.
1356	Isambert F. Historische Perspektiven der Religiösen Zugehörigkeit. In: Die Zugehörigkeit zur Kirche. Hrsg. von W.Menges & N.Greinacher. –Mainz.: Matthias-Grünewald, 1964. –9-22s.
1357	Ising R. Kraftige Irrtumer. Eine Stellungnahme zum Thema „Schwarmer einst und jetzt“. –Berlin.: Lutherischer Gemeinschaftsdienst, 1965. -133s.
1358	Islam-feindichkeit. Wenn die Grenzen der Kritik verschwimmen. Hrsg. Schneiders T.G. –Wiesbaden.: VS Verlag, 2009. –483s.
1359	Ivakhiv A. Red Rocks, „Vortexes“ and the Selling of Sedona: Environmental Politics in the New Age. // Sociological Analysis 1997 Vol.44:3. –367-384s.
1360	Iwersen J. Einige religionssoziologische Uberlegungen zu New Age. // Zeitschrift für Religions- und Geistesgeschichte, 1997. Heft. 49:1. -71-83s.
1361	Iwersen J. Was ist New Age? – Was ist Esoterik? // Zeitschrift für Religions- und Geistesgeschichte, 2000. Heft.52:1. -1-24s.
1362	Iwersen J. Wege der Esoterik. Ideen und Ziele. –Freiburg & Basel & Wien.: Herder, 2003. –256s.
1363	Jackson L. Witches, Wives, and Mothers: Witchcraft Persecutions and Women`s Confessions in Seventeenth-Century England. // Women`s History Review 1995 Vol.4. –63-83s.
1364	Jacobsen D. Thinking in the Spirit. Theologies of the Early Pentecostal Movement. –Bloomington.: Indiana University Press, 2003. –418s.
1365	Jacobs J.L. Divine Disenchantment. Deconverting from New Religions. –Indianapolis.: Indiana University Press, 1989. -145s.
1366	Jacobs J. The Economy of Love in Religious Commitment: The Deconversion of Women from Nontraditional Religious Movements. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1984. Vol.23:2. –155-171s.
1367	Jacobsen D. A Reader in Pentecostal Theology. Voices from the First Generation. – Bloomington.: Indiana University press, 2006. –226s.
1368	Jacobson C.K. Black Mormons in the 1980s: Pioneers in a White Church. // Review of Religious Research 1991, Vol.33:2. - 146-152s.
1369	James R. Why Cows Learn Dutch and Other Secrets of Amish Farms. –Kent & London.: Kent State University, 2005. –180s.
1370	James W. Varieties of Religious Experience. A Study in Human Nature. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2002. –415s.
1371	Janosik R.J. Religion and Political Involvement: A Study of Black African Sect. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1974. Vol.13. –161-175s.
1372	Janssen H. Neue Religiöse Bewegungen in Melanesien. // Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft, 1980. Heft.4. –268-278s.
1373	Janzen R. The Rise and Fall of Synanon. A California Utopia. –London.: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 2001. -300s.
1374	Japanese New Religions in the West. Ed. by P.B.Clarke & J.Somers. –Sandgate.: Japan Library, 1994. –167s.
1375	Jarvis P. Toward a Sociological Understanding of Superstition. // Social Compass 1980. Vol.27:2-3. –P.285-295.
1376	Jayme E. Religiöses Recht vor staatlichen Gerichten. –Heidelberg.: C.Winter, 1999. -38s.
1377	Jenkins G.W. John Jewel and the English National Church. The Dilemmas of an Erastian Reformer. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2006. –293p.
1378	Jenkins G. Political Islam in Turkey. Running West, Heading East? –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. –274p.
1379	Jenkins P. Dream Catchers. How Mainstream America Discovered Native Spirituality. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 2004. – 306p.
1380	Jenkins P. Mystics and Messiahs. Cults and New Religions in American History. –Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000. -294s.
1381	Jenkins P. The New Faces of Christianity. Believing the Bible in the Global South. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2006. –252p.
1382	Jennings F.L. A note on the reliability of several belief scales. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1972. Vol.11. –157-164s.
1383	Jensen T.N. Mormon Theory of Church and State. –Chicago.: The University of Chicago, 1940. –12s.
1384	Jeter J.B. Campbellism examined & re-examined. –New York.: Sheldon & Co., 1860. –464s.
1385	Jewish Writings of the Second Temple Period. Apocrypha, Pseudepigrapha, Qumran Sectarian Writings, Philo, Josephus. Ed. Stone M.E. –Assen & Philadelphia.: Van Gorcum & Fortess Press, 1984. –698p.
1386	Jioultsis B. Religious Brotherhoods: A Sociological View. // Social Compass 1975 Vol.22:1. –P.67-83.
1387	Joas H. The Gift of the Life: The Sociology of Religion in Talcott Parsons’ Late Work. // Social Compass 2001 Vol.1:1. –P.127-141.
1388	Johnson B. A Critical Appraisal of the Church-Sect Typology. // American Sociological Rewiew, 1957. Vol.22:1. –88-92s.
1389	Johnson B. Church and Sect Revisited. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1971. Vol.10. –124-137s.
1390	Johnson B. On Church and Sect. // American Sociological Rewiew, 1963. Vol.28:4. –P.539-549.
1391	Johnson B. On Founders and Followers: Some Factors in the Development of New Religious Movements. // Sociological Analysis 1992. Vol.53:Supplement. -1-13s.
1392	Johnson C.H. Utopian Communism in France. Cabet and the Icarians, 1839-1851. –Ithaca & London.: Cornell University Press, 1974. –324s.
1393	Johnson G.R. From Swedenborg’s Spiritual World to Kant’s Kingdom of Ends. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2009 Vol.9:1. –P.83-99.
1394	Johnson L.T. Among the Gentiles. Greco-Roman Religion and Christianity. –New Haven & London.: Yale University Press, 2009. -461p.
1395	Johnson S.A. The Myth of Ham in Nineteenth-Century American Christianity. Race, Heathens, and the People of God. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillian, 2004. –187p.
1396	Johnson S.D., Tamney J.B., Burton R. Pat Robertson: Who Supported His Candidacy for President? // // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1989 Vol.28:4. –P.387-399.
1397	Johnston H. The Marketed Social Movement: A Case Study of the Rapid Growth of TM. // Pacific Sociological Review 1980 Vol:23 - 333-354s.
1398	Johnston S.I. Ancient Greek Divination. – Oxford.: Wiley-Blackwell, 2008. -193p.
1399	Johnstone N. The Devil and Demonism in Early Modern England. –Cambridge.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2006. -334p.
1400	Jones C.A. & Ryan J.D. The Encyclopedia of Hinduism.-New York.: Facts On File, 2007. -552p.
1401	Jones K.W. Socio-religious reform movements in British India. –Cambridge.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1989. -243s.
1402	Jones R.K. The Development of Medical Sects. // Journal of Religion and Health, 1983. Vol.22:4. –P.307-321.
1403	Jones R.T. Congregationalism in Wales. –Cardiff.: University of Wales Press, 2004. –376p.
1404	Joosse P. Silence, Charisma and Power: The Case of John de Ruiter. // Journal for the Contemporary Religion 2006 Vol.21:3. –P.355-371.
1405	Jorgensen D.L., Russell S.E. American Neopaganism: The Participants` Social Identities. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1999. Vol.38:3. –325-338s.
1406	Jorgensen D.L. The Esoteric Community: An Ethnographic Investigation of the Cultic Milieu. // Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 1982 Vol.10:4. –P.383-407.
1407	Jorgensen D.L. The Esoteric Scene, Cultic Milieu, and Occult Tarot. –New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1992. -269s.
1408	Jorstad E. Evangelicals in the White House: The Cultural Maturation of Born Again Christianity 1960-1981. –New York & Toronto.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1981. –171p.
1409	Jubber K. The Persecution of Jehovah`s Witnesses in Southern Africa. // Social Compass 1977 Vol.24:1. –P.121-134.
1410	Juergensmeyer M. Radhasoami Reality. The Logic of a Modern Faith. –Princeton.: Princeton University Press, 1991. -271s.
1411	Jugendreligionen. 2.Sachstandsbericht der Landesregierung. –Minden.: Ministerium fur Arbeit Gesundheit und Soziales NRW, 1983. -119s.
1412	Jugendsekten – Die Freiheit des einzelnen schutzen. Hrsg. von Udo Schuster. –Munchen.: Erich Wewel Verlag, 1985. -112s.
1413	“Jugendsekten” und Psychokulte. Bericht uber die Tatigkeit von sogenannten Jugendsekten und Pseudotherapeutischen Gruppen in Berlin. –Berlin.: Der Senator fur Schulwesen, Jugend und Sport, 1983. -118s.
1414	Jules-Rosette B. The Future of African Theologies – Situating New Religious Movements in an Epistemological Setting. // Social Compass 1994 Vol.41:1. –49-65s.
1415	Juhnke J.C. Mennonite Benevolence and Revitalization in the Wake of World War I. // Mennonite Quarterly Review 1986. Vol.60:1. -15-30s.
1416	Juynboll G.H.A. Encyclopedia of Canonical Hadith. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2007.–804p.
1417	Jurinski J.J. Religion on Trial. A Handbook with Cases, Laws, and Documents. –Santa Barbara, & Denver & Oxford.: Abc-Clio, 2004. –329p.
1418	Jütte R. Geschichte der Alternativen Medizin. Von der Volksmedizin zu den unkonventionellen Therapien von heute. –München.: C.H.Beck, 1996. -341s.
1419	Kääriäinen K. Religiousness in Russia after the Collapse of Communism. // Social Compass 1999 Vol.46:1. –35-46s.
1420	Kaelber L. Sociological Explanations of Cathar Success and Tenacity in Languedoc: A New Perspective Focusing on the „Houses of Heretics“. // Heresis 2003 №38. –P.31-49.
1421	Kahaner L. Cults that Kill. Probing the Underworld of Occult Crime. –New York.: Warner Books, 1988. -280s.
1422	Kahlos M. Debate and Dialogue. Christian and Pagan Cultures c. 360-430. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2007. –213p.
1423	Kail T.M. Magico-Religious Groups and Ritualistic Activities. A Guide for First Responders. –Boca Raton & London & New York.: CRC Press, 2008. -148p.
1424	Kakar S. Shamans, Mystics and Doctors. A Psychological Inquiry into India and Its Healing Traditions. –London.: Unwin Paperbacks, 1984. -306s.
1425	Kalb H., Potz R., Schinkele B. Das Bundesgesetz über die Einrichtung einer Dokumentations- und Informationsstelle für Sektenfragen. (EDISG). // Osterreichisches Archiv für Recht & Religion 1999 Heft.3. –S.353-400.
1426	Kaldestad E. Questionnaires for Belief and Morality. // Journal of Empirical Theology 1992. Vol.5. –70-84s.
1427	Kaldestad E. & Stifoss-Hanssen H. Standardizing Measures of Religiosity for Norwegians. // International Journal for the Psychology of Religion 1993. Vol.3. –111-124s.
1428	Kalsi S. S. Religions of the World. New Religions. -Philadelphia.: Chelsea House Publishers, 2005. -152s.
1429	Kalu O. African Pentecostalism. An Introduction. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2008. -359p.
1430	Kamensky J. Words, Witches, and Women Trouble: Witchcraft, Disorderly Speech, and Gender Boundaries in Puritan New England. // Essex Institute Historical Collections 1992 Vol.128. –286-307s.
1431	Kämpchen M. Ashrams – Stätten religiöser Gemeinschaft. Der Ashram in der indischen Geschichte. // Geist und Leben, 1982, Heft.4. –262-274s.
1432	Kamstra J.H. Religion in the Era of Enviromental Pollution: The New New-Religions in Japan. // Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft, 1990. Heft.1. –176-192s.
1433	Kaneko S. Dimensions of Religiosity among Believers in Japanese Folk Religion. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1990. Vol.29:1. –P.1-18.
1434	Kanter R.M. Commitment and Community. Communes and Utopias in Sociological Perspective. –Cambridge.: Harvard University Press, 1972. –303s.
1435	Kanter R.M. Commitment and Social Organization: A Study of Commitment Mechanisms in Utopian Communities. // American Sociological Review 1968 Vol.33:4. -499-517s.
1436	Kapitzke C. Literacy and Religion. The Textual Politics and Practice of Seventh-Day Adventism. –Amsterdam.: John Benjamins Publ. Comp., 1995. –343s.
1437	Kapteijns L.E.M. The Religious Background of the Mahdi and his Movement. // African Perspectives 1976. Vol.2. -61-79s.
1438	Karasek H. Die Kommune der Wiedertäufer. Bericht aus der Befreiten und belagerten Stadt Münster 1534. –Berlin.: Wagenbach, 1978. -155s.
1439	Karima Sen Gupta. Die Sufi-Bewegung. // Meine Welt. Zeitschrift zur Förderung des Deutsch-Indischen Dialogs 1991 №1. Juni. –S.21-22.
1440	Kärkkäinen Veli-Matti. Ad ultimum terrae. Evangelization, Proselytism and Common Witness in the Roman Catholic Pentecostal Dialogue (1990-1997). –Frankfurt am Main & Berlin & Bern & New York & Paris & Wien.: Peter Lang, 1999. -281s.
1441	Karma and Rebirth in Classical Indian Traditions. Ed. by Wendy Doniger O`Flaherty. –Berkeley & Los Angeles & London.: University of California Press, 1980. –342s.
1442	Karow Y. Bhagwan-Bewegung und Vereinigungskirche. Religions- und Selbstvertändnis der Sannyasins und der Munies. –Stuttgart.: Verlag W.Kohlhammer, 1990. –370s.
1443	Kass J.D., Friedman R., Leserman J., Zuttermeister P.C., Benson H. Health Outcomes and a New Index of Spiritual Experience. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1991. Vol.30:2. –203-211s.
1444	“Katholischer” Fundamentalismus. Häretische Gruppen in der Kirche? Hrsg. von Wolfgang Beinert. –Regensburg.: Friedrich Pustet Verl., 1991. –176s.
1445	Katz Y. The Relationship between intelligence and attitudes in a bilingual society: The Case of White South Africa. // The Journal of Social Psychology 1988 Vol.128. –65-74s. In: Measures of Religiousity. Ed. by Peter C.Hill & Ralph W.Hood. –Birmingham.: Alabama, 1999. –72-74s.
1446	Kayser M., Wagemann P.A. Wie frei ist die Waldorfschule. Geschichte und Praxis eiber pädagogischen Utopie. –Berlin.: Ch.Links Verlag, 1993. –208s.
1447	Kay W.K. Pre-Millennial Tensions: What Pentecostal Ministries Look Forward To. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1999. Vol.14:3. -361-373s.
1448	Kavan H. Glossolalia and Altered States of Consciousness in two New Zealand Religious Movements. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004 Vol.19:2. –171-184s.
1449	Kearnes J. Die Religionsfreiheit und die Mormonen. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1977, Heft 8. –72-76s.
1450	Keden J., Hemminger H., Schmidt-Domine J. Gurus, Geister, Heiler und Propheten. Menschen auf der Suche nach Heil, Gesundheit und Gluck. –Neukirchen-Vluyn.: Aussaat, 1991. -94s.
1451	Kehl M. Die Heilsverheissung des New Age. Eine theologische Auseinandersetzung. // Geist und Leben, 1989, Heft.1. –4-18s.
1452	Kehrer G. Einführung in die Religionssoziologie. –Darmstadt.: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft., 1988. –192s.
1453	Kehrer G. Organisierte Religion. –Stuttgart, Berlin, Köln, Mainz.: W.Kohlhammer, 1982. –160s.
1454	Kelley D.M. Religious Innovation and Government Regulation: The Zone of Perpetual Turbulence. // Social Compass 1990. Vol.37:1. -137-143s.
1455	Kelly A.A. An Update on Neopagan Witchcraft in America. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -136-151s.
1456	Kelting M.W. Heroic Wives. Rituals, Stories, and the Virtues of Jain Wifehood. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2009. -250p.
1457	Kemp D. Christaquarianism: A New Socio-Religious Movement of Postmodern Society? // Implicit Religion 2001 Vol.4. –P.27-40.
1458	Kemp D. NA Law: a Legal Studies Approach to New Age. // Culture and Religion 2003 Vol.4:1. P.141-158.
1459	Kim S.C.H. Christian Theology in Asia. -Cambridge & New York & Melbourne & Madrid & Cape Town & Singapoure & Sao Paulo.: Cambridge University Press, 2008. -296s.
1460	Kenny G.F. Theories of Religious Conversion Among English-Speaking Psychologists fron James H.Lueba to the Present. –Romae.: Pontificia Universitas Gregoriana, 1957. -58s.
1461	Kent S.A. Brainwashing in Scientology`s Rehabilitation Project Force (RPF). –Hamburg.: Behörde für Inneres, 2000. -63s.
1462	Kent S.A. Deviant Scripturalism and Ritual Satanic Abuse. Part One: Possible Judeo-Christian Influences. // Religion, 1993. Vol.23. –229-241s.
1463	Kent S.A. Deviant Scripturalism and Ritual Satanic Abuse. Part Two: Possible Masonic, Mormon, Magick, and Pagan Influences. // Religion, 1993. Vol.23. –355-367s.
1464	Kent S.A. Education and Re-Education in Ideological Organizations. // Report on International Conference of FECRIS. Vienna. 21.May 2005. –15s.
1465	Kent S.A. The Creation of 'Religious' Scientology. // Religious Studies and Theology 1999. Vol.18:2. –P.97-126.
1466	Kent S.A. The French and German versus American Debate over “New Religions”, Scientology, and Human Rights. // Marburg Journal of Religion 2001. Vol.6:1. –P.1-7.
1467	Kent S.A. The Globalization of Scientology: Influence, Control and Opposition in Transnational Markets. // Religion 1999, Vol.29. -147-169s.
1468	Kenny K. Peaceful Kingdom Lost. The Paxton Boys and the Destruction of William Penn’s Holy Experiment. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2009. –294p.
1469	Keown D. Buddhist Ethics. A Very Short Introduction. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2005. -149p.
1470	Ketola K. Religion and Social Cohesion Revisited: Collectivism and Individualism in Popular Religiosity. // Temenos 2003-2004. №39-40. –167-184s.
1471	Ketola K. The Founder of the Hare Krishnas as Seen by Devotees. A Cognitive Study of Religious Charisma. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2008. -234p.
1472	Khalsa K.S. New Religious Movements Turn to Worldly Success. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1986. Vol.25:2. –P.233-247.
1473	Khan Arshad. Islam, Muslims, and America: Understanding the Basis of their Conflict. -New York.: Agora, 2003. -250p.
1474	Kidder D.P. Mormonism and the Mormons: a historical view of the Rise and Progress of the sect self-styled Latter-Day Saints. -New York.: G. Lane & P.P. Sanford, 1842. -342p.
1475	Kieckhefer R. Repression of Heresy in Medieval Germany. –Liverpool.: Liverpool University Press, 1979. -160s.
1476	Kieckhefer R. The Holy and the Unholy: Sainthood, Witchcraft, and Magic in Late Medieval Europe. // Journal of Medieval and Renaissance Studies 1994 Vol.24. –335-385s.
1477	Kieckhefer R. The Specific Rationality of Medieval Magic. //American Historical Review 1994 Vol.99. –813-836s.
1478	Kierulff S. Belief in “Armageddon Theology” and Willingness to Risk Nuclear War. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1991. Vol.30:1. –P.81-93.
1479	Kilbourne B. The Conway and Siegelman Claims Against Religious Cults: An Assessment of their Data.// Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1983. Vol.22:4. –380-385s.
1480	Kilbourne B.K. Equity or Exploitation: The Case of the Unification Church. // Review of Religious Research 1986, Vol.28:2. -143-150s.
1481	Kilbourne B., Richardson J.T. Paradigm Conflict, Types of Convertion, and Convertion Theories. // Sociological Analysis 1988, Vol.50:1. -1-21s.
1482	Kilbourne B., Richardson J.T. Psychotherapy and New Religions in a Pluralistic Society. // American Psychologist 1984 Vol.39:3. –S.237-251.
1483	Kildahl J.P. The Personalities of Sudden Religious Converts. // Pastoral Psychology 1965 Vol.16. –37-44s. In: Current Perspectives in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by H.Newton Malony. –Grand Rapids.: Willian B.Eerdmans Publ., 1977. –238-248s.
1484	Kim A.E. Critical Theory and the Sociology of Religion: A Reassessment. // Social Compass 1996. Vol.43:2. –267-283s.
1485	King C.E. Strategies for Survival: Sectarian Experience in the Third Reich. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -239-253s.
1486	King C.E. The Nazi State and the New Religions: Five Case Studies in Non-Conformity. –New York &Toronto.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1982. -307s. Есть в наличии: 181-209; 225-239; 289-307.
1487	King C.W. The Gnostics and their Remains. Ancient and Mediaeval. –London.: William Clowes & Sons, 1887. -466p.
1488	King M.B., Hunt R.A. Measuring the Religious Variable: National Replication. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1975 Vol.14. –13-22s.
1489	Kippenberg H.G. Die Entdeckung der Religionsgeschichte. Religionswissenschaft und Moderne. –München.: C.H.Beck, 1997. –342s.
1490	Kirche im Aufbruch. Zur pastoralen Entwicklung in Ost(Mittel)Europa – eine qualitative Studie. Hrsg. Mate-Toth A. & Mikluscak P. –Wien.: Schwabenverlag, 2001. –383s.
1491	Kirchenreform. Hrsg. von: Zulehner P.M., Heller A. –Graz & Wien.: Zeitpunt, 1998. –215s.
1492	Kirchen, Sekten, Religionen. Religiöse Gemeinschaften, weltanschauliche Gruppierungen und Psycho-Organisationen im deutschen Sprachraum. Ein Handbuch. Hrsg. von: Georg Schmid & Georg Otto Schmid. –Zürich.: TVZ, 2003. –528s.
1493	Kirkpatrick L.A., Hood R.W. Intrinsic-Extrinsic Religious Orientation: The Boon or Bane of Contemporary Pszchology of Religion? // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1990 Vol.29:4. –442-462s.
1494	Kirkpatrick L.A. The Conway-Siegelman Data on Religious Cults: Kilbourne`s Analysis Reassessed (Again). // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1988 Vol.27:1. –P.117-121.
1495	Kirkpatrick R.G., Tumminia D. California Space Goddess: The Mystagogue in a Flying Saucer Cult. In: Twentieth-Century World Religious Movements in Neo-Weberian Perspective. Ed. William H. Swatos. –Lewiston, Queenston, Lampeter.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1992. -299-311s.
1496	Kirton M. Adaptors and Innovators. Styles of creativity and problem solving. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1994. –197s.
1497	Kisala R.J. 1999 and Beyond: The Use of Nostradamus Prophecies by Japanese Religions. // Japanese Religions 1998 Vol.23:1-2. –P.143-157.
1498	Kisala R.J. Reactions to Aum: The Revision of the Religious Corporations Law. // Japanese Religions 1997 Vol.22:1. –P.38-59.
1499	Kisala R.J. The Fallout from Aum. New Religious Movements and Japanese Society in the Aftermath of the “Aum Affair”. // Croyances et societes. Communications presentees au dixieme colloque international sur les nouveaux mouvements religieux. –Montreal.: Fides, 1998. –P.65-77.
1500	Kitchen K.A. On the Reliability of Old Testament. –Cambridge.: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Co., 2003. -662p.
1501	Kjaer-Hansen K., Kvarme C.M. Messianische Juden. Judenchristen in Israel. –Erlangen.: Ev.-Luth.Mission Verlag, 1983. –194s.
1502	Kivelson V.A. Through the Prism of Witchcraft: Gender and Social Change in Seventeenth-Century Muscovy. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Gender and Witchcraft. Volume 4. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –66-86s.
1503	Klaniczay G., Eva Pocs. Witch Beliefs and Witch Hunting in Central and Eastern Europe. // Acta Ethnographica Hungarica 1991-1992 Vol.37. –7-13s.
1504	Klaniczay G. Shamanistic Elements in Central European Witchcraft. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 5. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –267-292s.
1505	Klaniczay G. Witch-Hunting in Hungary: Social or Cultural Tensions? // Acta Ethnographica Hungarica 1991-1992 Vol.37. –151-167s.
1506	Klassiker der Religionswissenschaft. Von Friedrich Schleiermacher bis Mircea Eliade. –München.: C.H.Beck Verlag, 1997. –427s.
1507	Kleinrahm F.A. Gemeinde-Erneuerung. Hingabe-Gebet-Evangelisierung. // Lebendiges Zeugnis 1984 Vol.39:3. –39-52s.
1508	Klibanov A.I., Mitrokhin L.N. The Schism in Contemporary Baptism. // Social Compass 1974 Vol.21:2. –P.133-151.
1509	Klimkeit H-J. Die theosophin Annie Besant und die indische Nationalbewegung. // Zeitschrift für Religions- und Geistesgeschichte 1980 Band 32, Heft 1. –115-126s.
1510	Klostermaier K. Christ und Hindu in Vrindaban. –Köln.: Jacob Hegner Verlag, 1968. –156s.
1511	Klostermaier K. Will India?s Past be America?s Future? Reflections on the Caitanya Movement and Its Potentials. // Journal of Asian and African Studies 1980 Vol.15:1-2. –94-103s.
1512	Knight C., Lomas R. Unter den Tempeln Jerusalems. Pharaonen, Freimaurer und die Entdeckung der geheimen Schriften Jesu. -Munchen.: Knaur, 2000. -424s.
1513	Knoblauch H. Europe and Invisible Religion. // Social Compass 2003 Vol.50:3. –267-274s.
1514	Knoblauch H. Qualitative Religionsforschung. Religionsethnographie in der eigenen Gesellschaft. –Paderborn.: Ferdinand Schöningh, 2003. –199s.
1515	Knott K. In Every Town and Village: Adaptive Strategies in the Communication of Krishna Consciousness in the UK, the First Thirty Years. // Social Compass 2000 Vol.47:2. –153-167s.
1516	Knudsen D.D., Earle J.R., Shriver D.W. The conception of sectarian religion: an effort at clarification. // Review of Religious Research 1978 Vol.20:1. –44-60s.
1517	Koch A. Spiritualisierung eines Heilwissens im lokalen religiösen Feld? // Zeitschrift für Religionswissenschaft 2005. Heft.13. –S.21-44.
1518	Koch G. Himmlische Soldaten. Die Legion des Sun Myung Moon. –Berlin.: Militarverlag der DDR, 1987. -208s.
1519	Kocsis N. Krishna in Heroes Square: Devotees of Krishna and National Identity in Post-Communist Hungary. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004. Vol.19:3. –329-335s.
1520	Koehl-Krebs H. Spiritisme et Piete Lutherienne en Toscane, avant le „Grand Marche“. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2007 Vol.7. –P.185-206.
1521	Koerner D., LeVay S. Here Be Dragons. The Scientific Quest for Extraterrestrial Life. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 2000. –264p.
1522	Kolencherry A. Universality of Modern Hinduism. A Study of Brahma Samaj and Its Contribution to Indian Christian Theology. –Bangalore.: Asian Trading Corporation, 1984. -193s.
1523	Könemann J. „Ich wünschte, ich wäre gläubig, glaub` ich.“ Zugänge zu Religion und Religiosität in der Lebensführung der späten Moderne. –Opladen.: Leske & Budrich, 2002. –415s.
1524	König M. Religion and the Nation-State in South Korea: A Case of Changing Interpretations of Modernity in a Global Context. // Social Compass 2000 Vol.47:4. –551-570s.
1525	Kopp J.J. Documenting Utopia in Oregon. The Challenges of Tracking the Quest for Perfection. // Oregon Historical Quarterly 2004. Vol.105:2.
1526	Körbel T. Hermeneutik der Esoterik. Eine Phänomenologie des Kartenspiels Tarot als Beitrag zum Verständnis von Parareligiosität. –Münster.: Lit, 2001. -452s.
1527	Köster-Lossak A. Die Lage religiöser und weltanschaulicher Minderheiten in Deutschland. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1999, Heft.52. –60-70s.
1528	Korean Americans and Their Religions. Pilgrims and Missionaries from a Different Shore. Ed. Kwon H. & Kim K.C. & Warner R.S. –University Park.: The Pennsylvania State University Press, 2003. –307p.
1529	Kowalewski D., Greil A.L. Religious sectarianism and the Soviet State the dynamics of believer protest and regime response. // Review of Religious Research 1983, Vol.24:3. -245- 260s.
1530	Kox W., Meeus W., Hart H. Religious conversion of adolescents: Testing the Lofland and Stark Model of Religious Conversion. // Sociological Analysis 1991, Vol.52:3. - 227- 240s.
1531	Kranenborg R. New Age and Neopaganism: two different traditions? // A paper presented at The 2001 International Conference “The Spiritual Supermarket: Religious Pluralism in the 21st Century” 2001 April 19-22. –7s.
1532	Kranenborg R. Sects: A Danger to the Mental Health of the Population? // Croyances et societes. Communications presentees au dixieme colloque international sur les nouveaux mouvements religieux. –Montreal.: Fides, 1998. –P.55-64.
1533	Kranenborg R. The Presentation of the Essenes in Western Esoterism. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1998. Vol.13:2. -245-256s.
1534	Kraus P. Alchemie, Ketzerei, Apokryphen im frühen Islam. –Hildesheim & Zürich & New York.: Georg Olms Verlag, 1994. –346s.
1535	Krause C. Guyana massacre. The Eyewitness Account. -Washington.: Berkley Book, 1978. -210s.
1536	Kraushar A. Jacob Frank. The End to the Sabbataian Heresy. –Lanham., New York., Oxford.: University Press of America, 2001. –555s.
1537	Krippner S. The Epistemology and Technologies of Shamanic States of Consciousness. // Journal of Consciousness Studies 2000. Vol.7: 11-12. –93-118s.
1538	Krishna Consciousness in the West. Ed. by David G.Bromley and Larry D.Shinn. –London, Toronto.: Bucknell University Press, 1989. -295s.
1539	Krishnakant Desai, Sunil Awatramami, Madhu Pandit Das. The No Change in ISKCON Paradigm. In: The Hare Krishna Movement. The Postcharismatic Fate of a Religious Transplant. Ed. by E.F.Bryant & M.L.Ekstrand. –New York.: Columbia University Press, 2004. –194-213s.
1540	Kristof I. Wise Women, Sinners, and the Poor: The Social Background in a 16th-18th-Century Calvinist City of Eastern Hungary. // Acta Ethnographica Hungarica 1991-1992 Vol.37. –93-119s.
1541	Kroll-Smith J.S. The Testimony As Performance: The Relationship of an Expressive Event to The Belief System of a Holiness Sect. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1980. Vol.19:1. -16-25s.
1542	Kropveld M., Pellard M.A. The Cult Phenomenon: How Groups Function. –Quebec.: Info-cult, 2006. -170p.
1543	Krumina-Konkova S. Neue Religionen in Lettland –1997/1998. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1999, Heft 52. –110-118s.
1544	Kugelmann R. The American Catholic Psychological Association: A Brief History and Analysis. // Catholic Social Science Review 2000. Vol.5. –P.233-249.
1545	Kuner W. New Religious Movements and Mental Health. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -255-263s.
1546	Kurien P.A. A Place at the Multicultural Table. The Development of an American Hinduism. –New Brunswick & New Jersey & London.: Rutgers University Press, 2007. –232p.
1547	Küenzlen G. Die New Age Botschaft im Gegenuber zum Gottes? und Menschenbild des Christentums. // EZW-Texte 1994. №124. -27s.
1548	Kvideland K. Symbols and their Functions in the Children of God. // Temenos 1979. Vol.15. -41-49s.
1549	Kwon V.H., Ebaugh H.R., Hagan J. The Structure and Functions of Cell Group Ministry in a Korean Christian Church. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1997 Vol.36:2. –P.247-256.
1550	Kydd R.A.N. A Retrospectus/Prospectus on Physical Phenomena Centred on the “Toronto Blessing”. // Journal of Pentecostal Theology 1998 Vol.12. –73-81s.
1551	Lach J. Eine kognitionstheoretische Analyse des Aberglaubens. Uberlegungen zu einem aufklärerischen Praxiskonzept. –Frankfurt am Main.: Peter Lang, 1999. -325s.
1552	Lademann-Priemer G. Warum faszinieren Sekten? Psychologische Aspekte des Religionsmißbrauchs. –München.: Claudius Kontur, 1998. –300s.
1553	Ladd K.L., Spilka B. Inward, Outward, and Upward: Cognitive Aspects of Prayer. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2002 Vol.41:3. –475-484s.
1554	Ladd K.L., Spilka B. Inward, Outward, Upward Prayer: Scale Reliability and Validation. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2006 Vol.45:2. –233-251s.
1555	La Fontaine J.S. Speak of the Devil. Tales of Satanic Abuse in Contemporary England. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1998. –224s.
1556	Lalich J.A. Bounded Choice: True Believers and Charismatic Cults. -Berkeley & Los Angeles & London.: University of California Press, 2004. –329p.
1557	Lambert M. Häresie im Mittelalter. Von den Katharern bis zu den Hussiten. –Darmstadt.: Primus Verlag, 2001. –533s.
1558	Lambert Y. Religion in Modernity as a New Axial Age: Secularization or New Religious Forms. // Sociology of Religion 1999. Vol.60:3. -303-333s.
1559	Lammer H., Sidla O. UFO Nagbegegnungen. Unidentifizierbare Flugobjekte hinterlassen Spuren: Militärische Begegnungen Physikalische Effekte. Radarsignale. Video- und Fotoanalysen. –München.: Hebrig, 1996. –317s.
1560	Lamprecht H. Neue Rosenkreuzer. Ein Handbuch. –Göttingen.: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 2004. –350s.
1561	Lamy P. Millennialism in the Mass Media: The Case of Soldier of Fortune Magazine. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1992 Vol.31:4. –P.408-424.
1562	Lanares Pierre. Sekten und neue Religionen. // Gewissen und Freiheit 1982 №19. -28-37s.
1563	Lancaster B.L. On the Relationship Between Cognitive Models and Spiritual Maps. Evidence from Hebrew Language Mysticism. // Journal of Consciousness Studies 2000. Vol.7: 11-12. –231-250s.
1564	Lacey H. Is Science Value Free? Values and Scientific Understanding. -London & New York.: Routledge, 1999. -283s.
1565	Lanczkowski G. Die neuen Religionen. –Frankfurt am Main.: Fischer Taschenbuch Verlag, 1974. –201s.
1566	Land K.C., Deane G., Blau J.R. Religious Pluralism and Church Membership: A Spatial Diffusion Model. // American Sociological Review 1991 Vol.56. -237-249s.
1567	Lane D.C. Exposing Cults. When the Sceptical Mind Confronts the Mystical. –New York & London.: Garland Publ., 1994. -285s.
1568	Lane D.C. The Radhasoami Tradition. A Critical History of Guru Successorship. –New York.: Garland Publ., 1992. -351s.
1569	Lane Jr. R. The Catholic Charismatic Renewal Movement in the United States: A Reconsideration. // Social Compass 1978 Vol.25:1. –P.23-35.
1570	Lang B. Unloked Books. Manuscripts of Learned Magiс in the Medieval Libraries of Central Europe. – University Park.: The Pennsylvania State University Press, 2008. –334p.
1571	Lang G., Ragvald L. Spirit-Writing and the Development of Chinese Cults. // Sociology of Religion 1998 Vol.59:4. -309-328s.
1572	Langer R. Buddhist Rituals of Death and Rebirth. Contemporary Sri Lankan Practice and its Origins. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2007. -243p.
1573	Langone M.D. History of the American Family Foundation. // Cultic Studies Review 2002. Vol.1:1. -1-10p.
1574	Languages of Witchcraft. Narrative, Ideology and Meaning in Early Modern Culture. Ed. by Stuart Clark. –London.: Macmillan Press, 2001. –241s.
1575	Larkin G. Isolation, Integration and Secularization: A Case Study of the Netherlands. // Sociological Review 1974. Vol.22:3. -401-418s.
1576	Larson B. Strange Cults in America. –Wheat8468468798433456on.: Tyndale House Publ., 1986. -89p.
1577	Latkin Carl. Seeing Red: A Social-Psychological Analysis of the Rajneeshpuram Conflict. // Sociological Analysis 1992, Vol.53:3. - 257- 271s.
1578	Latkin Carl. The Self-Concept of Rajneeshpuram Commune Members. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1990, Vol.29:1. - 91-98s.
1579	Laubach M. The Social Effects of Psychism: Spiritual Experience and the Construction Privatized Religion. // Sociology of Religion 2004. 65:3. –P.239–263.
1580	Lauder M.A. Covert Participant Observation of a Deviant Community: Justifying the Use of Deception. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2003. Vol.18:2. –185-196s.
1581	Lawrence B.B. Defenders of God. The Fundamentalist Revolt Against the Modern Age. –London & New York.: I.B.Tauris & Co Ltd, 1990. –306s.
1582	Lawrence B.B. Shahrastani on the Indian Religions. -Hague & Paris.: Mouton, 1976. –297s.
1583	Lawson R. Broadening the Boundaries of Church-Sect Theory: Insights from the Evolution of the Nonschismatic Mission Churches of Seventh-day Adventism. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1998. Vol.37:4. –P.652-672.
1584	Lawson R. Church and State at Home and Abroad: The Evolution of Seventh-day Adventist Relations with Governments. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion 1996 Vol.64:2. –P.279-311.
1585	Lawson R. From American Church to Immigrant Church: The Changing Face of Seventh-day Adventism in Metropolitan New York. // Sociology of Religion 1998 Vol.59:4. -329-351s.
1586	Lawson R. Sect-State Relations: Accounting for the Differing Trajectories of Seventh-day Adventists and Jehovah`s Witnesses. // Sociology of Religion, 1995, Vol.56:4. –351-377s.
1587	Lawson R. Seventh-day Adventist Responses to Branch Davidian Notoriety: Patterns of Diversity within a Sect Reducing Tension with Society. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1995 Vol.34. –S.323-341.
1588	Lawson R. When Immigrants Take Over: The Impact of Immigrant Growth on American Seventh-day Adventism`s Trajectory from Sect to Denomination. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1999. Vol.38:1. –83-102s.
1589	Lawton D. Blasphemy. –New York.: Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993. –243s.
1590	Le Bhaguat-Geeta, ou Dialogues de Kreeshna et d`Arjoon. -Paris.: A Londres, 1787. -180s.
1591	Leaders and Followers: A Psychiatric Perspective on Religious Cults. Formulated by the Committee on Psychiatry and Religion. Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry. Report №132. –Washington.: American Psichiatric Press, 1992. -70s.
1592	Leatham M.C. Rethinking Religious Decision-Making in Peasant Millenarianism: The Case of Nueva Jerusalen. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1997. Vol.12:3. -295-309s.
1593	Leatham M.C. “Shaking Out the Mat”: Schism and Organizational Transformation at a Mexican Ark of the Virgin. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:2. –P.175-187.
1594	Lechner F.J. Cultural Aspects of the World System. In: Religious Politics in Global and Comparative Perspective. Ed. by William H. Swatos. –Wesrport.: Greenwood Press, 1989. -11-27s.
1595	Lee R.R. Theological Belief as a Dimension of Personality. –1965. Unpublished Doctoral Dissertation, Northwestern University, Evanston, IL. . In: Measures of Religiousity. Ed. by Peter C.Hill & Ralph W.Hood. –Birmingham.: Alabama, 1999. –50-54s.
1596	Lee R.W. Strained Bedfellows: Pagans, New Agers, and “Starchy Humanists” in Unitarian Universalism. // Sociology of Religion 1995. Vol.56:4. -379-396s.
1597	Leeuw G.V.D. Phänomenologie der Religion. –Tübingen.: J.C.B.Mohr, 1956. -808s.
1598	Leger D. Charisma, Utopia and Communal Life: The Case of Neorural Apocalyptic Communes in France. // Social Compass 1982 Vol.29:1. –P.41-58.
1599	Legislation on Foreign Relations Through 2002. Volume I-A. Current Legislation and Related Executive Orders. –Washington.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 2003. -1127p.
1600	Le Goff J. The Birth of Purgatory. –Aldershot Hants.: Scolar Press, 1990. -430p.
1601	Lehmann H. The Persecution of Witches as Restoration of Order: The Case of Germany, 1590s-1650s. // Central European History 1988 Vol.21:2. –107-121s.
1602	Leighton L.G. The Esoteric Tradition in Russian Romantic Literature. Decembrism and Freemasonry. –Pennsylvania.: The Pennsylvania State University, 1994. –224s.
1603	Leman J. Jehovah’s Witnesses and Immigration in Continental Western Europe. // Social Compass 1979 Vol.26:1. –P.41-72.
1604	Lemert C.C. Cultural Multiplexity and Religious Polytheism. // Social Compass 1974 Vol.21:3. –P.241-253.
1605	Leppäkari M. Apocalyptic Representations of Jerusalem. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2006. –259s.
1606	Lerner R. Maimonides Letter on Astrology. // History of Religions 1968 Vol.8:2. -143-158s.
1607	Leuba J.H. How Magic is to be Differentiated from Religion. // Journal of Religious Psychology 1913 Vol.6. –422-426s.
1608	Leuba J.H. Religion and Magic: A Reply to Mr.Wallis. // Journal of Religious Psychology 1913 Vol.6. –427-430s.
1609	Leu U.B. A Memorandum of Bullinger and the Clergy Regarding the Punishment of the Anabaptists (May 1535). // The Mennonite Quarterly Review 2004. Vol.78:1. –109-132s.
1610	Levack B.P. Hexenjagd. Die Geschichte der Hexenverfolgungen in Europa. –München.: C.H.Beck, 1995. –295s.
1611	Levack B.P. State-Building and Witch Hunting in Early Modern Europe. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft in Continental Europe. Volume 2. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –392-411s.
1612	Levinas E. Beyond the Verse: Talmudic Readings and Lectures. –Blooming and Indianapolis.: Indiana University Press, 1994. -221s.
1613	Levinas E. God, Death, and Time. –Stanford.: Stanford University Press, 2000. -296s.
1614	Levine S.V. Radical Departures. // Psychology Today 1984 Vol.18. - 138- 153s.
1615	Levinson B.M. The human voice in divine revelation: The problem of authority in Biblical law. In: Innovation in Religious Traditions. Essays in the Interpretation of Religious Change. Edited by Michael A. Williams, Collett Cox, Martin S. Jaffee. – Berlin, New York. 1992. -35-71s.
1616	Levitt P. Local-Level Global Religion: The Case of United States – Dominican Migration. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1998 Vol.37. -74-89s.
1617	Lewis H. Deaf Liberation Theology. –Burlington.: Ashgate, 2007. –198s.
1618	Lewis J.R. Approaches to the Study of the New Age Movement. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -1-12s.
1619	Lewis J.R. Bromley D.G. The Cult Withdrawal Syndrome: A Case of Misattribution of Cause? // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion. 1987. Vol.26:4. –508-522s.
1620	Lewis J.R. New Religion Adherents: An Overview of Anglophone Census and Survey Data. // Marburg Journal of Religion 2004. Vol.9:1. –P.1-17.
1621	Lewis J.R. Reconstructing the “cult” experience: Post- Involvement Attitudes as a Function of Exit and Post- Involvement Socialization. // Sociological Analysis 1986 Vol.47:2. –151-159s.
1622	Lewis J.R. The Encyclopedia of Cults, Sects, and New Religions. –New York.: Prometheus Books, 1999. -595s.
1623	Lewis J.R. UFOs and Popular Culture. An Encyclopedia of Contemporary Myth. –Santa Barbara & Denver & Oxford.: Abc-Clio, 2000. –393s.
1624	Lewis J.R. Witchkraft Today. An Encyclopedia of Wiccan and Neopagan Traditions. –Santa Barbara & Denver & Oxford.: Abc-Clio, 1999. -378p.
1625	Lexikon neureligiöser Gruppen, Szenen und Weltanschauungen. Hrsg. von. Harald Baer & Hans Gasper & Joachim Müller, Johannes Sinabell. –Freiburg & Basel & Wien.: Herder, 2005. –1474s.
1626	Lichdi D.G. Die Mennoniten in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Von der Täuferbewegung zur weltweiten Freikirche. –Großburgwedel.: AGAPE, 2004. –469s.
1627	Lieu S.N.C. Manichaeism in Central Asia and China. –Leiden & Boston & Köln.: Brill, 1998. –258s.
1628	Lifton R.J. New Religious Movements and Coercive Persuasion Cult Processes, Religious Totalism, and Civil Liberties. // Cults, Culture, and the Law. Perspectives on New Religious Movements. Edited by Thomas Robbins, William C. Shepherd, and James McBride. – California.: Scholars Press Chico, 1985. –59-70s.
1629	Lifton R.J. Thought Reform and the Psychology of Totalism. - London.: Victor Gollancz Ltd., 1961. - 505s.
1630	Lincoln B. Holy Terrors. Thinking about Religion after September 11. –Chicago & London.: The University of Chicago Press, 2003. –142p.
1631	Linden I. 1844 and the Shut Door Problem. –Uppsala.: Almqvist & Wiksell Int., 1982. –130s.
1632	Linden I. The Last Trump. An historico-genetical study of some important chapters in the making and development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. –Frankfurt am Main., Bern., Las Vegas.: Peter Lang, 1978. –372s.
1633	Lindholm C. Charisma. –Oxford & Cambridge.: Blackwell, 1990. –246s.
1634	Ling T.-C.M. Pentecostal Theology for the Twenty-First Century. Engaging with Multi-Faith Singapore. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2007. –203p.
1635	Link B.G., Phelan J.C. Conceptualizing Stigma. // Annual Review of Sociology 2001. Vol.27. -363-385s.
1636	Linse U. Geisterseher und Wunderwirker. Heilssuche im Industriezeitalter. –Frankfurt am Main.: Fischer Taschenbuch, 1996. –253s.
1637	Linton Ralph. Nativist Movements. // American Anthropologist 1943 Vol.40 -230-240s.
1638	Lipp W. Charisma – Social Deviation, Leadership and Cultural Change. A Sociology of Deviance Approach. // The Annual Review of the Social Sciences of Religion 1977 Vol.1. -59-77s.
1639	Lippert R. The Construction of Satanism as a Social Problem in Canada. // Canadian Journal of Sociology 1990. Vol.15. -417-439s.
1640	Lippy C.H. Being Religious, American Style. A History of Popular Religiosity in the United States. –Westport & London.: Praeger, 1994. –284s.
1641	Lipson J.G. Jews for Jesus: An Anthropological Study. –New York.: AMS Press, 1990. –194s.
1642	Listl J. Kirche und Staat in der neueren katholischen Kirchenrechtswissenschaft. –Berlin.: Duncker & Humblot, 1978. –279s.
1643	Littel F.H. Historical Atlas of Christianity. –New York & London.: Continuum, 2001. -440s.
1644	Little G. Leaders and Followers: a Psychosocial Prospectus. // Melbourne Journal of Politics 1980. Vol.12. –3-29s.
1645	Littlewood R. Psychopathology, embodiment and religious innovation. An historical instance. In: Psychiatry and Religion. Context, Consensus and Controversies. Ed. by Dinesh Bhugra. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1996. –178-197s.
1646	Lizhu F. Popular Religion in Contemporary China. // Social Compass 2003 Vol.50:4. –P.449-457.
1647	Lobel D. Sufi Language of Religious Experience in Judah Ha-Levi’s Kuzari. –New York.: State University Press, 2000. -278p.
1648	Lobo L.S.J. Communal Riots and Hindu Nationalism in Gujarat and India. // Promotio Iustitiae 2003. Vol.79:4. –1-4s.
1649	LoBreglio J. Revisions to the Religious Corporations Law: An Introduction and Annotated Translation. // Japanese Religions 1997 Vol.22:1. –P.38-59.
1650	Lochtefeld J.G. God's Gateway. Identity and Meaning in a Hindu Pilgrimage Place. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2010. -308p.
1651	Locke S. Charisma and the Iron Cage: Retionalization, Science and Scientology. // Social Compass 2004 Vol.51:1. –111-131s.
1652	Loewen H. A Mennonite-Christian View of Suffering: The Case of Russian Mennonites in the 1930s and 1940s. // The Mennonite Quarterly Review 2003. Vol.77:1. –47-68s.
1653	Lofland J. Doomsday Cult. A Study of Conversion, Proselytization, and Maintenance of Faith. –New York.: Irvington Publ, 1981. –362s.
1654	Lofland J., Skonovd N. Conversion Motifs. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1981. Vol.20:4. -373-385s.
1655	Lofland J., Skonovd N. Patterns of Conversion. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -1-24s.
1656	Lofland J., Stark R. Becoming a World- Saver: a Theory of Conversion to Deviant Perspective. // American Sociological Rewiew 1965, Vol.30:2. -862-874s.
1657	Lofton K.E. The Preacher Paradigm: Promotional Biographies and the Modern-Made Evangelist. // Religion and American Culture 2006. Vol.16:1. –P.95-123.
1658	Lohner A. Die pseudoreligiöse Versuchung. Zur Problematik der Sekten und Psychokulte. // Kirche und Gesellchaft, 1999 №258. -16s.
1659	Long C.M. Spiritual merchants: religion, magic, and commerce. –Knoxville.: The University of Tennessee Press, 2001. –314s.
1660	Long T. Hadden J. Religious Conversion and the Concept of Socialization: Integrating the Brainwashing and Drift Models. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1983 Vol.24. - 1- 14s.
1661	Louder D.R. Canadian Mormons in their North American Context: A Portrait. // Social Compass 1993 Vol.40:2. –271-290s.
1662	Lovekin A., Malony N.H. Religious Glossolalia: A Longitudinal Study of Personality Changes. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1977 Vol.16:4. - 383-393s.
1663	Lovsky F. The Churches and the Sects. // One in Christ 1991, Vol.27:3. –222-233s.
1664	Lowney K.S. Teenage Satanism as Oppositional Youth Subculture. // Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 1995. Vol.23. -453-484s.
1665	Lucas J.S. Astrology and Numerology in Medieval and Early Modern Catalonia. The Tractat de prenostication de la vida natural dels homens. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2003. -209p.
1666	Lucas P.C. The Future of New and Minority Religions in the Twenty-First Century: Religious Freedom under Global Siege. In: New Religious Movements in the 21th Century. Legal, Political, and Social Challenges in Global Perspective. Ed. by P.C.Lucas & T.Robbins. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2004. –S.341-357.
1667	Lucas P.C. The Odyssey of A New Religion. The Holy Order of MANS from New Age to Orthodoxy. –Bloomington.: Indiana University Press, 1995. – 312s.
1668	Luckmann T. Die unsichtbare Religion. –Frankfurt am Main.: Suhrkamp, 1991. -191s.
1669	Luckmann T. The Invisible Religion. The problem of Religion in Modern Society. –New-York & London.: The Macmillan Co., 1967. –128s.
1670	Luckmann T. The Religious Situation in Europe: the Background to Contemporary Conversions. // Social Compass 1999 Vol.46:3. –251-258s.
1671	Luckmann T. Transformations of Religion and Morality in Modern Europe. // Social Compass 2003 Vol.50:3. –275-285s.
1672	Luckow A., Ladd K.L., Spilka B., McIntosh D.N., Parks C. & LaForett D. The Structure of Prayer. Unpublished manuscript. University of Denver. Denver CO. 1997. In: Measures of Religiousity. Ed. by Peter C.Hill & Ralph W.Hood. –Birmingham.: Alabama, 1999. –70-72s.
1673	Luhmann N. Die Religion der Gesellschaft. –Frankfurt am Main.: Suhrkamp, 2000. -362s.
1674	Luhmann N. Funktion der Religion. –Frankfurt am Main.: Suhrkamp, 1982. -324s.
1675	Luhmann N. Protestbewegungen. In: Luhmann N. Protest. Systemtheorie und soziale Bewegungen. –Frankfurt am Main.: Suhrkamp, 1996. -201-215s.
1676	Luhmann N. Systemtheorie und Protestbewegungen. Ein Interview. In: Luhmann N. Protest. Systemtheorie und soziale Bewegungen. –Frankfurt am Main.: Suhrkamp, 1996. -175-200s.
1677	Lüddeckens D. Das Weltparlament der Religionen von 1893. Strukturen interreligiöser Begegnung im 19.Jahrhundert. –Berlin & New York.: Walter de Gruyter, 2002. –349s.
1678	Lugira A.M. World Religions. African Traditional Religion. Third Edition. –New York.: Chealsea House, 2009. –144p.
1679	Luhrmann T.M. Persuasions of the Witch s Craft. Ritual Magic in Contemporary England. –Cambridge.: Harvard University Press, 1989. -382s.
1680	Lunn P. Woodbrooke in Wider Context: the Enduring Thread of Adult Education. // Quaker Studies 2007 Vol.11:2. –P.204-223.
1681	Lurker M. The Routledge Dictionary of Gods, Goddesses, Devils and Demons.- London & New York.: Routledge, 2004. -263s.
1682	Lutherans & Adventists in Conversation. Report and Papers Presented 1994-1998. –Silver Springs & Geneva.: GC of SDA & LWF, 2000. -319s.
1683	Lu Yunfeng. Entrepreneurial Logics and the Evolution of Falun Gong. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2005 Vol.44:2. –173-185s.
1684	Луковиh З.Д. Верске Секте и Православлье. Приручник за самоодбрану од секши. –Београд.: Фонд Архиепископиjе београдско-карловачке, 2003. –393с.
1685	Lynch G. The New Spirituality. An Introduction to Progressive Belief in the Twenty-first Century. –London & New York.: I.B. Tauris, 2007. -218p.
1686	Lyon L., Beaty M., Mixon S.L. Making Sense of a “Religious” University: Faculty Adaptations and Opinions at Brigham Young, Baylor, Notre Dame, and Boston College. // Review of Religious Research 2002. Vol.43:4. –326-348s.
1687	Мaaga M.M. Hearing the Voices of Jonestown. –Syracuse.: Syracuse University Press, 1998. -187s.
1688	Maarouf M. Jinn Eviction as a Discourse of Power. A Multidisciplinary Approach to Moroccan Magical Beliefs and Practices. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2007. -337p.
1689	Macchia F.D. Discerning the Truth of Tongues Speech: A Response to Amos Yong. // Journal of Pentecostal Theology 1998 Vol.12. –67-71s.
1690	MacDonald W.L. Idionecrophanies: The Social Construction of Percieved Contact with the Dead. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1992 Vol.31:2. –P.215-223.
1691	MacDonald W.L. The Effects of Religiosity and Structural Strain on Reported Paranormal Experiences. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1995, Vol.34:3. -366-376s.
1692	MacEoin Denis. Baha`i Fundamentalism and the academic study of the Babi Movement. // Religion Vol.16. -57-84s.
1693	MacEoin D. From Babism to Baha`ism problems of militancy, quietism, and conflation in the construction of a religion. // Religion 1983 Vol.13. -219-255s.
1694	MacEoin D.M. The Messiah of Shiraz. Studies in Early and Middle Babism. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2009. -738p.
1695	MacEoin Denis. Rituals in Babism and Baha?ism. –London & New York.: British Academic Press, 1994. –188s.
1696	MacEoin Denis. The Sources for Early Babi Doctrine and History. A Survey. –Leiden & New York & Köln.: Brill, 1992. –274s.
1697	MacIntyre A., Ricoeur P. Die religiöse Kraft des Atheismus. –Freiburg & München.: Karl Alber, 2002. –102s.
1698	Mackay C.S. The Hammer of Witches. A Complete Transplation of the Malleus Maleficarum. –New York.: Cambridge University Press, 2009. –657p.
1699	Mackie A. The Gift of Tongues. A Study in Pathological Aspects of Christianity. –New York.: George H.Doran Co., 1921. -275p.
1700	Macht und Ohnmacht auf den Philippinen. Kirche der Befreiung als einende Kraft. Hrsg. von: Fritz Köster & Paul M.Zulehner. –Olten und Freiburg im Breisgau.: Walter-Verlag, 1986. –180s.
1701	Madelung W. Religious Schools and Sects in Medieval Islam. –London.: Variorum Reprints, 1985. –352s.
1702	Madelung W., Walker P.E. An Ismaili Heresiography. The “Bab al-shaytan” from Abu Tammam?s Kitab al-shajara. –Leiden & Boston & Köln.: Brill, 1998. –134s.
1703	Magee G.A. Hegel on Paranormal: Altered States of Consciousness in the Philosophy of Subjective Spirit. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2008 Vol.8. –P.21-36.
1704	Magid S. Metaphysics to Midrash. Myth, History, and the Interpretation of Scripture in Lurianic Kabbala. -Bloomington & Indianapolis.: Indiana University Press, 2008. -349p.
1705	Magic, Witchcraft, and paganism in America. A Bibliography. Ed. by J.Gordon Melton. –New-York, London.: Garland Publ., 1982. –230s.
1706	Mahaffey J.D. Preaching Politics. The Religious Rhetoric of George Whitefield and the Founding of a New Nation. –Waco.: Baylor University Press, 2007. –289p.
1707	Mahoney K.A. Catholic Higher Education in Protestant America. The Jesuits and Harvard in the Age of the University. –Baltimore & London.: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 2003. –347p.
1708	Main R. Magic and Science in the Modern Western Tradition of the I Ching. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1999. Vol.14:2. -263-275s.
1709	Maisel A.Q. Dianetics: Science or Hoax? // Look Magazine 1950.12.05. №14. -P.79-85.
1710	Maitreya, the Future Buddha. Ed. by Alan Sponberg and Helen Hardacre. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1988. -304s.
1711	Ma J.C. When the Spirit Meets the Spirits. Pentecostal Ministry among the Kankana-ey Tribe in the Philippines. –Farnkfurt am Main & Berlin & Bern & Bruxelles & New York & Oxford & Wien.: Peter Lang, 2001. –273s.
1712	Maleson F.G. Dilemmas in the Evaluation and Management of Religious Cultists. // American Journal Psychiatry 1981 Vol.138:7. –925- 929s.
1713	Malony N. N=1 Methodology in the Psychology of Religion. In: Current Perspectives in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by H.Newton Malony. –Grand Rapids.: Willian B.Eerdmans Publ., 1977. –352-367s.
1714	Malony N. The Psychologist-Christian. // Journal of the American Scientific Affiliation 1972. Vol.24:4. –135-144s.
1715	Maluf S.W. Witches and Witchcraft: A Study about Representations of Female Power on Santa Catarina Island. // International Sociology 1992 Vol.7:2. –225-234s.
1716	Mamiya L.H. From Black Muslim to Bilalian: The Evolution of a Movement. // Journal of the Scientific Study of Religion 1982. Vol.21:2. -138-152s.
1717	Man and his Symbols. Ed. Jung C.G. –New York.: Random House, 1964. –415p.
1718	Man and Time. Papers from the Eranos Yearbooks. –London.: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1958. -366p.
1719	Mandelbaum D.G. Transcendental and Pragmatic Aspects of Religion. // American Anthropologist 1966. Vol.68:5. -1174-1191s.
1720	Mandosio J.-M. Problemes et controverses: a propos de quelques publications recentes sur la magie au Moyem Age et a la Renaissance. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2007 Vol.7. –P.207-225.
1721	Manichaean Texts from the Roman Empire. Ed. Iain Gardner & Samuel N.C. Lieu. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2004. -312p.
1722	Manns F. Jüdische Sekten yur Yeit Jesu. // Internationale katholische Zeitschrift “Communio”, 1991, -114-127s.
1723	Manring R.J. Reconstructing Tradition Advaita Acarya and Gaudiya Vaisnavism at the Cusp of the Twentieth Century. –New York.: Columbia University Press, 2005. –305s.
1724	Mantike. Studies in Ancient Divination. Ed. by Sarah Iles Johnston & Peter T. Struck. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2005. -322p.
1725	Mantzaridis G. Skizze einer orthodoxen Anthropologie und Soziologie. In: Handbuch der Ostkirchenkunde. Hrsg. von W. Nyssen. –Düsseldorf.: Patmos-Verl., 1997. –134-142s.
1726	Many Americans Mix Multiple Faiths. –Washington.: Pew Research Center, 2009. -21p.
1727	Marin N.H. Baptists and Changing Views of the Bible 1865-1918. (Part I). // Foundations: A Baptist Journal of History and Theology 1958. Vol.1:3. -52-75s.
1728	Marin N.H. Baptists and Changing Views of the Bible 1865-1918. (Part II). // Foundations: A Baptist Journal of History and Theology 1958. Vol.1:4. -30-61s.
1729	Markovsky B., Thye S.R. Social Influence on Paranormal Beliefs. // Sociological Perspectives 2001. Vol.44:1. -21-44s.
1730	Marler P.L., Hadaway C.K. “Being Religious” or “Being Spiritual” in America: A Zero-Sum Proposition? // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2002. Vol.41:2. –P.289-300.
1731	Marranci G.The Anthropology of Islam. –Oxford & New York.: Berg, 2008. -182p.
1732	Marsden G.M. Fundamentalism and American Culture: The Shaping of Twentieth Century Evangelicalism, 1870-1925. –Oxford & New York.: Oxford University Press, 1980. -307p.
1733	Marshall, T.W.M. Christian missions: their agents, and their results. Vol.1. –New York.: D&J.Sadlier, 1864. –644s.
1734	Marshall, T.W.M. Christian missions: their agents, and their results. Vol.2. –New York.: D&J.Sadlier, 1864. –479s.
1735	Mars L. Discontinuity, Tradition, and Innovation: Anthropological Reflections on Jewish Identity in Contemporary Hungary. // Social Compass Vol.46:1. –21-33s.
1736	Martin B. The Pentecostal Gender Paradox: A Cautionary Tale for the Sociology of Religion. In: The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Richard K.Fenn. –Oxford.: Blackwell, 2001. -52-66s.
1737	Martin C. & Nichols R.C. Personality and Religious Belief. // Journal of Social Psychology 1962. Vol.56. –3-8s.
1738	Martin C.J.L. Traditional Versus Innovation: the Hat, Wilkinson-Story and Keithian Controversies. // Quaker Studies 2003 Vol.8:1. –P.5-22.
1739	Martin D.A. Church Denomination and Society. // A Sociological Yearbook of Religion in Britain 1972 Vol.5. –184-191s.
1740	Martin D.A. The Denomination. // Britisch Journal of Sociology 1962 Vol.13:1. –1-14s.
1741	Martin M-L. Kimbangu. An African Prophet and his Church. –Oxford.: Basil Blackwell, 1975. –198s.
1742	Martin L.H. History, Cognitive Science, and the Problematic Study of Folk Religions: The Case of the Eleusinian Mysteries of Demeter. // Temenos 2003-2004. Vol.39-40. –81-99s.
1743	Marty M.E. Two Integrities: An Adress to the Crisis in Mormon Historiography. // Journal of Mormon History 1983. -3-19s.
1744	Maruyama M. The Second Cybernetics: Deviation-Amplifying Mutual Causal Processes. // American Scientist 1963 Vol.51. –164-179s.
1745	Maslow A.H. Religions, Values, and Peak-Experiences. –New York.: Penguin Books, 1976. -123s.
1746	Mate-Toth A. & Mikluscak P. Nicht wie Milch und Honig. Unterwegs zu einer Pastoraltheologie Ost(Mittel)Europas. –Ostfildern.: Schwabenverlag & Pastorales Forum, 2000. –219s.
1747	Mather C. Magnalia Christi Americana; or The Ecclesiastical History of New-England from the First Planting, in the Year 1620, unto the Year of our Lord 1698. Vol. I. –Hartford.: Silas Andrus & Son., 1855. -625p.
1748	Mather C. Magnalia Christi Americana; or The Ecclesiastical History of New-England from the First Planting, in the Year 1620, unto the Year of our Lord 1698. Vol. II. –Hartford.: Silas Andrus & Son., 1853. -682p.
1749	Mather C. The Wonders of the Invisible World. Being an Account of the Tryals of Several Witches Lately Executed in New-England. –London.: John Russell Smith, 1862. -291p.
1750	Mathew C.V. Hare Krishna Movement and Hindu Mission. // Dharma Deepika Vol.1:2. -35-49s.
1751	Mathews C. Modern Satanism. Anatomy of a Radical Subculture. –Westport & London.: Praeger, 2009. -248p.
1752	Mathison R.R. Faiths, Cults and Sects of America. From Atheism to Zen. –Indianapolis & New York.: The Bobbs-Merrill, 1960. -384s.
1753	Matthes J. Kirche und Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Religionssoziologie II. –Hamburg.: Rowohlt, 1969. –265s.
1754	Matthews C.S. Religions of the World. New Religions. -Philadelphia.: Chelsea House Publishers, 2005. -214s.
1755	Matthews D.H. Honoring the Ancestors. An African Cultural Interpretation of Black Religion and Literature. –New York & Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1998. -171p.
1756	Mauss A.L. Dimensions of religious Defection. // Review of Religious Research 1969, Vol.10:3. -128-135s.
1757	Mauss A.L., Barlow P.L. Church, Sect, and Scripture: The Protestant Bible and Mormon Sectarian Retrenchment. // Sociological Analysis 1991, Vol.52:4. –P.397-414.
1758	Mauss A.L., Franks J.R. Comprehensive Bibliography of Social Science Literature on the Mormons. // Review of Religious Research 1984, Vol.26:1. -73-115s.
1759	Max Webers Religionssoziologie in interkultureller Perspektive. Hrsg. von H.Lehmann & J.M.Ouedraogo. –Göttingen.: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 2003. –388s.
1760	May C.L. A Survey of Glossolalia and Related Phenomena in Non-Christian Religions. In: Speaking in Tongues. A Guide to Research on Glossolalia. Ed. by Watson E.Mills. –Michigan.:Grand Rapids, 1986. -53-82s.
1761	Mayer G. Die Bedeutung von Tradition und Geheimnis fur praktizierende Magier des 21. Jahrhunderts: Ergebnisse einer Interviewstundie. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2008 Vol.8. –P.117-138.
1762	Mayer Jean-Francois. Healing for the millenium: Master Dang and Spiritual Human Yoga. // A paper presented at the 4th Annual Conference of the Center for Millenial Studies at Boston University, November 1999.
1763	Mayer Jean-Francois. Mit Sekten Konfrontiert. –Freiburg.: Paulusverl., 1995. –192s.
1764	Mayer J.F. New Approaches to the Study of New Religions in North America and Europe. In: New Approaches to the Study of Religion. Vol. 1: Regional, Critical, and Historical Approaches. Ed. by P.Antes & A.W.Geertz & R.R.Warne. –Berlin & New York.: Walter de Gruyter, 2004. –407-436s.
1765	Mayer Jean-Francois. “Our Terrestrial Journey is Coming to an End": The Last Voyage of the Solar Temple. // Npva Religio 1999 Vol.2:2. –172-196s.
1766	Mayrl W.W. Marx` Theory of Social Movements and The Church-Sect Typology. // Sociological Analysis 1976, Vol.37:1. -19-31s.
1767	Mbon F.M. Brotherhood of the Cross and Star. A New Religious Movement in Nigeria. –Frankfurt am Main.: Peter Lang, 1992. –350s.
1768	McCalla A. “Eternal Sun” / “Black Sun”: Illuminism and Disenchanted Romanticism. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2007 Vol.7. –P.3-19.
1769	McCarthy K. Q & A Volume One. 500 Questions Asked by Christian Ministers about the Divine Principle and the Unification Movement. –Richmond.: Future World Publ., 1992. -238p.
1770	McClenon J. Shamanic Healing, Human Evolution, and the Origin of Religion. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1997, Vol.36:3. -345-354s.
1771	McCracken S.B. Fifty years ago and now. // Collections and Researches Made by the Michigan Pioneer and Historical Society 1890. Vol.14. –P.609-620.
1772	McGrath A.E. Iustitia Die. A History of the Christian Doctrine of Justification. -Cambridge.: Cambridge Universitz Press, 2005. -448p.
1773	McDonnell K. Pentecostal Culture: Protestant and Catholic. // One in Christ 1971. Vol.7:4. -310-318s.
1774	McFarland N.H. The Rush Hour of the Gods. A Study of New Religious Movements in Japan. –New York, London.: The Macmillan Company, 1967. -267s.
1775	McGaw D.B. Meaning and Belonging in a Charismatic Congregation: An Investigation Into Sources of Neo-Pentecostal Success. // Review of Religious Research 1980, Vol.21:3. -284- 301s.
1776	McGlinn S. A Difficult Case: Beyer?s Categories and the Baha?i Faith. // Social Compass 2003 Vol.50:2. –P.247-255.
1777	McGrath T.F. Fairy Faith and Changelings: The Burning of Bridget Cleary in 1895. // Studies: an Irish quarterly review 1982 Vol.71. –178-184s.
1778	McGuire M.B. Toward a sociological interpretation of the “Catholic Pentecostal” Movement. // Review of Religious Research 1975. Vol.16:2. –94-104s.
1779	McKenna T. The Archaic Revival. Speculations on Psychedelic Mushrooms, the Amazon, Virtual Reality, UFOs, Evolutions, Shamanism, the Rebirth of the Goddess, and the End of History. –New York.: HarperSanFrancisco, 1992. –267p.
1780	McKinney W. Religious Leadership, Religious Research and Religious Renewal. // Review of Religious Research 1998 Vol.40:1.
1781	McKinnon A.M. The Religious, the Paranormal, and Church Attendance: A Response to Orenstein. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003 Vol.42:2. –P.299-303.
1782	McLeod W.H. Sikh Fundamentalism. // Journal of the American Orienal Society 1998. Vol.118:1. –15-27s.
1783	McLoughlin W.G. Is there a Third Force in Christendom? // Daedalus 1967. Vol.96. -43-68s.
1784	McLure A.W. The Life of John Cotton. –Boston.: Library Edition, 1870. -300p.
1785	McSwain L., Shurden W.B. Changing Values of Southern Baptists 1900-1980. // Baptist History and Heritage 1981 Vol.16:1. 45-54s.
1786	Mead G.H. The Imagination In Wundt's Treatment of Myth and Religion. // Psychological Bulletin 1906. Vol.3. -393-399s.
1787	Mears D.P., Ellison C.G. Who Buys New Age Materials? Exploring Sociodemographic, Religious, Network, and Contextual Correlates of New Age Consumption. // Sociology of Religion 2000. Vol.61:3. -289-313s.
1788	Measures of Religiousity. Ed. by Peter C.Hill & Ralph W.Hood. –Birmingham.: Alabama, 1999. –531s.
1789	Medieval Bhakti Movement in India. Sri Caitanya Quincentenary Commemoration Volume. Ed. by N.N.Bhattacharyya. –Delhi.: Munshiram Manoharlal Publ., 1989. –393s.
1790	Megatrend Religion? Neue Religiositäten in Europa. Hrsg. Regina Polak. –Ostfildern.: Schwabenverlag, 2002. -494s.
1791	Megged A. Magic, Popular Medicine, and Gender in Seventeenth-Century Mexico: The Case of Isabel de Montoya. // Social History 1994 Vol.19. –189-207s.
1792	Meijerink E. The Game of Life: The Significance of Play in the Commune of Damanhur. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2003. Vol.18:2. –155-168s.
1793	Meisenhelder J.B., Marcum J.P. Responses of Clergy to 9/11: Posttraumatic Stress, Coping, and Religious Outcomes. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2004. Vol.43:4. –P.547-554.
1794	Meister, Gurus, Menschenfänger. Uber die Integrität spiritueller Wege. Hrsg. von: K.Wilber & B.Ecker & D.Anthony. –Frankfurt am Main.: Wolfgang Krüger Verlag, 1995. –316s.
1795	Mejido M.J. The Illusion of Neutrality: Reflections on the Term “Popular Religion”. // Social Compass 2002 Vol.49:2. –295-311s.
1796	Melanchthon P. Whether Christian Princes are Obligated to Apply Physical Punishment and the Sword Against the Unchristian Sect of the Anabaptists (1536). // The Mennonite Quarterly Review 2002. Vol.76:3. –315-335s.
1797	Melton G. American Religions. An Illustrated History. –Santa Barbara.: Abc-Clio, 2000. –316s.
1798	Melton G. Encyclopedia of American Religions. – Detroit & New York & San Francisco & New Heaven & Waterville & London.: Gale, 2009. –1386p.
1799	Melton G. Encyclopedic Handbook of Cults in America. –New York & London.: Garland Publ., 1986. –272p.
1800	Melton G. New Thought and the New Age. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -15-29s.
1801	Melton G. Spiritualization and Reaffirmation: What Really Happens When Prophesy Fails. // American Studies 1985 Vol.26:2. -17-29s.
1802	Melton G. The Changing Scene of New Religious Movements: Observations from a Generation of Research. // Social Compass 1995 Vol.42:2. –265-276s.
1803	Menges W. Zugehörigkeit zur Kirche und Identifikation mit der Kirche. In: Die Zugehörigkeit zur Kirche. Hrsg. von W.Menges & N.Greinacher. –Mainz.: Matthias-Grünewald, 1964. –23-41s.
1804	Mensching G. Toleranz und Wahrheit in der Religion. –München & Hamburg.: Siebenstern Taschenbuch, 1966. –192s.
1805	Mensching G. Volksreligion und Weltreligion. –Leipzig.: J.C.Hinrichs Verlag, 1938. -76s.
1806	Menzies R.P. Paul and the Universality of Tongues: A Response to Max Turner. // Asian Journal of Pentecostal Studies 1999. Vol.2:2. –P.283-295.
1807	Menzies W.W., Menzies R.P. Pfingsten und die Geistesgaben. Eine Jahrhundertfrage im Horizont zeitgemäßer Auslegung. –Metzingen & Erzhausen.: Ernst Franz Vrg. & Leuchter Edition, 2001. –236s.
1808	Menzies W.W. The Initial Evidence Issue: A Pentecostal Response. // Asian Journal of Pentecostal Studies 1999. Vol.2:2. –P.261-278.
1809	Mercer C., Durham T.W. Religious Mysticism and Gender Orientation. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Reigion 1999. Vol.38:1. –P.175-182.
1810	Merrill R.M., Lyon J.L., Jensen W.J. Lack of a Secularizing Influence of Education on Religious Activity and Parity Among Mormons. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:1. –P.113-124.
1811	Messmer M. Die Judenfrage in der Sowjetunion. Ideologische Voraussetzungen und politische Realität 1953-1985. –Konstanz.: Hartung-Gorre, 1992. –102s.
1812	Methodism and the Shaping of American Culture. Ed. by N.O.Hatch & J.H.Wigger. –Nashville.: Kingswood Books, 2001. –347s.
1813	Metraux A.D. Aum Shinrikyo’s Impact on Japanese Society. –New York.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 2000. -165s.
1814	Meyer B. Christianity in Africa: From African Independent to Pentecostal Charismatic Churches. // Annual Review of Anthropology 2004. Vol.33. –P.447–474.
1815	Meyer B. If You Are a Devil You Are a Witch and If You Are a Witch You Are a Devil: The Integration of “Pagan” Ideas into the Conceptual Universe of Ewe Christians in Southeastern Ghana. // Journal of Religion in Africa 1992 Vol.22. –98-132s.
1816	Meyer J.W., Boli J., Thomas G.M., Raminez F.O. World Society and the Nation-State. // American Journal of Sociology 1997 Vol.103:1. -144-181s.
1817	Meyers T.J., Nolt S.M. Indiana?s Old Order in the Modern World. An Amish Patchwork. –Bloomington & Indianapolis.: Indiana University Press, 2005. –191s.
1818	Michaelsen R.S. The Significance of the American Indian Religious Freedom Act of 1978. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion 1984. Vol.52:1. -93-115s.
1819	Michalski S. The Reformation and the Visual Arts. The Protestant image question in Western and Eastern Europe.- London & New York.: Routledge, 1993. -232s.
1820	Miers H.E. Lexikon des Geheimwissens. –München.: Goldmann, 1993. –717s.
1821	Milgram S. Obedience to Authority. –New York.: Harper Torchbooks, 1975. -224s.
1822	Millenialism and Charisma. Ed by Roy Wallis. –Belfast.: The Queens University, 1982. -318s.
1823	Millennialism, Persecution, and Violence. Historical Cases. Ed. by Catherine Wessinger. –Syracuse.: Syracuse University Press, 2000. -403s.
1824	Millennium, Messiahs, and Mayhem. Contemporary Apocalyptic Movements. Ed. by Robbins T., Palmer J.S. –New York, London.: Routledge, 1997. -334s.
1825	Miller A.G. Pentecostalism as a Social Movement: Beyond the Theory of Deprivation. // Journal of Pentecostal Theology 1996. Vol.9. –97-114s.
1826	Miller D.E. Deprogramming in Historical Perspective. In: The Brainwashing / Deprogramming Controversy: Sociological, Psychological, Legal, and Historical Perspectives. Ed. by Bromley D.B. & Richardson J.T. –New York & Toronto.: The Edwin Mellen, 1983. –15-28s.
1827	Miller E.S. Occult Theocracy. Vol. 1. -Palmdale.: Christian Book Club of America, 1976. -741s.
1828	Miller J. Cities Divided. Politics and Religion in English Provincial Towns, 1660-1722. – Oxford & New York.: Oxford University Press, 2007. -328p.
1829	Miller R. Bare-Faced Messiah. The True Story of L.Ron Hubbard. –London.: Michael Joseph, 1987. –390s.
1830	Milne H. Bhagwan. The God that Failed. –New York.: St.Martins Press, 1986. -322s.
1831	Minhoff C., Losch H. Neureligiose Bewegungen. Strukturen – Ziele – Wirkungen. –Munchen.: Bayrische Landeszentrale fur Politische Bildungsarbeit, 1994. -243s.
1832	Minkjan H. Seeking Guidance from the Spirits: Neo-Shamanic Divination Rituals in Modern Dutch Society. // Social Compass 2008 Vol.55:1. –P.54-65.
1833	Mirbach W. Universelles Leben: Originalität und Christlichkeit einer Neureligion. –Erlangen.: Verlag der Ev.-Luth. Mission Erlangen, 1994. -328s.
1834	Misunderstanding Cults. Searching for Objectivity in a Controversial Field. Ed. by Benjamin Zablocki & Thomas Robbins. –Toronto.: University of Toronto Press, 2001. -524s.
1835	Miszewski B. New-Age-Diskurs in der polnischen Literaturwissenschaft, Literaturkritik und Lyrik der 70er und 80er Jahre. Rekonstruktion eines Weltbileds. –München.: Otto Sagner Verlag, 1995. –231s.
1836	Modern Esoteric Spirituality. Ed. by Antoine Faivre and Jacob Needleman. –New York.: Crossroad, 1992. -413s.
1837	Moen M.C. The Christian Right and Congress. –Tuscaloosa & London.: The University of Alabama Press, 1989. -234p.
1838	Molendijk A.L. Zwischen Theologie und Soziologie. Ernst Troeltschs Typen der christlichen Gemeinschaftsbildung: Kirche, Sekte, Mystik. –Gütersloh.: Gütersloher Verl.-Haus, 1996. –213s.
1839	Molokotos-Liederman L. Identity Crisis: Greece, Orthodoxy, and the European Union. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2003. Vol.18:3. –291-315s.
1840	Momen M. The Babi and Bahai Religions 1844-1944. Some Contemporary Western Accounts. –Oxford.: George Ronald, 1981. -572s.
1841	Monaghan P. The Encyclopedia of Celtic Mythology and Folklore. –New York.: Facts On Files, 2004. -512p.
1842	Money and Power in the new religions. Edited by James T. Richardson. –Lampeter.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1988. –435s.
1843	Montague H. The Pessimistic Sect`s Influence on the Mental Health of its Members: the Case of Jehovah`s Witnesses. // Social Compass 1977 Vol.24:1. –P.135-147.
1844	Monteith W.G. Iona and Healing: A Discourse Analysis. In: Beyond New Age. Exploring Alternative Spirituality. Ed. By S.Sutcliffe, M.Bowman. –Edinburgh.: Edinburgh University Press, 2000. –105-117s.
1845	Montenegro C.G. Palo Mayombe Spirits – Rituals – Spells. The darkside of Santeria. –New York.: Plainview, 1994. –127s.
1846	Montenegro C.G. The Secrets of the Nganga. –Los Angeles.: Havana Publications, 1997. -206p.
1847	Montgomery R.L. The Diffusion of Religions. A Sociological Perspective. –Lanham & New York & London.: University Press of America, 1996. -219s. /в наличии: стр.1-36; 149-172; 195-207.
1848	Mookerjee A., Khanna M. The Tantric Way. Art. Science. Ritual. -Boston.: New York Graphic Society, 1977. -208s.
1849	Moon S.M. Statement on Jews and Israel. In: Cults and the Jewish Community. Representative Works of Jewish Anti-Cult Literature. Ed. by Aidan A.Kelly. –New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1990. -309-315s.
1850	Moore L. Crazy Quilt: Southern Baptist Patterns of the Church. // Foundations: A Baptist Journal of History and Theology 1977 Vol.20:1. -12-35s.
1851	Moore R.I. Heresy as Disease. In: The Concept of Heresy in the Middle Ages (11th-13th C.) Proceedings of The International Conference Louvain May 13-16, 1973. Ed. by W.Lourdaux & D.Verhelst. –Leuven.: Leuven University Press, 1976. –1-11s.
1852	Moore R. Is the Canon on Jonestown Closed? // Nova Religio 2000. Vol.4:1. –7-27s.
1853	Moreschini C. Il commento al Corpus Hermeticum di Francois Foix-Candale: annotazioni storiche e filologiche. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2009 Vol.9:1. –P.37-58.
1854	Morgan G. The Holy Grail. –Harpenden.: Pocket Essentials, 2005. –160s.
1855	Morgulis M. Return to the Red Planet: 22 Days in Gorbachev’s Backyard. – Wheaton.: Victor Books, 1989. – 159 p.
1856	Mormando F. Bernardino of Siena, Popular Preacher and Witch-Hunter: A 1426 Witch Trial in Rome. // Fifteenth-Centure Studies 1998 Vol.24. –84-118s.
1857	Mormonen in der Sowjetunion. // Glaube in der 2. Welt 1991 №9. –S.8.
1858	Morris L.M. Secular Transcendence: From ACSS to ASR. // Sociological Analysis 1989. Vol.50:4. -329-349s.
1859	Morton A. Tom Cruise. An Unauthorized Biography. –New York.: St.Martin`s Press, 2008. -344p.
1860	Morton A. Tom Cruise. Der Star und die Scientology-Verschwörung. –New York.: St. Martin’s Press, 2008. –471s.
1861	Mosiman E. Das Zungenreden. Geschichtlich und psychologisch untersucht. - Tubingen.: Verlag von J. C. B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck), 1911. -137s.
1862	Moslem Schisms and Sects. –Philadelphia.: Porcupine Press, 1935. –259s.
1863	Mosshammer A.A. The Easter Computus and the Origins of the Christian Era. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2008. –474p.
1864	Mouravieff B. Gnosis. Book 3. The Esoteric Cycle. Study and Commentaries on the Esoteric Tradition of Eastern Orthodoxy. –Newburyport.: Praxis Institute Press, 1993. -227p.
1865	Mueller K.F. Die Frühgeschichte der Siebenten-Tags-Adventisten. –Hildesheim.: Gerstenberg Verlag, 1977. –207s.
1866	Muhammad al-Gazali. Uber Rechtgläubigkeit und religiöse Toleranz. Eine Ubersetzung der Schrift „Das Kriterium der Unterscheidung zwischen Islam und Gottlosigkeit“. Hrsg. von Frank Griffel. –Zürich.: Spur Verlag, 1998. –110s.
1867	Mulder W. Homeward to Zion. The Mormon Migration from Scandinavia. –Minneapolis.: University of Minnesota Press, 1957. –375s.
1868	Mullen Eve. Tibetischer Buddismus im Westen. // Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft, 2001. Heft.2/3. –182-189s.
1869	Müller H.P. Die Rämakrishna-Bewegung. Studien zu ihrer Entstehung, Verbreitung und Gestalt. –Gütersloh: Gütersloher Verlagshaus Mohn, 1986. –286s.
1870	Müller U. Zwischen Allmacht und Ohnmacht: Untersuchungen zum Welt-, Gesellschafts-, und Menschenbild von nezreligiösen Bewegungen. –Regensburg.: Roderer, 1993. –329s.
1871	Mullins M.R. Japans New Age and Neo-New Religions: Sociological Interpretations. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -232-246s.
1872	Mumford L. The story of utopias. –New York.: Bony & Liveright, 1928. –315s.
1873	Munoz V.P. God and the Founders. Madison, Washington, and Jefferson. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2009. –247p.
1874	Murakami S. Japanese Religion in Modern Century. -Tokyo.: University of Tokyo Press, 1980. -186s.
1875	Murdoch N.H. Origins of the Salvation Army. –Knoxville.: The University of Tennessee, 1994. -241s.
1876	Murken S., Namini S. Psychosoziale Konflikte im Prozess des selbst gewählten Beitritts zu neuen religiösen Gemeinschaften. // Zeitschrift für Religionswissenschaft 2004 Heft.12. –S.141-187.
1877	Murphy T.W. Guatemalan Hot/Cold Medicine and Mormon Words of Wisdom: Intercultural Negotiation of Meaning. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1997 Vol.36:2. –P.297-308.
1878	Murray J.E. Determinants of Membership Levels and Duration in a Shaker Commune, 1780-1880. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1995 Vol.34:1. –P.35-48.
1879	Musa A.Y. Hadith As Scripture. Discussions on the Authority of Prophetic Traditions in Islam. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. –208p.
1880	Muslim Sects and Divisions. The Section on Muslim Sects in Kitab al-Mital wa ‘l-Nihal. By Muhammad b. ’Abd al-Karim Shahrastani (d. 1153). Translated by A.K.Kazi and J.G.Flynn. –Lodon.: Kegan Paul International, 1984. -195s.
1881	Muster N.J. Betrayal of the Spirit. My Life behind the Headlines of the Hare Krishna Movement. –Chicago.: University of Illinois Press, 1997. -213s.
1882	Mystic Cults in Magna Graetia. Ed. Casadio G. & Johnston P.A. –Austin.: University of Texas Press, 2009. –372p.
1883	Mysticism, Magic and Kabbalah in Ashkenazi Judaism. Ed. by Karl Erich Grözinger & Joseph Dan. –Berlin & New York.: Walter de Gruyter, 1995. –331s.
1884	Nagel S. Brahmas geheime Schöpfung. Die indische Reformbewegung der „Brahma Kumaris“. Quellen, Lehre, Raja Yoga. –Frankfurt am Main.: Peter Lang, 1999. -439s.
1885	Najovits S. Egypt, Trunk of the Tree. Vol.1.: The Contexts. –New York.: Algora Publishing, 2003. -300p.
1886	Najovits S. Egypt, Trunk of the Tree. Vol.2.: The Consequences. A Modern Survey of an Ancient Land. –New York.: Algora Publishing, 2004. -350p.
1887	Nakano Y. Elizabeth Bathurst’s Soteriology and a List of Correction in Several Editions of Her Works. // Quaker Studies 2008 Vol.13:1. –P.89-102.
1888	Nansook Hong. In the Shadow of the Moons. My Life in the Reverend Sun Myung Moon`s Family. –Boston, New York, Toronto, London.: Little, Brown and Company, 1998. –236s.
1889	Nansook Hong. Ich schaue nicht zurück. –Bremen.: Bastei Lübbe, 2000. –302s.
1890	Narratives of the Witchcraft Cases 1648-1706. Ed. by George Lincoln Burr. –New York.: Charles Scribner`s Sons, 1914. -467p.
1891	Naseem H. Muslim Philosophy, Science and Mysticism. -New Delhi.: Sarup & Sons, 2001. -351p.
1892	nasr hamid abu zaid. Islam und Politik. Kritik des religiösen Diskurses. –Frankfurt am Main.: dipa-Verlag, 1996. -223s.
1893	Nathan D., Snedeker M. Satan’s Silence. Ritual Abuse and the Making of a Modern American Witch Hunt. –New York.: BasicBooks, 1995. -317s.
1894	Navarro C.G. The Socialization of the Gifts of Tongues and Healing in Mexican Pentecostalism. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1998. Vol.13:3. -353-361s.
1895	Nedopil N. Sekten und destructive Psychokulte – gesundheitliche Risiken für psychisch Kranke und mögliche Hilfestellungen. In: Psychiatrie und Religion. 21. Psychiatrie-Symposium, Pfalzklinik Landeck, Klingenmuster, 1995. Hrsg. Von Reinhard Steinberg. –Regensburg.: Roderer, 1998. -32-41s.
1896	Negotiating the Sacred. Blasphemy and Sacrilege in a Multicultural Sosiety. Ed. Coleman E.B., White K. –Canberra.: ANU E Press, 2006. –234p.
1897	Nelson G.K. Cults, New Religions & Religious Creativity. –London.: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1987. –245s.
1898	Nelson G.K. Der Drang zum Spirituellen. Uber die Entstehung religiöser Bewegungen im 20.Jahrhundert. –Olten und Freiburg im Breisgau.: Walter-Verlag, 1991. –283s.
1899	Nelson G.K. The Concept of Cult. // Sociological Review 1968. Vol.16. –351-362s.
1900	Nelson G.K. The Spiritualist Movement and the need for a Redefinition of cult. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1967. Vol.8:1. –P.152-160.
1901	Nemisharan Mital. World-Famous Modern Gurus and Guru-Cults. –Delhi.: Pustak Mahal, 1993. -136s.
1902	Nenonen M. Envious Are All the People, Witches Watch at Every Gate: Finnish Witches and Witch Trials in the Seventeenth Century. // Scandinavian Journal of History 1993 Vol.18. –77-91s.
1903	Nesbitt E. Sikhism. A Very Short Introduction. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2005. -164p.
1904	Nesti A. Implicit Religion: the Issues and Dynamics of a Phenomenon. // Social Compass 1990 Vol.37:4. -423-438s.
1905	Nesti A. Introduction. // Social Compass 2000 Vol.47:2. –147-152s.
1906	Neubert F. Charisma und soziale Dynamik. Religionswissenschaftliche Untersuchungen am Beispiel von Sri Ramakrsna und Svami Vivekananda. –Aachen.: Shaker Verlag, 2005. –179s.
1907	Neue religiose Bewegungen und gesellschaftsutopische Heilskonzepte in Sachsen. // Materialdienst Jugendarbeit 1995. Heft 1. -99s.
1908	Neuhaus R.J. American Babylon. – New York.: Basic Books, 2009. -270p.
1909	Neureligionen: Stand ihrer Erforschung in Japan. Ein Handbuch. Hrsg. von Inoue Nobutaka. –Wiesbaden.: Harrassowitz Verlag, 1995. –379s.
1910	Neusner J. The reader’s guide to the Talmud. – Leiden.: Brill, 2001. – 375p.
1911	Neusner J., Sonn T., Brockopp J.E. Judaism and Islam in Practice. A Sourcebook. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2000. -208p.
1912	Neutestamentliche Apokryphen. Band I: Evangelien. Hrsg. von W.Schneemelcher. –Tübingen.: J.C.B.Mohr, 1999. –442s.
1913	Neutestamentliche Apokryphen. Band II: Apostolisches Apokalypsen und Verwandtes. Hrsg. von W.Schneemelcher. –Tübingen.: J.C.B.Mohr, 1999. –703s.
1914	Nevins W.S. Witchcraft in Salem Village in 1692 together with some Account of other Witchcraft Prosecutions in New England and Elsewhere. –Salem & Boston.: North Shore Publ. & Lee and Shepard, 1892. -273p.
1915	New Age Religion and Globalization. Ed. by Mikael Rothstein. –Aarhus.: Aarhus University Press, 2001. -178s.
1916	New Approaches to the Study of Religion. Vol. 1: Regional, Critical, and Historical Approaches. Ed. by P.Antes & A.W.Geertz & R.R.Warne. –Berlin & New York.: Walter de Gruyter, 2004. –559s.
1917	New Approaches to the Study of Religion. Vol. 2: Textual, Comparative, Sociological and Cognitive Approaches. Ed. by P.Antes & A.W.Geertz & R.R.Warne. –Berlin & New York.: Walter de Gruyter, 2004. –497s.
1918	Newberg A.B., d`Aquili E.G. The Neuropsychology of Religious and Spiritual Experience. // Journal of Consciousness Studies 2000. Vol.7: 11-12. –251-266s.
1919	Newberg A.B., Wintering N.A., Morgan D., Waldman M.R. The Measurement of Regional Cerebral Blood Flow During Glossolalia: A Preliminary SPECT study. // Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging 2006 Vol.148. –P.67-71.
1920	New Catholic Encyclopedia Volume 1-15. / Ed. by T. Carson. – Detroit & New York & San Francisco & San Diego & Cleveland & New Heaven & Waterville & London & Munich.: Thomson & Gale, 2003.
1921	New Directions in American Religious History. Ed. by H.S. Stout & D.G. Hart. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 1997. –502p.
1922	New Age. Hrsg. von Detlef Bendrath. –Lubeck.: Kawohl Verlag, 1989. -32s.
1923	Newman E. John Brewin’s Tracts: the Written Word, Evangelicalism and the Quaker Way in mid Nineteenth Century England. // Quaker Studies 2005 Vol.9:2. –P.234-248.
1924	Newman E. Some Quaker Attitudes to the Printed Word in the Nineteenth Century. // Quaker Studies 2007 Vol.11:2. –P.180-191.
1925	Newman J.H. Uber die Entwicklung der Glaubenslehre. –Mainz.: Matthias-Grünewald, 1969. –662s.
1926	Newman W.M. The Society for the Scientific Study of Religion: The Development of an Academic Society. // Review of Religious Research 1974. Vol.15:3. –P.137-151.
1927	New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Demonology, Religion, and Witchcraft. Volume 1. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –474s.
1928	New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft in Continental Europe. Volume 2. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –496s.
1929	New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Gender and Witchcraft. Volume 4. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –464s.
1930	New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 5. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –328s.
1931	New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 6. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –450s.
1932	New Religions & Mental Health: Understanding the Issues. Ed. by Herbert Richardson. –New York.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1980. -177s.
1933	New Religions and New Religiosity. Ed. by Eileen Barker & Magrit Warburg. -Aarhus.: Aarhus University Press, 1998. –309s.
1934	New Religions and the New Europe. Ed. by Robert Towler. –Aarhus.: Aarhus University Press, 1995. -246s.
1935	New Religions in a Postmodern World. Ed. by M.Rothstein & R.Kranenborg. –Aarhus.: Aarhus University Press, 2003. –293s.
1936	New Religious Movements and Rapid Social Change. Ed. by J.A.Beckford. - London.: SAGE publications, 1986. - 247s.
1937	New Religious Movements and Religious Liberty in America. Ed. by: D.H. Davis & B.Hankins. –Waco.: Baylor University Press, 2003. –238p.
1938	New Religious Movements and the Churches. Ed. by Brockway A.R., Rajashekar P.J. - Geneva.: WCC Publications, 1987. -200s.
1939	New Religious Movements and Society in Nigeria. Edited by Gurdrun Ludwar-Ene. –Bayreuth: Bayreuth African Studies Series, 1990. -82s.
1940	New Religious Movements: A Perspective for Understanding Society. Ed.Eileen Barker. –New York & Toronto.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1982. –398s.
1941	New Religious Movements. Challenge and Response. Ed. by Bryan Wilson and Jamie Cresswell. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1999. -284s.
1942	New Religious Movements in Europe. Ed. by Meldgaard H., Aagaard J. –Aarhus.: Aarhus University Press, 1997. -192s.
1943	New Religious Movements in the 21th Century. Legal, Political, and Social Challenges in Global Perspective. Ed. by P.C.Lucas & T.Robbins. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2004. –364s.
1944	New Religious Movements, Mass Suicide, and Peoples Temple. Scholarly Perspectives on a Tragedy. Ed. by Moore R., McGehee F. –Lewiston, Lampeter, Queenston.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1989. -251s.
1945	New Religious Phenomena in Central and Eastern Europe. Ed. by Irena Borowik., Grzegorz Babinski. –Krakow.: NOMOS, 1997. –392s.
1946	Niebel G., Hanewinkel R. Gefahren- und Mißbrauchspotential von Meditationstechniken unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Jugendlichen, psychisch labilen und psychisch kranken Menschen. –Kiel.: Institut für Psychologie der Christia-Albrechts-Universität, 1997. -37s.
1947	Niebuhr R.H. The Social Sources of Denominationalism. –New York & London.: A Meridian book, 1975. –304s.
1948	Niehaus I.A. The ANC`s Dilemma: The Symbolic Politics of Three Witch Hunts in the South African Lowveld, 1990-1995. // African Studies Review 1998 Vol.41. –93-118s.
1949	Nielsen D.A. Charles Manson`s Family of Love: A Case Study of Anomism, Puerilism and Transmoral Consciousness in Civilizational Perspective. // Sociological Analysis 1984, Vol.45:4. - 315- 337s.
1950	Nielsen D.A. Transformations of Society and the Sacred in Durkheim`s Religious Sociology. In: The Blackwell Companion to Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Richard K.Fenn. –Oxford.: Blackwell, 2001. -121-132s.
1951	Niemann U. Okkultismus. Hypothesen zur Klärung eines „Psychobooms“. // Geist und Leben, 1987, Heft.4. Juli/August –299-304s.
1952	Niesz N.L., Kronenberger E.J. Self-Actualization in Glossolalic and Non-Glossolalic Pentecostals. // Sociological Analysis 1978, Vol.39:3. -250- 256s.
1953	Nikolaou T. Die Grenzen der Kirche in der Sicht der Orthodoxen Katholischen Kirche. // Okumenische Rundschau 1972 Vol.21. –316-332s.
1954	Noble K. Tabernacle of Hate. Why They Bombed Oklahoma City. –Ontario.: Voyageur Publ., 1998. –235s.
1955	Noblitt J.R., Perskin P.S. Cult and Ritual Abuse. Its History, Anthropology, and Recent Discovery in Contemporary America. –Westport., London.: Praeger, 2000. –269s.
1956	Nock D.A. Differential Ecological Receptivity of Conversionist and Revolutionist Sects: A Reconsideration of Stark and Bainbridge. // Sociological Analysis 1989, Vol.50:3. - 229- 246s.
1957	Nodet E. A Search for the Origins of Judaism. From Joshua to the Mishnah. -Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997. -423p.
1958	Noll M.A. A History of Christianity in the United States and Canada. –Grand Rapids.: William B.Eerdmans, 1992. -576p.
1959	Noll R. The Jung Cult. Origins of a Charismatic Movement. –Princeton.: Princeton University Press, 1994. –387s.
1960	Nolt S.M. A History of the Amish. –Intercourse.: Good Books, 1992. -318s.
1961	Norager T. “Heart” as metaphor in Religious Discourse. –Duisburg.: Linguistic Agency University of Duisburg, 1996. -23s.
1962	Nordhausen F., Billerbeck L. Scientology. Wie der Sektenkonzern die Welt erobern will. –Berlin.: Ch.Links, 2008. -615s.
1963	Nordhausen F. Psycho-Sekten. Die Praktiken der Seelenfänger. –Frankfurt am Main.: Fischer Verlag, 1999. –607s.
1964	Nordquist T.A. Ananda Cooperative Village: A Study in the Beliefs, Values, and Attitudes of a New Age Religious Community. –Uppsala.: Borgströms Tryckeri, 1978. -177s.
1965	Northcote J. Objectivity and the Supernormal: The Limitations of Bracketing Approaches in Providing Neutral Accounts of Supernormal Claims. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004. Vol.19:1. –85-98s.
1966	Not Necessarily the New Age. Critical Essays. Ed. By Robert Basil. –New York.: Prometheus Books, 1988. –395s.
1967	Notz K.J. Neureligionen in Europa. In: Heilige Stätten. /Hrsg. von Udo Tworuschka. –Darmstadt.: Wiss. Buchges., 1994. –206-218s.
1968	Novaes R.C.R. Pentecostal Identity in Rural Brazil. // Social Compass 1994 Vol.41:4. –525-535s.
1969	Noy D. Jewish inscriptions of Western Europe. Vol. I. Italy (excluding the City of Rome), Spain and Gaul. -Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1993. -390p.
1970	Noyes J.H. Strange Cults & Utopias of 19th-centure America. –New York.: Dover Publ., 1966. -678s.
1971	Nye M. Multiculturalism and Minority Religions in Britain. Krishna Consciousness, Religious Freedom, and the Politics of Location. –Richmond.: Curzon, 2001. –331s.
1972	Oberg J. The Minsk UFO Case. Misperception and Exaggeration. // Skeptical Inquirer 2009 Vol.33:1. –P.35-41.
1973	Obeyesekere G. The cult of Huniyan: a new religious movement in Sri Lanka. // New Religious Movements and Rapid Social Change. Ed. by J.A.Beckford. - London.: SAGE publications, 1986. – 197-219s
1974	O`Connell J.T. Gaudiya Vaisnava Symbolism of Deliverance (uddhara, nistara, …) from Evil. // Journal of Asian and African Studies 1980 Vol.15:1-2. –124-135s.
1975	O`Connor E.D. Spontaner Glaube. Ereignis und Erfahrung der charismatischen Erneuerung. –Freiburg & Basel & Wien.: Herder, 1974. –P.270.
1976	O`Dea T. Mormonism and the avoidance of sectarian stagnation: a study of church, sect, and incipient nationality. // American Journal of Sociology 1954, Vol.60:3. –285-293s.
1977	O’Dea T.F., O’Dea Aviad J. The Sociology of Religion. –New Jersey.: Prentice-Hall, 1983. – 135s.
1978	O’Donnell E. Deviating from the Path of Safety: the Rise and Fall of a Nineteenth Century Quaker Meeting. // Quaker Studies 2003 Vol.8:1. –P.68-88.
1979	O`Donnell J.P. Predicting Tolerance of New Religious Movements: A Multivariate Analysis. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1993. Vol.32:4. –356-365s.
1980	O`Flaherty W.D. The Origin of Heresy in Hindu Mythology. // History of Religions 1971 Vol.10:4. -271-333s.
1981	O`Gorman T. A History of the Roman Catholic Church in the United States. –New York.: The Christian Literature, 1895. -515p.
1982	O`Leary S.D. Arguing the Apocalypse. A Theory of Millennial Rhetoric. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1994. -314s.
1983	O`Neil M. Magical Healing, Love Magic, and the Inquisition in Late Sixteenth Century Modena. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 5. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –172-198s.
1984	O`Toole R. «Underground» Traditions in the Study of Sectarianism: Non-Religious Uses of the Concept «Sect». // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1976. Vol.15:2. –P.145-156.
1985	O`Toole R. Some Social-Psychological Aspects of Sectarian Social-Movements: A Study in Politics and Religion. // International Yearbook of Knowledge and Religion. 1975. Vol.9. -149-159s.
1986	O`Toole R. Symposium on Scholarship and Sponsorship. // Sociological Analysis 1983 Vol.44:3. –P.177.
1987	Oakes L. Prophetic Charisma. The Psychology of Revolutionary Religious Personalities. –Syracuse.: Syracuse University Press, 1997. -246s.
1988	Oberhelman S.M. Dreambooks in Byzantium. –Hampshire & Burlington.: Ashgate, 2008. –251p.
1989	Obst H. Apostel und Propheten der Neuzeit. Gründer christlicher Religionsgemeinschaften des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts. –Göttingen.: Vendenhoeck und Ruprecht, 2000. -627s.
1990	Obst H. Neuapostolische Kirche – die exklusive Endzeitkirche? –Neukirchen-Vluyn.: Friedrich Bahn Verlag, 1996. -208s.
1991	Official and Popular Religion. Analysis of a theme for Religious Studies. Ed. by P.H.Vrijhof & J.Waardenburg. –Hague & Paris & New York.: Mouton Publ., 1979. –739s.
1992	Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -347s.
1993	Ofshe R. The Social Development of the Synanon Cult: The Managerial Strategy of Organizational Transformation. // Sociological Analysis 1980, Vol.41:2. - 109- 127s.
1994	Ogbunanwata B.C. New Religious Movements or Sects. A Theological and Pastoral Challenge to the Catholic Church. –Frankfurt am Main.: Peter Lang, 2001. -432s.
1995	Ogden .D. Magic, Witchcraft, and Ghosts in the Greek and Roman Worlds: A Source Books. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2002. -353p.
1996	Oldenberg H. Buddha. Sein Leben. Seine Lehre. Seine Gemeinde. –Stuttgart.: Magnus Verl., 1959. -534s.
1997	Oliveira N. A Forca do Catimbo. Suas Verdadeiras Oracoes. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1992. -110s.
1998	Oliver v. Hammerstein: Ich war ein Munie. Tagebücher und Berichte einer Befreiung aus der Mun-Sekte. –München.: dtv, 1980. –136s.
1999	Oliver V.L. Caodai Spiritism. A Study of Religion in Vietnamese Society. –Leiden.: E.J.Brill, 1976. -145s.
2000	Oliveira A. B. Candomble para os orixas. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1997. -167s.
2001	Olsen B. Sacred Places. North America. 108 Destinations. Second Edition. –San Francisco.: Consortium of Collective Consciousness, 2008. -408p.
2002	Olson P.J. The Public Perception of „Cults“ and „New Religious Movements“. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2006 Vol.45:1. –97-106s.
2003	Oman J. The Problem of Faith and Freedom in the Last Two Centuries. –London.: Hodder & Stoughton, 1906. -443p.
2004	Ominare B. Candomble de Keto ou Alaketo. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1996. -88s.
2005	Oommen G. Growth of Pentecostalism in Central Kerala from 1921-1947: A Paradigm for Pentecostal Growth of Church in North India. // Indian Church History Review 2001. Vol.35:2. -131-146s.
2006	Opelt I. Die Polemik in der christlichen lateinischen Literatur von Tertullian bis Augustin. –Heidelberg.: Carl Winter Universitätsverlag, 1980. –296s.
2007	Orenstein A. Religion and Paranormal Belief. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2002 Vol.41:2. –P.301-311.
2008	Osborne C.P. The Salvation Army. // New Englander and Yale review 1883 Vol.42. Issue №175. –421-438s.
2009	Ostling M. Harry Potter and the Disenchantment of the World. // Journal of Contemporary Religion, 2003. Vol.18:1. -3-23s.
2010	Otero A.S. Das Kirchenslavische Evangelium des Thomas. –Berlin.: Walter de Gruyter, 1967. –193s.
2011	Otremba A. Magie in Deutschland. Interviews. Eine sozialwissenschaftliche Analyse. –Bergen.: Petra Schulze, 1992. –468s.
2012	Otterloo A.H. Selfspirituality and the Body: New Age Centres in The Netherlands since the 1960s. // Social Compass 1999. Vol.46:2. –191-202s.
2013	Overell A. Italian Reform and English Reformations, c. 1535 – c.1585. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2009. –250p.
2014	Ownby D. A History for Falun Gong: Popular Religion and the Chinese State since the Ming Dynasty. // Nova Religio 2003 №6:2. -223-243s.
2015	Oxala M. O Livro de Feiticos e Simpatians de Umbanda. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 2000. -135s.
2016	Oxum D. Os Senhores Dos Caminhos: Exu - Ogum - Oxossi. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1999. -107s.
2017	Oyer J.S. Lutheran Reformers Against Anabaptists. Luther, Melanchton and Menius and the Anabaptists of Central Germany. –Hague.: Martinus Nijhoff, 1964. –269s.
2018	Pace E. Charismatics and the Political Presence of Catholics: (The Italian Case). // Social Compass 1978 Vol.25:1. –P.85-99.
2019	Packert C. The Art of Loving Krishna. Ornamentation and Devotion. -Bloomington & Indianapolis.: Indiana University Press, 2010. -228p.
2020	Paden J.N. Muslim Civic Cultures and Conflict Resolution. The Challenge of Democratic Federalism in Nigeria. –Washington.: Brookings Institution Press, 2005. -304p.
2021	Paden R.R. From the Churches of Christ to the Boston Movement: A Comparative Study. –Kansas.: University of Kansas, 1992. –36s.
2022	Palmer S.J. Aliens Adored. Rael's UFO Religion. -New Brunswick & New Jersey & London.: Rutgers University Press, 2004. – 228p.
2023	Palmer S.J. Charisma and Abdication: A Study of the Leadership of Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh. // Sociological Analysis 1988 Vol.49:2. -119-135s.
2024	Palmer S.J. Hardman C.E. Alternative Childhoods. // Children in New Religions. Ed. by Susan J.Palmer & Charlotte E.Hardman. –New Brunswick.: Rutgers University Press, 1999. –1-8s.
2025	Palmer S.J. Moon Sisters, Krishna Mothers, Rajneesh Lovers. Womens Roles in New Religions. –Syracuse.: Syracuse University Press, 1994. -287s.
2026	Palmer S.J. Purity and Danger in the Solar Temple. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1996. Vol.11:3. -303-318s.
2027	Palmer S.J. Women`s “Cocoon Work” in New Religious Movements: Sexual Experimentation and Feminine Rites of Passage. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1993. Vol.32:4. –343-355s.
2028	Palmer S.J., Bird F. Therapy, Charisma and Social Control in the Rajneesh Movement. // Sociological Analysis 1992. Vol.53:Supplement. -71-85s.
2029	Palmer S.J., Finn N. Coping with Apocalypse in Canada: Experiences of Endtime in La Mission de I Esprit Saint and the Institute of Applied Metaphysics. // Sociological Analysis 1992. Vol.53:4. -397-415s.
2030	Panorama der neuen Religiosität: Sinnsuche und Heilsversprechen zu Beginn des 21. Jahrhunderts. Hrsg. von Reinhard Hempelmann… -Güterschloh: Günterschloher Verl., 2001. -672s.
2031	Panton J.H. An MMPI item content scale to measure religious identification within a state prison population. // Journal of Clinical Psychology 1979 Vol.35. –588-591s.
2032	Pargament K.I. Of Means and Ends: Religion and the Search for Significance. // The International Journal for the Psychology of Religion 1992 Vol.2:4. –201-229s.
2033	Park C.C. Sacred Worlds. An introduction to geography and religion. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1994. –332s.
2034	Parke H.W. Sibyls and Sibylline Prophecy in Classical Antiquity. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1988. –236s.
2035	Parker J. Witchcraft, Anti-Witchcraft and Trans-Regional Ritual Innovation in Early Colonial Ghana: Sakrabundi and Aberewa, 1889-1910. // The Journal of African History 2004 Vol.45. –P.393-420.
2036	Parkin C. The Salvation Army and Social Questions of the Day. // A Sociological Yearbook of Religion in Britain 1972 Vol.5. –101-118s.
2037	Park Yong-Shin. Protestant Christianity and its Place in a Changing Korea. // Social Compass 2000 Vol.47:4. –507-524s.
2038	Parmentier M. Das Zungenreden bei den Kirchenvätern. // Bijdragen, tijdschrift voor filosofie en theologie 1994 Vol.55. –S.376-398.
2039	Parrucci D.J. Religious Conversion: A Theory of Deviant Behavior. // Sociological Analysis 1968 Vol.24. -144-154s.
2040	Parsons A.S. The Secular contribution to religious innovation: A case study of the Unification Church. // Sociological Analysis 1989, Vol.50:3. –P.209-227.
2041	Parsons T. Sociology of Religion. In: Parsons T. Action Theory and the Human Condition. –New York, London.: The Free Press, 1978. -167-322s.
2042	Parsons T. The Social System. –London.: Routledge, 1991. -575s.
2043	Partridge C.H. Truth, Authority and Epistemological Individualism in New Age Thought. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1999. Vol.14:1. -77-95s.
2044	Pasi M. Arthur Machen’s Panic Fears: Western Esotericism and the Irruption of Negative Epistemology. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2007 Vol.7. –P.63-83.
2045	Pastor E.R. The Flawed Implementation of the International Religious Freedom Act of 1998: A European Perspective. // Brigham Young University Law Review 2005. –P.711-746.
2046	Patton K.C. Religion of the Gods. Ritual, Paradox, and Reflexivity. Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2009. -490p.
2047	Patrick T. Let our children go! –New York.: Thomas Congdon Books, 1976. –285s.
2048	Pavelsky R.L. The Commandment of Love and the Christian Clinical Psychologist. // Studia Biblica et Theologica 1973. Vol.3. –57-65s. In: Current Perspectives in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by H.Newton Malony. –Grand Rapids.: Willian B.Eerdmans Publ., 1977. –414-423s.
2049	Payne E.A. Out of Great Tribulaton. Baptists in the U.S.S.R. -London.: Baptist Union of Great Britain and Ireland, 1974. -63p.
2050	Payne D.E. Socioeconomic Status and Leadership Selection in the Mormon Missionary System. // Review of Religious Research 1972, Vol.13:2. -118-125s.
2051	Pearlstein I. The Rev. Moon Phenomenon. // Jewish Digest, June, 1976, -55-59s. In: Cults and the Jewish Community. Representative Works of Jewish Anti-Cult Literature. Ed. by Aidan A.Kelly. –New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1990. -325s.
2052	Peck J. The Gods of Televangelism. –Cresskill, New Jersey.: Hampton Press, 1993. –271s.
2053	Pedersen R.D. The Second Golden Age of Theosophy in Denmark: An Existential „Template“ for Late Modernity? // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2009 Vol.9:2. –P.233-262.
2054	Peebles C. Watch the Skies. A Chronicle of the Flying Saucer Myth. –Washington & London.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1994. –342p.
2055	Pentecostals after a Century. Global Perspectives on a Movement in Transition. Ed. by Allan H.Anderson & Walter J.Hollenweger. –Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. -226s.
2056	Penton M.J. Apocalypse Delayed. The Story of Jehovah?s Witnesses. –Toronto & Buffalo & London.: University of Toronto Press, 1999. –444s.
2057	Penton M.J. Jehovah s Witnesses and Secular State: A Historical Analysis of Doctrine. // Journal of Church and State 1979. Vol.21:1. -55-72s.
2058	Peoples Temple and Black Religion in America. Ed. by R.Moore & A.B.Pinn & M.R.Sawyer. –Bloomington.: Indiana University Press, 2004. –204s.
2059	Percy M. Adventure and Atrophy in a Charismatic Movement: Returning to the “Toronto Blessing”. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2005 Vol.20:1. –71-90s.
2060	Perez y Mena A.I. Cuban Santeria, Haitian Vodun, Puerto Rican Spiritualism: A Multiculturalist Inquiry into Syncretism. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1998, Vol.37:1. -15-27s.
2061	Perkinson J.W. White Theology. Outing Supremacy in Modernity. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillian, 2004. –276p.
2062	Perl P., Chang P.M.Y. Credentialism Across Creeds: Clergy Education and Stratification in Protestant Denominations. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2000. Vol.39:2. –P.171-188.
2063	Perrin R.D., Kennedy P., Miller D.E. Examining the Sources of Conservative Church Growth: Where Are the New Evangelical Movements Getting their Numbers? // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1997, Vol.36:1. -71-80s.
2064	Perrin R.D., Mauss A.L. Saints and seekers: sources of recruitment to the Vineyard Christian Fellowship. // Review of Religious Research 1991. Vol.33:2. -97-111s.
2065	Perry E.L., Davis J.H., Doyle R.T., Dyble J.E. Toward a Typology of Unchurched Protestants. // Review of Religious Research, Vol.21:4. –388-404s.
2066	Persinger M.A. “I Would Kill in God`s Name:” Role of Sex, Weekly Church Attendance, Report of a Religious Experience, and Limbic Lability. // Perceptual and Motor Skills 1997 Vol.85. –128-130s.
2067	Persinger M.A. Striking EEG Profiles from Single Episodes of Glossolalia and Transcendental Meditation. // Perceptual and Motor Skills 1984 Vol.58. –127-133s.
2068	Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -369s.
2069	Pestalozzi H.A. Die sanfte Verblödung. Gegen falsche New Age-Heilslehren und ihre Uberbringer – Ein Pamphlet. –Düsseldorf.: Hermes Verlag, 1988. –62s.
2070	Peter J. Geschichte des neueren Spiritismus. –Württemberg.: Johannes Verlag, 1992. –42s.
2071	Peters F.E. Monotheists Jews, Christians, and Muslims in Conflict and Competition. Vol.1. The Peoples of God. –Princeton & London.: Princeton University Press, 2003. –328p.
2072	Peters F.E. Monotheists Jews, Christians, and Muslims in Conflict and Competition. Vol.2. The Words and Will of God. –Princeton & London.: Princeton University Press, 2003. –406p.
2073	Peters U. Wie der biblische Prophet Henoch zum Budha wurde. Die jüdische Henochtradition als frühes Beispiel interkultureller und interreligiöser Vermittlung zwischen Ost und West. –Sinzig.: Sankt Meinrad Verlag, 1989. –209s.
2074	Pevateaux C.J. Widened Awareness: Allen Ginsberg’s Poetic Transmission of a Blackean Infected Esoteric Dream-Insight. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2008 Vol.8. –P.37-61.
2075	Pfautz H.W. The Sociology of Secularization: Religious Groups. // The American Journal of Sociology 1955. Vol.61. –121-128s.
2076	Pfeiffer B.E. Die Adventisten im Nahen Osten 1878-1939. -Frankfurt am Main & Berlin & Bern & New York & Paris & Wien.: Peter Lang, 1996. –123s.
2077	Pfeiffer B.E. Menschenrechtliche Bedenken zum Gebrauch des Begriffes Sekte. // Gewissen und Freiheit 1994. №43. –20-24s.
2078	Phelps A. The new birth: or, The work of the Holy Spirit. –Boston.: Gould & Lincoln, 1867. -253s.
2079	Phenomenology and Eschatology. Not Yet in the Now. Ed. Neal DeRoo & John Panteleimon Manoussakis. –Farnham.: Ashgate, 2009. -216p.
2080	Philip N. Myths & Legends Explained. –London & New York.: DK Publishing, 2007. -128p.
2081	Phillips R. The “Secularization” of Utah and Religious Competition. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1999, Vol.38:1. –72-82s.
2082	Philosophy of Religion in the 21st Century. Ed. D.Z. Phillips & Timothy Tessin. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2001. -308p.
2083	Pieh E. “Fight Like David – Run Like Lincoln”. Die politischen Einwirkungen des protestantischen Fundamentalismus in den USA. –Münster.: Lit, 1998. –242s.
2084	Pierard R.V. Billy Graham and the U.S. Presidensy. // Journal of Church and State 1980. Vol.22:1. -107-127s.
2085	Pierre-Louis Stefan. Mahikari: Ritual und Heilung in einer japanischen Neuen Religion. // Zeitschrift für Religionswissenschaft, 1997. Heft.5. –19-40s.
2086	Pike S.M. New Age and Neopagan Religions in Amerika. –New York.: Columbia University Press, 2004. -220p.
2087	Pilarzyk T. The origin, development, and decline of a youth culture religion: an application of sectarianization theory. // Review of Religious Research 1978 Vol.20:1. –P.23-43.
2088	Pillai M. The Non-Brahmin Movement and Desacralization. // Social Compass 1982 Vol.29:4. –P.349-368.
2089	Pina C. The City, the Countryside and Nature in the Discourse of Two Charismatic Revival Communities: Two Visions of Society and Politics? // Social Compass 1999 Vol.46:1. –85-99s.
2090	Pinch G. Handbook of Egyptian Mythology. –Santa Barbara & Denver & Oxford.: Abc-Clio, 2002. -258p.
2091	Pinch G. Magic in Ancient Egypt. -London.: British Museum Press, 1994. -191s.
2092	Pin E. Religiöse Zugehörigkeit und Strukturen. In: Die Zugehörigkeit zur Kirche. Hrsg. von W.Menges & N.Greinacher. –Mainz.: Matthias-Grünewald, 1964. –123-132s.
2093	Pistis Sophia. Ed.C.Schmidt & V.Macdermot. –Leiden.: Brill, 1978. –806s.
2094	Pitchford S., Bader C., Stark R. Doing Field Studies of Religious Movements: An Agenda. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001 Vol.40:3. –P.379-392.
2095	Pitts W.L. Davidians and Branch Davidians 1929-1987. In: Armageddon in Waco. Critical Perspectives on the Branch Davidian Conflict. Ed. by Stuart A.Wright. –Chicago, London.: The University of Chicago Press, 1995. –20-42s.
2096	Plath D.W. The Fate of Utopia: Adaptive Tactics in Four Japanese Groups. // American Anthropologist 1966 Vol.68:5. -1152-1162s.
2097	Plüss C. Chinese Participation in the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (Mormons) in Hong Kong. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1999. Vol.14:1. -63-76s.
2098	Podzeit U. Die Wandlungen Krisnas zum höchsten Gott. –Frankfurt am Main & Berlin & Bern & New York & Paris & Wien.: Peter Lang. 1997. –275s.
2099	Poewe K., Hexham I. Jakob Wilhelm Hauer?s New Religion and National Socialism. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2005 Vol.20:2. –195-215s.
2100	Poewe K. New Religions and the Nazis. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2006. –218s.
2101	Poewe K. Scientific Neo-Paganism and the Extreme Right Then and Today: From Ludendorff s Gotterkenntnis to Sigrid Hunke s Europas Eigene Religion. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1999. Vol.14:3. -387-400s.
2102	Poggi I. Alternative Spirituality in Italy. In: Perspectives on the New Age. Ed. by James R. Lewis, J.Gordon Melton. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1992. -271-286s.
2103	Pöhler R.J. Continuity and Change in Adventist Teaching. A Case Study in Doctrinal Development. –Frankfurt am Main & Berlin.: Peter Lang, 2000. –380s.
2104	Pöhlmann M- Lorber-Bewegung – durch Jenseitswissen zum Heil? –Konstanz.: Friedrich Bahn, 1994. –157s.
2105	Politics and Religion in Early Bourbon France. Ed. Alison Forrestal & Eric Nelson. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. –270p.
2106	Poloma M.M. A Comparison of Christian Science and Mainline Christian Healing Ideologies and Practices. // Review of Religious Research 1991, Vol.32:4. - 337- 350s.
2107	Poloma M.M., Pendleton B.F. Religious Experiences, Evangelism, and Institutional Growth within the Assemblies of God. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1989. Vol.28:4. –P.415-431.
2108	Poloma M.M. The Spirit Movement in North America at the Millennium: From Azusa Street to Toronto, Pensacola and Beyond. // Journal of Pentecostal Theology 1998 Vol.12. –83-107s.
2109	Poloma M.M. The “Toronto Blessing”: Charisma, Institutionalization, and Revival. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1997, Vol.36:2. - 257-271s.
2110	Poloma M.M. The “Toronto Blessing” in Postmodern Society: Manifestations, Metaphor and Myth. In: The Globalization of Pentecostalism: A Religion Made to Travel. Ed. Murray W.Dempster & Byron D.Klaus & Douglas Petersen. –Oxford.: Regnum, 1999. –S.363-385.
2111	Pope L. Millhands & Preachers. A Study of Gastonia. –New Haven & London.: Yale University Press, 1965. –369s.
2112	Popp-Baier U. Narrating Embodied Aims. Self-transformation in Conversion Narratives—A Psychological Analysis. // Forum: Qualitative Social Research 2001. Vol.2:3. –1-15s.
2113	Popular Religion, Liberation and Contextual Theology. Papers from a congress (January 3-7, 1990, Nijmegen, the Netherlands) dedicated to Arnulf Camps OFM. Ed. by Jacques Van Nieuwenhove and Berma Klein Goldewijk. –Nijmegen.: Uitgeversmaatschappij J.H.Kok, 1991. -254s.
2114	Porter J.E. Spiritualists, Aliens and UFOs: Extraterrestials as Spirit Guides. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1996. Vol.11:3. -337-353s.
2115	Posacki A. Sekten und Okkultismus in Polen in der Bewertung der katholischen Kirche. Internationales Symposium „Sekten und Kulte in Osteuropa – Kulte und Sekten aus dem Osten in Europa. 13-16.November 2005. Schloß Wendgräben, Deutschland. –11s.
2116	Possamai A., Lee M. New Religious Movements and the Fear of Crime. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004 Vol.19:3. –337-352s.
2117	Posse H.D. Der Kampf für die Religionsfreiheit in Argentinien. // Gewissen und Freiheit 1993. №40. –87-103s.
2118	Post W.E. Saints, Signs and Symbols. Second Edition. London.: Holy Trinity Church, 1999. -95p.
2119	Postmodernity, Sociology and Religion. Ed. by Kieran Flanagan & Peter C.Jupp. –Hampshire.: Macmillam Press, 1999. -224s.
2120	Potz R., Schinkele B. Die „Scientology-Kirche Osterreich“ – die Voraussetzungen für den Erwerb der Rechtspersönlichkeit als eingetragene religiöse Bekenntnisgemeinschaft. // Osterreichisches Archiv für Recht & Religion 1999 Heft.2. –S.206-251.
2121	Pratt C. An Encyclopedia of Shamanism. Vol.1. A-M. –New York.: The Rosen Publishing Group, 2007. –P.1-316.
2122	Pratt C. An Encyclopedia of Shamanism. Vol.2. N-Z. –New York.: The Rosen Publishing Group, 2007. P.317-615.
2123	Pratt J.B. The Psychology of Religious Belief. –New York.: The Macmillan Company, 1907. -330p.
2124	Prebish C.S. Religion and Sport. The Meeting of Sacred and Profane. – Westport & London : Greenwood Press, 1993. –233p.
2125	Presence, Power, Praise. Documents on the Charismatic Renewal. Volume I – Continental, National, and Regional Documents. Numbers 1 to 37, 1960 – 1974. Ed. by Kilian McDonnell. –Collegeville.: The Liturgical Press, 1980. -621s.
2126	Previous Convictions. Conversion in the Real World. Ed. By Martyn Percy. –London.: SPCK, 2000. -140s.
2127	Priest G.L. Revival and Revivalism: A Historical and Doctrinal Evaluation. // Detroit Baptist Seminary Journal 1996 Fall. –P.223-252.
2128	Priestman M. Romantic Atheism. Poetry and freethought, 1780-1830. -Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2004. -307p.
2129	Prince R., Riches D. The New Age in Glastonbury. The Construction of Religious Movements. –New York.: Berghahn Books, 2000. -312s.
2130	Protestantism and Politics in Eastern Europe and Russia. The Communist and Postcommunist Eras. Ed. by Sabrina Petra Ramet. -Durham & London.: Duke University Press, 1992. -437c.
2131	Pruyser P.W. Some Trends in the Psychology of Religion. // Journal of Religion 1960 Vol.40. –113-129s. In: Current Perspectives in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by H.Newton Malony. –Grand Rapids.: Willian B.Eerdmans Publ., 1977. –53-73s.
2132	Psychiatry and Religion. Context, Consensus and Controversies. Ed. by Dinesh Bhugra. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1996. –236s.
2133	Psychokulte – Erfahrungsberichte Betroffener. Hrsg. Sieper R. –München.: Münchener Reihe, 1988. –171s.
2134	Psychomarkt-Sekten-Destruktive Kulte. Hrsg. von Werner Gross. –Bonn.: Dt.Psychologen Verl., 1998. –224s.
2135	Psychosocial Evaluation of Suspected Psychological Maltreatment in Children and Adolescents. A Document of American Professional Society on the Abuse of Children. // Cultic Studies Journal 1996. Vol.13:2. –P.153-170.
2136	Puhakka K. The Roots of Religious Tolerance in Hinduism and Buddism. // Temenos 1976 Vol.12. -50-61s.
2137	Purity and Auspiciousness in Indian Society. Ed. by J.B.Carman & F.A.Marglin. –Leiden.: Brill, 1985. –129s.
2138	Purkiss D. Women`s Stories of Witchcraft in Early Modern England: The House, the Body, the Child. // Gender & History 1995 Vol.7:3. –408-432s.
2139	Puttick E. The Rise of Mind-Body-Spirit Publishing: Reflecting or Creating Spiritual Trends? // Journal of Alternative Spiritualities and New Age Studies 2005 Vol.1. February. –129-149s.
2140	Puttick E. Women in New Religions. In Search of Community, Sexuality and Spiritual Power. –London.: Macmillan Press, 1997. -282s.
2141	Pyle R.E., Davidson J.D. The Origin of Religious Stratification in Colonial America. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:1. –P.57-75.
2142	Pyysiäinen I. Folk Religion and Theological Correctness. // Temenos 2003-2004. №39-40. –151-165s.
2143	Pyysiäinen I. How Religion Works. Toward a New Cognitive Science of Religion. –Leiden & Boston & Köln.: Brill, 2001. –272s.
2144	Quaker Aesthetics. Reflections on a Quaker Ethic in American Design and Consumption. Ed. E.J.Lapsansky & A.A.Verplanck. –Philadelphia.: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2003. –394s.
2145	Quantin J. The Church of England and Christian Antiquity. The Construction of a Confessional Identity in the 17th Century. –New York.: Oxford University Press, 2009. –511p.
2146	Quell G. Wahre und Falsche Propheten. Versuch einer Interpretation. –Gütersloh.: C.Bertelsmann Verlag, 1952. -218s.
2147	Quinn F. The Sum of all Heresies. The Image of Islam in Western Thought. -Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2008. -221p.
2148	Qin J., Tyda K.S., Goodman G.S. Retractors' Experiences: What We Can and Cannot Conclude. // Psychological Inquiry. 1997 Vol.8:4. –P.312-317.
2149	Rabi I. I. Review of Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health. // Scientific American 1951 January. –P.57-58.
2150	Radhakrishnan S. Erneuerung des Glaubens aus dem Geist. –Tempelhof.: Ullstein Bücher, 1955. -192s.
2151	Rahul Peter Das. Essays on Vaisnavism in Bengal. –Calcutta.: Firma KLM Privet Lt., 1997. –111s.
2152	Raj Rhapsodies: Tourism, Heritage and the Seduction of History. Ed. Carol E. Henderson & Maxine Weisgrau. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2007. -236p.
2153	Rambo L.R. Theories of Conversion: Understanding and Interpreting Religious Change. // Social Compass 1999 Vol.46:3. –259-271s.
2154	Ransohoff P. A Psychological Approach to Religious Autobiography. // International Yearbook of Knowledge and Religion. 1976. Vol.10. -105-116s.
2155	Rasamandala Dasa. An Analysis of ISKCON Membership in the UK. // ISKCON Communications Journal 1995 Vol.3:2. –83-92s.
2156	Raschke C.A. The Interruption of Eternity. Modern Gnosticism and the Origins of the New Religious Consciousness. –Chicago.: Nelson-Hall, 1980. -271s.
2157	Rational choice theory and religion. Edited by Lawrence A.Young. –New York and London.: Routledge, 1997. –187s.
2158	Rausch D.A. Zionism Within Early American Fundamentalism 1878-1918. A Convergence of two Traditions. –New York & Toronto.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1979. –378s.
2159	Read J. From Alchemy to Chemistry. –New York.: Dover Publ., 1995. –206p.
2160	Records of Salem Witchcraft, Copied from the Original Documents. Vol. II. –Roxbury.: Privately Published for W.Eliot Woodward, 1864. -287p.
2161	Recovery from Cults. Help for Victims of Psychological and Spiritual Abuse. Ed. by Michael D.Langone. –New York & London.: W.W.Norton & Company, 1993. -410s.
2162	Redekop C., Hostetler J.A. The Plain People: An Interpretation. // Mennonite Quarterly Review 1977. Vol.51:4. -266-277s.
2163	Redekop Calvin. A New Look at Sect Development. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1974, Vol.13. - 161- 175s.
2164	Redescribing Christian Origins. Ed. Ron Cameron & Merrill P. Miller. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2004. -540p.
2165	Reddie A. G. Black Theology in Transatlantic Dialogue. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2006. -250p.
2166	Reed D.A. Oneness Pentecostalism: Problems and Possibilities for Pentecostal Theology. // Journal of Pentecostal Theology 1997 Vol.11. –73-93s.
2167	Rees V. The Care of the Soul: States of Consciousness in the Writings of Marsilio. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2008 Vol.8. –P.1-19.
2168	Re-Forming the Center. American Protestantism, 1900 to the Present. Ed. by: Douglas Jacobsen & William Vance Trollinger. –Grand Rapids & Cambridge.: William B. Eerdmans, 1998. –492p.
2169	Regardie I. The Original Account of the Teachings, Rites & Ceremonies of the Hermetic Order of The Golden Dawn. -Saint Paul.: Llewellyn Publications, 1986. -700s
2170	Regardie I. The Tree of Life. A Study in Magic. - York.: Samuel Weiser Inc, 1969 - 284s.
2171	Reid-Bowen P. Goddess as Nature. Towards a Philosophical Thealogy. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2007. -200p.
2172	Reid J. Louis Riel and the Creation of Modern Canada. Mythic Discourse and the Postcolonial State. –Albuquerque.: University of New Mexico Press, 2008. –314p.
2173	Reimer H-D. Wenn der Geist in der Kirche wirken will. –Stuttgart.: Quell Verlag, 1987. –132s.
2174	Reimer I. Evangelistisch-missionarische Werke und Einrichtungen im deutschsprachigen Raum. Einzeldarstellungen – Ubersichten – Adressen. –Stuttgart.: EZW & Christliches Verlagshaus, 1991. -575s.
2175	Reimer J. Operation Soviet Union: How to Pray for the 160 People Groups in the USSR. Information. Background. Opportunities. -Fresno & Rosemead & Mississauga.: Logos, 1990. -190p.
2176	Reis E. Witches, Sinners, and the Underside of Covenant Theology. // Essex Institute Historical Collections 1993 Vol.103. –103-118s.
2177	Reiter M. One Man’s Story. // 50 Plus, 1981. October. -25-27s. In: Cults and the Jewish Community. Representative Works of Jewish Anti-Cult Literature. Ed. by Aidan A.Kelly. –New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1990. -368-370s.
2178	Religion, Altered States of Consciousness, and Social Change. Ed. by Erika Bourguignon. –Columbus.: Ohio State University Press, 1973. -389s.
2179	Religion and American Cultures. An Encyclopedia of Traditions, Diversity, and Popular Expressions. Vol.1-3. Ed. Laderman G. & Leon L. –Santa Barbara & Denver & Oxford.: Abc-Clio, 2003. –1046p.
2180	Religion and American Law: An Encyclopedia. Ed. Finkelman Paul. – New York & London.: Garland publ., 2000. –862p.
2181	Religion and Global Order. Ed. by Roland Robertson & William R.Garrett. –New York.: Paragon House Publishers, 1991. –322s.
2182	Religion and Popular Culture in America. Ed. by Bruce Davis Forbes & Jeffrey H. Mahan. –Berkeley & Los Angeles & London.: University of California Press, 2000. –324s.
2183	Religion: Contemporary Issues. The All Souls Seminars in the Sociology of Religion. Ed. by Bryan Wilson. –London.: Bellew Publishing, 1992. -304s.
2184	Religion, Dress and the Body. Ed. by Linda B.Arthur. –Oxford & New York.: Berg, 1999. –203s.
2185	Religionen in Osterreich. –Wien.: Bundespressedienst, 2004. –56s.
2186	Religion im Prozess der Globalisierung. Ed. by Beyer Peter. –Würzburg.: Ergon Verlag, 2001. -340s.
2187	Religion in a Changing World. Comparative Studies in Sociology. Ed. by Madeleine Cousineau. –London.: Praeger, 1998. -235s.
2188	Religion in Mind. Cognitive Perspectives on Religious Belief, Ritual, and Experience. Ed. J. Andresen. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2001. –294s.
2189	Religion in Modern India. Ed. By Robert D.Baird. –New Delhi.: Manohar, 1981. -497s.
2190	Religion in Sociological Perspective. Essays in the Empirical Study of Religion. Ed. by Charles Y. Glock. - Belmont, California.: Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1973. - 315s.
2191	Religion in the American South. Protestants and Others in History and Culture. Ed. by Beth Barton Schweiger & Donald G. Mathews. –Chapel Hill & London.: The University of North Carolina Press, 2004. –340s.
2192	Religion, Language, and Power. Ed. Green N. & Searle-Chatterjee M. –New York & London.: Rouledge, 2008. –232p.
2193	Religion Online. Finding Faith on the Internet. Ed. by L.L.Dawson & D.E.Cowan. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2004. –279s.
2194	Religion on the Internet: Research Prospects and Promises. Ed. by J.K.Hadden & D.E.Cowan. –Amsterdam & London & New York & Oxford & Paris & Shannon & Tokyo.: JAI, 2000. –365s.
2195	Religionsdifferenzen und Religionsdialoge. Hrsg. Reinhard Hempelmann. –Berlin.: EZW, 2010. -315s.
2196	Religionsfreiheit in OstMittelEuropa nach der Wende. Das Material der internationalen ökumenischen Konferenz „Die Religionsfreiheit und die neuen religiösen Bewegungen“ am 21.-25.September 1997. in Dobogoko, Ungarn. –Budapest.: Okumenische Rat der Kirchen in Ungarn, 1998. –116s.
2197	Religionsgemeinschaften in Niederösterreich. –St. Pölten.: Amt der NO Landesregierung, 2004. –98s.
2198	Religionsgeographie. Ed. Schwind M. - Darmstadt.: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 1975. -404s.
2199	Religions in Antiquity. Essays in Memory of Erwin Ramsedell Goodenough. Ed. by Jacob Neusner. –Leiden.: Brill, 1970. -688p.
2200	Religions of the World. A Comprehensive Encyclopedia of Beliefs and Practices. A-Z Ed. I. Gordon Melton & Martin Baumann. –Santa Barbara & Denver & Oxford.: Abc-Clio, 2002. -1507p.
2201	Religionspolitik zwischen Cäsaropapismus und Atheismus. Staat und Kirche in Russland von 1825 bis zum Ende der Sowjetunion. Hrsg. von P.Koslowski und W.F.Fjodorow. –München.: Wilhelm Fink, 1999. –177s.
2202	Religions South Asia. An Intriduction. Ed. Sishil Mittal & Gene Thursby. –New York.: Routledge, 2006. -308p.
2203	Religion und Kirchen in Ost(Mittel)Europa: Deutschland-Ost. Hrsg. Zulehner P.M. & Tomka M. & Tos N. –Wien.: Pastorales Forum, 2003. –373s.
2204	Religion und Kirchen in Ost(Mittel)Europa: Tschechien, Kroatien, Polen. Hrsg. Zulehner P.M. & Tomka M. & Tos N. –Wien.: Pastorales Forum, 2001. –388s.
2205	Religion und Kirchen in Ost(Mittel)Europa: Ungarn, Litauen, Slowenien. Hrsg. Zulehner P.M. & Tomka M. & Tos N. –Wien.: Pastorales Forum, 1999. –366s.
2206	Religion und Politik. Ergebnisse und Analysen einer Umfrage. Hrsg. von Bernhard Vogel. –Freiburg & Basel & Wien.: Herder, 2003. -415s.
2207	Religiöse Funktionen des Fernsehens? Medien-, kultur- und religionswissenschaftliche Perspectiven. –Weisbaden.: Westdeutscher Verlag, 2000. -297s.
2208	Religiöse Konversion: systematische und fallorientierte Studien in soziologischer Perspektive. Hrsg.Hubert Knoblauch. - Konstanz.: Univ.Verl. Konstanz, 1998. - 274s.
2209	Religionsgemeinschaften neben den Kirchen. Von den Mormonen bis zu den Kindern Gottes. Hrsg. von Bernhard Kosak & Wolfgang Schwieder & Reimar Kakuschke. –Gottingen.: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1980. -156s.
2210	Religious and Psychiatry: Beyond Boundaries. Ed. Peter J. Verhagen & Herman M. van Praag & Juan J. Lopez-Ibor Jr. & John L. Cox & Driss Moussaoui. –Oxford.: Willey-Blackwell, 2010. -667p.
2211	Religious Confessions and the Sciences in the Sixteenth Century. Ed. by Jurgen Helm & Annette Winkelmann. –Leiden & Boston & Koln.: Brill, 2001. -161p.
2212	Religious Conversion. Contemporary Practices and Controversies. Ed. By Christopher Lamb & Darrol Bryant. –London.: Cassell, 1999. -342s.
2213	Religious Conversion Movements in South Asia. Continuities and Change, 1800-1900. Ed. by Geoffrey A.Oddie. –Richmond.: Curzon, 1997. -231s.
2214	Religious Liberty. Ed. by Cedric W.Tilberg. –New York.: Board of Social Ministry, 1968. –88s.
2215	Religious Movements: Genesis, Exodus, and Numbers. Ed. by Rodney Stark. –New York.: Paragon House, 1985. -354s.
2216	Religious Movements in Contemporary America. Ed. by Irving I. Zaretsky & Mark P. Leone. –Princeton.: Princeton University Press, 1974. -836s.
2217	Religious Pluralism and Unbelief. Studies Critical and Comparative. Ed. by Ian Hamnett. –London, New York.: Routledge, 1990. -279s.
2218	Religious Pluralism in the Diaspora. Ed. P. Pratap Kumar. Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2006. -381p.
2219	Relyea H.C. Silencing Science: National Security and Scientific Communication. –Norwood.: Ablex Publ., 1994. –248s.
2220	Remey C.M. A Report to Abdul Baha of the Bahai Activities in the States of North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and Florida, U.S.A. –Washington., 1919. -28p.
2221	Remey C.M. The Bahai Movement. –Washington.: J.D.Milans & Sons, 1912. -117p.
2222	Renaissance and Reformation 1500 – 1620. A Bibliographical Dictionary. Ed. Carney J.E. –Westport & London.: Greenwood Press, 2001. –417p.
2223	Renard J. The A to Z of Sufism. The A to Z Series, No. 44. –Lanham & Toronto & Plymouth.: The Scarecrow Press, 2009. –368p.
2224	Renckens C.N.M. A Comparison Between Alternative Pseudodiagnoses and Regularly Accepted Fashionable Diseases: An Analysis Prompted by the Dutch Epidemic of Obstetric “Pelvic Instability”. // The Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine 2002 Vol.6:2. –P.83-90.
2225	Repression und Selbstbehauptung. Die Zeugen Jehovas unter der NS- und der SED-Diktatur. Hrsg. G.Besier & C.Vollnhals. –Berlin.: Duncler & Humbold, 2003. –421s.
2226	Rereading the Black Legend. The Discourses of Religious and Racial Difference in the Renaissance Empires. Ed. Margaret R. Greer & Walter D. Mignolo & Maureen Quiligan. –Chicago & London.: The University of Chicago Press, 2007. –478p.
2227	Rethinking Ghosts in World Religions. Ed. Poo M. –Leiden & Boston.: BRILL, 2009. –342p.
2228	Rethinking New Religious Movements. Ed. by Michael A.Fuss. –Rome.: Pontifical Gregorian University, 1998. -792s.
2229	Reynolds A. English Sects: An Historical Handbook. –London & Oxford & Milwaukee.: A.R.Mowbray & Co, 1921. -244p.
2230	Rey T. Marian Devotion at a Haitian Catholic Parish in Miami: The Feast of Our Lady of Perpetual Help. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2004. Vol.19:3. –353-374s.
2231	Ribeiro J. Catimbo. Magia do Nordeste. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1992. -106s.
2232	Ribi A. Zeitenwende. Die geistigen Wurzeln unserer Zeit in Hellenismus, Hermetik, Gnosis und Alchemie. –Bern & Berlin etc.: Peter Lang, 2001. –367s.
2233	Rice T.W. Believe it or not: Religious and Other Paranormal Beliefs in the United States. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2003. Vol.42:1. –P.95-106.
2234	Richardson J.T. A Critique of “Brainwashing” Claims About New Religious Movements. // Australian Religion Studies Review 1994. Vol.7. -48-56s.
2235	Richardson J.T. An Oppositional and General Conceptualization of Cult. // The Annual Review of the Social Sciences of Religion 1978 Vol.2. -29-52s.
2236	Richardson J.T. Clinical and Personality Assessment of Participants in New Religions. // The International Journal for the Psychology of Religion 1995. Vol.5:3. -145-170s.
2237	Richardson J.T. Comment on Austin`s article «Empirical adequacy of Lofland`s conversion model. // Review of Religious Research 1977 Vol.19:3. -320-323s.
2238	Richardson J.T. Critique of Bibby and Brinkerhoff`s “Soursces of religious movement”. // Review of Religious Research 1975 Vol.17. –158-159s.
2239	Richardson J.T. Definitions of Cult: from Sociological-Technical to Popular-Negative. // Review of Religious Research 1993, Vol.34:4. –348-356s.
2240	Richardson J.T., Driel B.V. New Religious Movements in Europe: Developments and Reactions. // Anti-Cult Movement in Cross-Cultural Perspective. Ed. by Shupe A. Bromley D.G. -New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1994. –P.129-170.
2241	Richardson J.T., Driel B.V. Public Support for Anti-Cult Legislation. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1984. Vol.23:4. –P.412-418.
2242	Richardson J.T. Financing the New Religions: A Broader View. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -65-88s.
2243	Richardson J.T. Financing the New Religions: Comparative and Theoretical Considerations. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1982. Vol.21:3. –255-268s.
2244	Richardson J.T. Journalistic Bias Toward New Religious Movements in Australia. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1996. Vol.11:3. -289-302s.
2245	Richardson J.T., Introvigne M. “Brainwashing” Theories in European Parliamentary and Administrative Reports on “Cults” and “Sects”. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001, Vol.40. -143-168s.
2246	Richardson J.T. New Religious Movement in the United States: A Review. // Social Compass 1983 Vol.30:1. –P.85-110.
2247	Richardson J.T. Law and Minority Religions: "Positive" and "Negative" Uses of the Legal System. // Nova Religio 1998 Vol.2:1. –93-107s.
2248	Richardson J.T. Legal Status of Minority Religions in the United States. // Social Compass 1995 Vol.42:2. –249-264s.
2249	Richardson J.T. People`s Temple and Jonestown: A Corrective Comparison and Critique. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1980, Vol.19:3. –239-255s.
2250	Richardson J.T. Psychological and psychiatric studies of new religions. In: Advances in the Psychology of Religion. Ed. by L.B.Brown. –Oxford.: Pergamon Press, 1985. -209-223s.
2251	Richardson J.T. Psychological Interpretations of Glossolalia: A Reexamination of Research. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1973 Vol.12. –P.199-207.
2252	Richardson J.T. Reflexivity and objectivity in the study of controversial new religions. // Religion 1991 Vol.21. –P.305-318.
2253	Richardson J.T., Stewart M.W., Simmonds R.B. Organized Miracles. A Study of a Contemporary, Youth, Communal, Fundamentalist Organization. –New Brunswick.: Transaction Books, 1979. -368s.
2254	Richter P. The Toronto Blessing: Charismatic Evangelical Global Warming. // Charismatic Christianity. Sociological Perspectives. Ed. by Stephen Hunt & Malcolm Hamilton & Tony Walter. –London.: Macmillan Press, 1997. –P.97-119.
2255	Richter S. Werwölfe und Zaubertänze. Vorchristliche Glaubensvorstellungen in Hexenprozessen der frühen Neuzeit. –Frankfurt am Main etc.: Peter Lang, 1998. –275s.
2256	Rigaud M. Secrets of Voodoo. –San Francisco.: City Lights Books, 1985. -219p.
2257	Rigby A., Turner B.S. Findhorn Community, Centre of Light: A Sociological Study of New Forms of Religion. // A Sociological Yearbook of Religion in Britain 1972 Vol.5. –72-86s.
2258	Rigsby J. Standing Room Only: Christian Resurgence in Belarus. // The Christian Century 1994. Vol.111:22. –P.709-710.
2259	Rigaud M. VE-VE Diagrammes Rituels du Voudou. Trilingual Edition: French - English - Spanish. -New York.: French and European Publ., 1974. -587p.
2260	Riis O. Recent Development in The Study of Religion in Modern Society. // Acta Sociologica 1993 Vol.36:4. –P.371-383.
2261	Riley H.A. The restoration at the second coming of Christ.: A summary of millenarian doctrines. –Philadelphia.: J.B.Lippincott, 1868. –288s.
2262	Risen J. State of War. Die geheime Geschichte der CIA und der Bush-Administration. –Hamburg.: Hoffmann & Campe, 2006. –255s.
2263	Roberts H. Witness against War: Researching the History of the Quaker Peace Testimony. // Quaker Studies 2002 Vol.7:1. –P.79-100.
2264	Roberts Jr. B. The Multiplying Church. The New Math for Starting New Churches. –Grand Rapids.: Zondervan, 2009. –194p.
2265	Roberts T. Exposure and Explanation: On the New Protectionism in the Study of Religion. // Journal of the American Academy of Religion 2004 Vol.72:1. –P.143-172.
2266	Robertson R. Church-Sect and Rationality: Reply to Swatos. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1977. Vol.16:2. –197-200s.
2267	Robertson R. Religious movements and modern societies: Towards a progressive problem shift. // Sociological Analysis 1979, Vol.40. –297-314s.
2268	Robertson R. The Globalization Paradigm: Thinking Globally. In: New Developments in Theory and Research. Religion and the Social Order. Ed. by David Bromley Vol.1. –Greenwich.: JAI Press, 1991. -207-224s.
2269	Robertson R. The Sociology of Religion: Problems and Desiderata. // Journal of Religion and Religions 1970. –109-126s.
2270	Robbins J.W. The Messianic Character of American Foreign Policy. // The Trinity Review 1990. Septemper-October, -Unicoi (Tennessee), -P.1-12.
2271	Robbins T. “Quo Vadis?” the Scientific Study of New Religious Movements? // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2000, Vol.39. -515-523s.
2272	Robbins T. Combating “Cults” and “Brainwashing” in the United States and Western Europe: A Comment on Richardson and Introvignes Report. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001, Vol.40. -169-175s.
2273	Robbins T. Constructing Cultist “Mind Control”. // Sociological Analysis 1984, Vol.45:3. -241-256s.
2274	Robbins T. Cults, Converts and Charisma: The Sociology of New Religious Movements. - London- Newbury Park- Beverly Hills- New Delhl.: SAGE Publications, 1988. - 252s.
2275	Robbins T. The Beach Is Washing Away: Controversial Religion and The Sociology of Religion. // Sociological Analysis 1983, Vol.44:3. – 207-214s.
2276	Robbins T. The Intensification of Church-State Conflict in the United States. // Social Compass 1993 Vol.40:4. –505-527s.
2277	Robbins T. The Transformative Impact of the Study of New Religions on the Sociology of Religion. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 1988. Vol.27:1. –P.12-31.
2278	Robbins T., Anthony D. New Religious Movements and the Social System. Integration, Disintegration, or Transformation. // The Annual Review of the Social Sciences of Religion 1978 Vol.2. -1-28s.
2279	Robbins T., Anthony D., Richardson J. Theory and Research on Today`s „New Religions”. // Sociological Analysis 1978, Vol.39:2. -95-122s.
2280	Robson L.A. Anne Hutchinson and her Neighbors. // Bulletin of the Newport Historical Society 1938 Vol.99. –P.22-39.
2281	Rochberg F. The Heavenly Writing. Divination, Horoscopy, and Astronomy in Mesopotamian Culture. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2004. -331p.
2282	Rochford B.E. Demons, Karmies, and Non-Devotees: Culture, Group Boundaries, and the Development of Hare Krishna in North America and Europe. // Social Compass 2000 Vol.47:2. –169-186s.
2283	Rochford B.E. Factionalism, Group Defection, and Schism in the Hare Krishna Movement. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1989 Vol.28:2. –P.162-179.
2284	Rochford B.E. Family Structure, Commitment, and Involvement in the Hare Krishna Movement. // Sociology of Religion 1995 Vol.56:2. –153-175s.
2285	Rochford B.E. Hare Krishna in America. –New Brunswick, New Jersey.: Rutgers University Press, 1985. -324s.
2286	Rochford B.E. Recruitment Strategies, Ideology, and Organization in the Hare Krishna Movement. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -283-302s.
2287	Rokeach M. The H.Paul Douglass Lectures for 1969. Part 1. Value Systems in Religion. // Review of Religious Research 1969, Vol.11. - 3-23s.
2288	Rokeach M. The H.Paul Douglass Lectures for 1969. Part 2. Religious Values and Social Compassion. // Review of Religious Research 1969, Vol.11. - 24-39s.
2289	Rokeach M. Commentary on the Commentaries. // Review of Religious Research 1970, Vol.11. - 155-162s.
2290	Rollo D. Glamorous Sorcery. Magic and Literacy in the High Middle Ages. –Minneapolis & London.: University of Minnesota Press, 2000. -231p.
2291	Romeny B. H. Jacob of Edessa and the Syriac Culture of His Day. -Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2008. -313s.
2292	Ronkin N. Early Buddhist Metaphysics. The Making of a Philosophical Tradition. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2005. -279p.
2293	Roof W.C. A Time When Mountains Were Moving. In: Roof W.C. A Generation of Seekers. –San Francisco.: HarperCollins, 1993. -32-60s.
2294	Roof W.C. Concepts and Indicators of Religious Commitment: A Critical Review. In: The Religious Dimension. New Directions in Quantitative Research. Ed. by Robert Wuthnow. –New York.: Academic Press, 1979. –17-45s.
2295	Roof W.C. Recherches et Debats / Researches and Debates. // Social Compass 1984 Vol.31:2-3. –P.273-289.
2296	Roof W.C. Religious Borderlands: Challenges for Future Study. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1998 Vol.37:1. –P.1-14.
2297	Roof W.C. Social Correlates of Religious Involvement. // The Annual Review of the Social Sciences of Religion 1978 Vol.2. -53-70s.
2298	Roper L. Evil Imaginings and Fantasies: Child Witches and the End of the Witch-Craze. // Past & Present 2000 Vol.167. –107-139s.
2299	Roper L. Magic and the Theology of the Body: Exorcism in Sixteenth-Century Augsburg. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Demonology, Religion, and Witchcraft. Volume 1. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –304-333s.
2300	Roper L. Stealing Manhood: Capitalism and Magic in Early Modern Germany. // Gender and History 1991 Vol.3. –4-22s.
2301	Roper L. Witchcraft and Fantasy in Early Modern Germany. // History Workshop 1991 Vol.32. –19-43s.
2302	Rosedale H.L. The Threat to Entrepreneurial Freedom and Initiative Posed by “New Age” Management Training Programs. // Cultic Studies Journal 1996. Vol.13:2. –P.194-207.
2303	Rose S. An Examination of the New Age Movement: Who is Involved and What Constitutes its Spirituality. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1998. Vol.13:1. -5-22s.
2304	Rose S. Is the Term “Spirituality” a Word that Everyone Uses, But Nobody Knows What Anyone Means by it? // Journal of Contemporary Religion 2001 Vol.16:2. –193-207s.
2305	Rosen F. Classical Utilitarianism from Hume to Mill. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2003. -289p.
2306	Ross E.B. Syphilis, Misogyny, and Witchcraft in 16th-Century Europe. // Current Anthropology 1995 Vol.36:2. –333-337s.
2307	Ross J.C. The Establishment in a Middle-Class Sect. // Social Compass 1969. Vol.16. –P.500-507.
2308	Ross M.W. Clinical Profiles of Hare Krishna Devotees. // American Journal of Psychiatry 1983 Vol.140:4. –416-420s.
2309	Ross M.W. Effects of Membership in Scientology on Personality: An Exploratory Study. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1988 Vol.27:4. –P.630-636.
2310	Rossoni D., Maillot E., DeGuillaume E. UFOs: An Assessment of Thirty Years of Official Studies in France. // Skeptical Inquirer 2009 Vol.33:1. –P.47-51.
2311	Rothermund D. Geschichte Indiens. Vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart. –München.: C.H.Beck, 2002. –127s.
2312	Rothermund D. Grundzüge der Indischen Geschichte. –Darmstadt.: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 1976. –184s.
2313	Rothstein M. Belief Transformations. –Aarhus.: Aarhus University Press, 1996. -227s.
2314	Rothstein M. The Family, UFOs and God: A Modern Extension of Christian Mythology. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1997. Vol.12:3. -353-362s.
2315	Rothstein Mikael. Patterns of Diffusion and Religious Globalization. // Temenos 1996 Vol.32 - 195- 220s.
2316	Rougeau V.D. Christians in the American Empire. Faith and Citizenship in the New World Order. –Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 2008. –233p.
2317	Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics. Ed. Jeffrey Haynes. –London & New York.: Routledge, 2009. -432p.
2318	Rowatt W.C., Kirkpatrick L.A. Two Dimensions of Attachment to Gog and Their Relation to Affect, Religiosity, and Personality Constructs. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2002 Vol.41:4. –637-651s.
2319	Rowlands A. Witchcraft and Popular Religion in Early Modern Rothenburg ob der Tauber. In: New Perspectives on Witchcraft, Magic and Demonology. Witchcraft, Rowlands A. Witchcraft narratives in Germany Rothenburg, 1561-1652. –Manchester & New York.: Manchester University Press, 2003. -248p.
2320	Healing, and Popular Diseases. Volume 5. Ed. by Brian P.Levack. –New York & London.: Routledge, 2001. –153-170s.
2321	Rubenstein J.L. The Culture of the Babylonian Talmud. –Baltimore & London.: The John Hopkins University Press, 2003. -232p.
2322	Rubinger C. Witch or Saint: Absolutes in the French 18th Centure Novel. // Atlantis 1986 Vol.11. –125-135s.
2323	Ruderman D.B. Kabbalah, Magic, and Science. –Cambridge & London.: Harvard University Press, 1988. –232s.
2324	Rudin M.R. New Target of the Cults: You. // 50 Plus, 1981, October. -20-23s.
2325	Rudin M. Women, Elderly and Children in Religious Cults. // Cultic Studies Journal 1984 Vol. 1. -8-26s.
2326	Rudolf E. Das “Andere Ich“ des Menschen im Tiere. Ein Beitrag zur Frage des „Lebensgleichlaufes“ und anderer psychologischer wie paranormaler Phänomene in der Mensch-Tier-Beziehung. // Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1982. Band 107, Heft 1. -23-68s.
2327	Rudolph K. Gnosis und Spätantike Religionsgeschichte: Gesammelte Aufsätze. –Leiden & New York & Köln.: Brill, 1996. –783s.
2328	Rudy D.R. Is Alcoholics Anonymous a Religious Organization?: Meditations on Marginality. // Sociological Analysis 1988 Vol.50:1. -41-51s.
2329	Ruppert H-J. New Age. Endzeit oder Wendezeit? –Wiesbaden.: coprint, 1988. –190s.
2330	Ruppert H-J. Theosophie – unterwegs zum okkulten Ubermenschen. –Konstanz.: Friedrich Bahn, 1993. –126s.
2331	Rydving H. Saami religion and Saami Folk Religion. What is the Difference? // Temenos 2003-2004 №39-40. –143-149s.
2332	Sacchi P. Jewish Apocalyptic and ist History. -Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1990. -288p.
2333	Sacco L. La tradizione taoista nel pensiero di Rene Guenon. // Journal for the Study of Western Esotericism 2008 Vol.8. –P.63-89.
2334	Sachs W.L. The Transformation of Anglicanism: From State Church to Global Communion. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1993. -386s.
2335	Sacred Schisms. How Religions Divide. Ed by James R. Lewis & Sarah M. Lewis. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 2009. -338p.
2336	Sacred Stories. Religion and Spirituality in Modern Russia. Ed. by Mark D. Steinberg & Heather J. Coleman. –Bloomington.: Indiana University Press, 2007. -420p.
2337	Sadler W.S. The truth about Spiritualism. –Chicago.: A.C.McClurg, 1923. -211p.
2338	Sales N. R. Busios. A Fala dos Orixas. Caidas, significados, leituras. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 2001. -146s.
2339	Saliba J.A. Dialogue with the New Religious Movements: Issues and Prospects. // Journal of Ecumenical Studies 1993, Vol.30:1. -51-80s.
2340	Saliba J.A. Perspectives on New Religious Movements. –London.: Geoffrey Chapman, 1995. -240s.
2341	Saliba J.A. Signs of the Times. The New Religious Movements in Theological Perspective. –Quebec.: Mediaspaul, 1996. -119s.
2342	Saliba J.A. The Christian Response to the New Religious: A Critical Look at the Spiritual Counterfeits Project. // Journal of Ecumenical Studies 1981 Vol.18:3. –P.451-473.
2343	Saliba J.A. UFO Contactee Phenomena from a Sociopsychological Perspective: A Review. In: The Gods Have Landed. New Religions from Other Worlds. Ed. by James R.Lewis. –New York.: State University of New York Press, 1995. –207-250s.
2344	Saliba J.A. Vatican Response to the New Religious Movements. // Theological Studies 1992. Vol.53. –P.3-39.
2345	Salzman L. The psychology of religious and ideological conversion. // Psychiatry 1953 Vol:16. -177-187s.
2346	Samarin W.J. Religious Motives in Religious Movements. // International Yearbook for the Sociology of Religion, 1973, Vol.8. –P.163-174.
2347	Samnyasa Upanisads. Hindu Scriptures on Asceticism and Renunciation. Transl. Patrick Olivelle. –New York & Oxford.: Oxford University Press, 1992. -320p.
2348	Samuelson F.K. Messianic Judaism: Church, Denomination, Sect, or Cult? // Journal of Ecumenical Studies 2000. Vol. 37:2. –P.161-186.
2349	Sanabria E.A. Republicanism and Anticlerical Nationalism in Spain. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009. –258p.
2350	Sanada T., Norbeck E. Prophesy Continues to Fail: A Japanese Sect. // Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology. 1975. Vol.6:3. -331-345s.
2351	Sandidge J.L. Roman Catholic / Pentecostal Dialogue (1977-1982): A Study in Developing Ecumenism. Volume I. –Frankfurt am Main.: Peter Lang, 1987. -466s.
2352	Santos O. J. O Ebo. No Culto aos Orixas. Ebos de Odu e Outros. -Rio de Janeiro.: Pallas, 1992. -127s.
2353	Sanua V.D. Religion, Mental Health, and Personality: A Review of Empirical Studies. // American Journal of Psychiatry 1969 Vol.125:9. –1203-1213s.
2354	Sargant William. Der Kampf um die Seele. Eine Physiologie der Konversionen. - Munchen.: R.Piper&Co, 1958 - 285s.
2355	Sargent L.T. British and American Utopian Literature 1516-1975. –Boston.: G.K.Hall & Co, 1979. –324s.
2356	Sarna J.D. American Judaism. A History. –New Haven & London.: Yale University Press, 2004. –490p.
2357	Sarro R. The Politics of Religious Change on the Upper Guinea Coast. Iconoclasm Done and Undone. –London.: Edinburgh University Press, 2009. -239p.
2358	Satter B. Each Mind a Kindom. American Women, Sexual Purity, and the New Thougth Movement, 1875-1920. –Berkeley & Los Angeles & London., University of California Press, 2001. –382s.
2359	Saunders J.J. A history of Medieval Islam. –London & New York.: Routledge, 1965. –219s.
2360	Sawatsky R.J. Domesticated sectarianism: Mennonites in the U.S. and Canada in comparative perspective. // Canadian Journal of Sociology 1978 Vol.3:2. -233-244s.
2361	Sawatsky W. Historical Roots of a Post-Gulag Theology for Russian Mennonites. // The Mennonite Quarterly Review 2002. Vol.76:2. –149-180s.
2362	Scarboro A., Luck P.A. The Goddess and Power: Witchcraft and Religion in America. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1997. Vol.12:1. -69-79s.
2363	Schaefer N.A. “Some Will See Miracles”: The Reception of Morris Cerullo World Evangelism in Britain. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1999. Vol.14:1. -111-126s.
2364	Schaefer U., Towfigh N., Gollmer U. Desinformation als Methode. Die Baha’ismus-Monographie des F.Ficicchia. –Hildesheim & Zurich & New York.: Georg Olms Verlag, 1995. -685s.
2365	Schaff P. Church and State in the United States or The American Idea of Religious Liberty and its Practical Effects. –New York & London.: G.P.Putnam`s Sons & The Knickerbocker Press, 1888. -161p.
2366	Scheffler A.C. “Jugendsekten” in Deutschland. Offentliche Meinung und Wirklichkeit. Eine religionswissenschaftliche Untersuchung. –Frankfurt am Main.: Peter Lang, 1989. -229s.
2367	Schenk K.L. Cosmology and Eschatology in Hebrews. The Settings of the Sacrifice. –New York.: Cambridge University Press, 2007. -222p.
2368	Schetsche M., Schmied-Knittel I. Zwischen Pragmatismus und Transzendenz. Außergewöhnliche Erfahrungen in der Gegenwart. // Zeitschrift für Religionswissenschaft 2005 Heft.13. –175-191s.
2369	Schick L. Die Pfarrei. In: Handbuch des katholischen Kirchenrechts. Hrsg.: J.Listl & H.Schmitz. –Regensburg.: Friedrich Pustet, 1999. –484-496s.
2370	Schiffmann A.C. The Witch and Crime: The Persecution of Witches in Twentieth-Century Poland. // ARV: Scandinavian Yearbook of Folklore 1987 Vol.43. –147-165s.
2371	Schism, Heresy and Religious Protest. Ed. by Derek Baker. –Cambridge.: Cambridge University Press, 1972. -404s.
2372	Schmalz M.N. When Festinger Fails: Prophesy and the Watchtower. // Religion 1994. Vol.24:4. -293-308s.
2373	Schmid G. Sekte - Versuch einer Begriffsbestimmung. Evangelische Informationsstelle: Kirchen - Sekten – Religionen. 1997.
2374	Schmidt P. A.C.Bhaktivedanta Swami im interreligiösen Dialog. Biografische Studien zur Begegnung von Hinduismus und Christentum. -Frankfurt am Main.: Peter Lang, 1999. -257s.
2375	Schmidt W. Botschaften aus dem Jenseits? Geisterseher und Gottsucher Neuoffenbarer gestern und heute. –Stuttgart.: Quell Verlag, 1998. –126s.
2376	Schmied G. „When Prophesy Fails“. Ein sozialpsychologischer Ansatz und Weiterungen. In: Zur Erschliessung von Zukunft in den Religionen. Zukunfterwartung und Gegenwartsbewältigung in der Religionsgeschichte. Hrsg. Hans Wissman. –Würzburg.: Königshausen und Neumann, 1991. -197-216s.
2377	Schmieder L. Geisttaufe. Ein Beitrag zur neueren Glaubensgeschichte. –Paderborn, München, Wien, Zürich.: Ferdinand Schöningh, 1982. -486s.
2378	Schmitz-Valckenberg G. Grundlehren katharischer Sekten des 13.Jahrhunderts. Eine theologische Untersuchung mit besonderer Berücksichtigung von Adversus Catharos et Valdenses des Moneta von Cremona. –München & Paderborn & Wien.: Ferdinand Schöningh Verlag, 1971. –351s.
2379	Schneider H.W. Religion in 20th Century America. –Cambridge.: Harvard University Press, 1952. -244p.
2380	Schneider M. New Age. Empirische Studien zur New Age Bewegung. Glaubensspielräume. –München.: Peutinger-Institut., 1991. –132s.
2381	Schoenfeld E. Militant and submissive religions: class, religion and ideology. // British Journal of Sociology 1992. Vol.43:1. -111-140s.
2382	Scholem G. Revelation and Tradition as Religious Categories in Judaism. In: Scholem G. The Messianic Idea in Judaism and other Essays on Jewish Spirituality. –New York.: Schocken Books, 1974. -282-303s.
2383	Scholem G. The Crypto-Jewish Sect of the Dönmeh (Sabbatians) in Turkey. In: Scholem G. The Messianic Idea in Judaism and other Essays on Jewish Spirituality. –New York.: Schocken Books, 1974. -142-166s.
2384	Scholem G. Ursprung und Anfänge der Kabbala. –Berlin & New York.: Walter de Gruyter, 2001. –452s.
2385	Schouten J.P. Revolution of the Mystics. On the Social Aspects of Virasaivism. –Kampen.: Kok Pharos Publ., 1991. –331s.
2386	Schrimpf M. Lebenshilfe und Konfliktberatung in neuen religiösen Bewegungen in Japan. // Zeitschrift für Religionswissenschaft 2004 Heft.12. –S.207-228.
2387	Schrupp A. Die Neuheiden. Von neuen Heiden und alten Göttern Hexen, Magier und Druiden. Götter zum Anfassen. // FORUM. Streifzüge durch die Welt der Religionen. 1997. Heft.11. –39s.
2388	Schulke D. A. Viridarium Umbris. The Pleasure Garden of Shadow, which treats of the Secret Knowledge of Trees and Herbs, deliver’d by the Fallen Angels unto Man. - Hercules.: Xoanon Limited, 2005. -526s.
2389	Schulte R. Man as Witch. Male Witches in Central Europe. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009. –325p.
2390	Schulze- Berndt, Hermann. New religiöse Bewegungen innerhalb und ausserhalb der Kirchen. - München.: Kösel, 1986. -168s.
2391	Schwartz D. Faith at the Crossroads. A Theological Profile of Religious Zionism. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2002. -250p.
2392	Schwartz D. Studies on Astral Magic in Medieval Jewish Thought. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2005. -251p.
2393	Schwartz L.L. Cults and the Vulnerability of Jewish Youth. In: Smashing the Idols. A Jewish Inquiry into the Cult Phenomenon. Ed.by Gary D. Eisenberg. –New Jersey & London.: Jason Aronson, 1988. -3-11s.
2394	Schwartz P.A., McBride J. The Moral Majority in the U.S.A. as a New Religious Movement. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -127-146s.
2395	Schwarz B.E. UFO-Dynamics. Psychiatric and Psychic Aspects of the UFO Syndrome. –Moore Haven.: Rainbow Books, 1988. -560s.
2396	Schwarze B. Die Religion der Rock- und Popmusik. Analysen und Interpretationen. –Stuttgart.: W.Kohlhammer, 1997. -279s.
2397	Science of Religion. Studies in Methodology. Proceedings of the Study Conference of the International Association for the History of Religions, held in Turku, Finland. August 27-31, 1973. –Hague & Paris & New York.: Mouton Publ., 1979. –629s.
2398	Scott G.G. Cult and Countercult. A Study of a Spiritual Growth Group and a Witchcraft Order. –Westport.: Greenwood Press, 1980. –220p.
2399	Scott M.B., Lyman S.M. Accounts. // American Sociological Review 1968 Vol.33:1. -46-62s.
2400	Scott R.C. Quakers in Russia. -London.: Michael Joseph, 1964. -302s.
2401	Scroggs J.R., Douglas W.G.T. Issues in the Psychology of Religious Conversion. // Journal of Religion and Health 1976 Vol.6:3. –204-216s.
2402	Scully S. Marriage or a Career? Witchcraft as an Alternative in Seventeenth Century Venice. // Journal of Social History 1995 Vol.28. –857-876s.
2403	Sebald H. Justice by Magic: Witchcraft as Social Control among Franconian Peasants. // Deviant Behavior 1986 Vol.7. –269-287s.
2404	Sebald H. Nazi Ideology Redefining Deviants: Witches, Himmler`s Witch Trial Survey, and the Case of the Bishopric of Bamberg. // Deviant Behavior 1989 Vol.10. –253-270s.
2405	Sebald H. Shaman, Healer, Witch: Comparing Shamanismus with Franconian Folk Magic. // Ethnologia Europaea 1984 Vol.14. –125-142s.
2406	Secret Conversions to Judaism in Early Modern Europe. Ed. Martin Mulsow & Richard H. Popkin. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2004. -242p.
2407	Sectarianism. Analyses of Religious and Non-Religious Sects. Ed. by Roy Wallis. –London.: Peter Owen, 1975. –212s.
2408	Sekten-Info Essen e.V. Jahresbericht 1999. –Essen.: SIE, 1999. -80s.
2409	Sekten-Info Essen e.V. Jahresbericht 2005. –Essen.: SIE, 2005. -77s.
2410	Sekten-Info Nordrhein-Westfalen e.V. Jahresbericht 2006. –Essen.: SIE, 2006. -68s.
2411	Sekten und Sondergemeinschaften in den neuen Bundeslandern. Ergebnisse einer Tagung unter dem Thema: „Jugendsekten, Psychokulte, Okkultismus“ – Informationsvortrage und Seminare. Chemnitz, 15-16. November 1991. –Chemnitz.: Friedrich Ebert Stiftung, 1992. -156s.
2412	Sects, Cults, and Spiritual Communities. A Sociological Analysis. Ed. By William W.Zellner & Marc Petrowsky. –London.: Praeger, 1998. -182s.
2413	Sects or New Religious Movements: Pastoral Challenge. // Information Service. The Secretariat For Promoting Christian Unity 1986 №61. –P.144-154.
2414	Sedgwick M. Sects in Islamic World. // Nova Religio 2000 Vol.3:2. –195-240s.
2415	Segal E. In Those Days, At This Time. Holiness and History in the Jewish Calendar. –Calgary.: University of Calgary Press, 2008. –324p.
2416	Seguy O.L. Die Arbeit des französischern und des belgischen Parlaments zur Frage der Sekten. // Gewissen und Freiheit, 1982, Heft 19. –89-101s.
2417	Seidlitz L., Abernethy A.D., Duberstein P.R., Evinger J.S., Chang T.H., Lewis B.L. Development of the Spiritual Transcendence Index. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2002 Vol.41:3. -439-453s.
2418	Seiwert H., Xisha M. Popular Religious Movements and Heterodox Sects in Chinese History. –Leiden & Boston.: Brill, 2003. -548p.
2419	“Sekten”, Psychogruppen und vereinnahmende Bewegungen: Wie der einzelne sich schützen kann. Was der Staat tun kann. Hrsg. infoSekta. –Zürich.: NZN-Buchverl., 2000. -328s.
2420	Sektenreport. Analysen, Originalmaterial, Hilfestellung. Hrsg. von: Thomas Frank & Uli Grandtner & Stephan Kippes. –München.: JUB und ARW, 1993. –148s.
2421	Sekten. Wissen schьtzt! –Wien.: Bundesministerium fьr Umwelt, Jugend und Familie, 1999. –74s.
2422	Sekty jako wyzwanie spoleczne i religijne. Pod redakcja ks.W.Nowaka & ks. S.Ropiaka. –Olsztyn.: Uniwersytetu Warminsko-Mazurskiego, 2005. –350s.
2423	Selbie W.B. English Sects. A History of Nonconformity. –New York & London.: Henry Holt & Co., Williams and Norgate. 1912. -256p.
2424	Selengut C. Charisma and Religious Innovation: Prabhupada and the Founding of ISKCON. // ISKCON Communications Journal 1996 Vol.4:2. –1-11s.
2425	Selmanovic S. It’s Really All About God. –San Francisco.: Jossey-Bass, 2009. –300p.
2426	Sepulveda J. Indigenous Pentecostalism and the Chilean Experience. // Pentecostals after a Century. Global Perspectives on a Movement in Transition. Ed. by Allan H.Anderson & Walter J.Hollenweger. –Sheffield.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. -111-134s.
2427	Sepulveda J. Reinterpreting Chilean Pentecostalism. // Social Compass 1996 Vol.43:3. –299-318s.
2428	Seventh-day Adventist Church Manual. Revised 2005, 17th Edition. –Hagerstown.: Secretariat General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, 2005. -282s.
2429	Sex, Slander, and Salvation. Investigating the Family/Children of God. Ed. J.R.Lewis & G.Melton. –Stanford.: Center for Academic Publication, 1994. –288s.
2430	Shadle B.L. Patronage, Millennialism and the Serpent God Mumbo in South-West Kenya 1912-34. // Africa. 2002 Vol. 72:1. –S.29-43.
2431	Shaffir W. When Prophesy Is Not Validated: Explaining the Unexpected in a Messianic Campaign. // The Jewish Journal of Sociology 1995. Vol.37:2. -119-136s.
2432	Sharf R.H. The Rhetoric of Experience and the Study of Religion. // Journal of Consciousness Studies 2000. Vol.7: 11-12. –267-287s.
2433	Sharma A. New Hindu religious movements in India. // New Religious Movements and Rapid Social Change. Ed. by J.A.Beckford. - London.: SAGE publications, 1986. – 220-239s.
2434	Sharot S. Messianism, Mysticism and Magic. A Sociological Analysis of Jewish Religious Movements. –Chapel Hill.: The University of North Carolina Press, 1982. –306p.
2435	Sharot S. Secularization, Judaism and Anglo-Jewry. // A Sociological Yearbook of Religion in Britain 1971 Vol.4. –121-140s.
2436	Sharpe J.A. Witchcraft and Women in Seventeenth-Century England: Some Northern Evidence. // Community and Change 1991 Vol.6. –179-199s.
2437	Sharpe J.A. Witches and Persecuting Societies. // Journal of Historical Sociology 1990 Vol.3. –75-86s.
2438	Shaver P. Lenauer M., Sadd S. Religiousness, Conversion, and Subjective Well-Being: The “Healthy-Minded” Religion of Modern American Women. // American Journal of Psychiatry 1980. Vol.137:12. -1563-1568s.
2439	Sheffield T. The Religious Dimensions of Advertising. –New York.: Palgrave Macmillan, 2006. -189p.
2440	Shellens H. You May Lead a Horse to Water…Friends and the 1986 Swarthmore Lecture. // Quaker Studies 2007 Vol.11:2. –P.237-258.
2441	Sheng Yen. Orthodox Chinese Buddhism. – New York.: Dharma dumm publication, 2007. –278p.
2442	Shepherd Gary, Shepherd Gordon. Modes of Leaders Rhetoric in the Institutional Development of Mormonism. // Sociological Analysis, 1986, Vol.47:2. –125-136s.
2443	Shepherd Gary, Shepherd Gordon. Mormonism in Secular Society: Changing Patterns in Official Ecclesiastical Rhetoric. // Review of Religious Research 1984, Vol.26:1. –P.28-42.
2444	Shepherd W.C. To Secure the Blessings of Liberty. American Constitutional Law and the New Religious Movements. –New York.: The Crossroad Publishing Company, 1985. -155s.
2445	Sherkat D.E. Investigating the Sect-Church-Sect Cycle: Cohort-Specific Attendance Differences Across African-American Denominations. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001 Vol.40. -221-233s.
2446	Sherkat D.E., Wilson J. Preferences, Constraints, and Choices in Religious Markets: An Examination of Religious Switching and Apostasy. // Social Forces 1995. Vol.73:3. -993-1026s.
2447	Shils E. Tradition. –Chicago.: University of Chicago Press, 1981. -334s.
2448	Shimazono S. Alternative Knowledge Movements as Religion: An Alternative Farming Movements in Japan. // Social Compass 1996 Vol.43:1. –47-63s.
2449	Shimazono S. Asian Religions and Sociology: The Case of New Religion Studies in Japan. In: Sociology and Religions: An Ambiguous Relationship. –Louven.: Louven University Press, 1999. –183-193s.
2450	Shimazono S. Conversion Stories and their Populariyation in Japans New Religions. // Japanese Journal of Religious Studies 1986 Vol.13:2-3. –157-175s.
2451	Shimazono S. From Salvation to Spirituality. Popular Religious Movements in Modern Japan. –Melbourne.: Trans Pacific Press, 2004. –348s.
2452	Shimazono S. “New Age Movement” or “New Spirituality Movement and Culture”? // Social Compass 1999 Vol.46:2. –121-133s.
2453	Shimazono S. New Age and New Spiritual Movements: The Role of Spiritual Intellectuals. // SYZYGY: Journal of Alternative Religion and Culture 1993. Vol.2:12. –9-22s.
2454	Shimazono S. New New Religions and This World: Religious Movements in Japan after the 1970s and their Beliefs about Salvation. // Social Compass 1995 Vol.42:2. –193-205s.
2455	Shimazono S. New Religions and Christianity. In: Handbook of Christianity in Japan (Handbook of Oriental Studies, vol.10.). –Leiden.: Brill, -277-294s.
2456	Shimazono S. On Contemporary Salvation Religion. // Tenri Journal of Religion. 1997. Vol.1997. №25. –41-57s.
2457	Shimazono S. Religious Influence on Japans Modernization. // Japanese Journal of Religious Studies 1981. Vol.8:3-4. –207-223s.
2458	Shimazono S. Soka Gakkai and the Modern Reformation of Buddism. In: Buddhist Spirituality: Later China, Korea, Japan and the Modern World. Ed.Takeuchi Yoshinori. –New York.: The Crossroad Publ., 1999. –435-454s.
2459	Shimazono S. Spirit-Belief in New Religious Movements and Popular Culture: The Case of Japans New Religions. // The Journal of Oriental Studies 1987. Vol.26:1. –90-100s.
2460	Shimazono S. The Expansion of Japans New Religions into Foreign Cultures. // Japanese Journal of Religious Studies 1991 Vol.18:2-3. –105-132s.
2461	Shimazono S. The Popularism of New Religions Derived from the Lotus Sutra: The Early Reiyukai`s Philosophy of Independence and Self-Help and Its View of History. // Acta Asiatica: Buletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture 1998 Vol.75. –110-128s.
2462	Shin E.H., Park H. An Analysis of Causes of Schisms in Ethnic Churches: The Case of Korean-American Churches. // Sociological Analysis 1988. Vol.49:3. -234-248s.
2463	Shinn L.D. Cult Conversations and the Courts: Some Ethical Issues in Academic Expert Testimony. // Sociological Analysis 1992. Vol.53:3. -273-285s.
2464	Shinn L.D. The Dark Lord. Cult Images and the Hare Krishnas in America. –Philadelphia.: Westminster Press, 1987. -204s.
2465	Shoko T. Karanga Indigenous Religion in Zimbabwe. Health and Well-Being. –Aldershot.: Ashgate, 2007. –157p.
2466	Short-Title Catalogue of Works on Psychical Research, Alleged Abnormal Phenomena, Spiritualism, Magic, Witchcraft, Legerdemain, Charlatanism, and Astrology, from 1472 A.D. to the Present Day. Compiled by Harry Price. –London.: University of London Council for Psychical Investigation, 1935. -112s.
2467	Short-Title Catalogue of Works on Psychical Research, Spiritualism, Magic, Psychology, Legerdemain and Other Methods of Deception, Charlatanism, Witchcraft and Technical Works for the Scientific Investigation of Alleged Abnormal Phenomena from Circa 1450 A.D. to 1929 A.D. Compiled by Harry Price. // Proceedings of the National Laboratory of Psychical Research. 1929. Vol.1:2. -67-422s.
2468	Shostak S. Nachbarn im All. Auf der Suche nach Leben im Kosmos. –München.: Herbig, 1999. –254s.
2469	Shri Krishna Caitanya and the Bhakti Religion. Ed. by Edmund Weber & Tilak Raj Chopra. –Frankfurt am Main; Bern; New York; Paris.: Peter Lang, 1988. -223s.
2470	Shupe A., Bromley D.G. The Modern North American Anti-Cult Movement 1971-1991: A Twenty-Year Retrospective. // Anti-Cult Movement in Cross-Cultural Perspective. Ed. by Shupe A. Bromley D.G. -New York & London.: Garland Publishing, 1994. –P.3-31.
2471	Shupe A.D. Bromley D.G. The Moonies and the Anti-Cultists: Movement and Countermovement in Conflict. // Sociological Analysis 1979, Vol.40:4. - 325-334s.
2472	Shupe A.D. Six Perspectives on New Religions: A Case Study Approach. –New York, Toronto.: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1981. -235s.
2473	Shupe A.D. The Darker Side of Virtue. Corruption, Scandal and Mormon Empire. –Buffalo.: Prometheus Books, 1991. -186s.
2474	Shupe A.D., Hardin B.L., Bromley D.G. A Comparison of Anti-Cult Movements in the United States and West Germany. In: Of Gods and Men. New Religious Movements in the West. Proceedings of the 1981 Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association Sociology of Religion Study Group. Ed. by Barker Eileen. –Macon.: Mercer University Press, 1983. -177-193s.
2475	Shupe A.D., Heinerman J. Mormonism and the New Christian Right: An Emerging Coalition? // Review of Religious Research 1985, Vol.27:2. - 146-157s.
2476	Sichtbares und unsichtbares. Facetten von Religion in deutschen Zeitschriften. Hrsg. Lutz Friedrichs & Michael Vogt. –Würzburg.: Ergon Verlag, 1996. –315s.
2477	Sickness and Sectarianism. Exploratory Studies in Medical and Religious Sectarianism. Ed by Kenneth R. Jones. –Brookfield.: Gower, 1985. -158s.
2478	Siddhantashastree R.K. Vaisnavism Trough the Ages. –New Delhi.: Munshiram Manoharlal, 1985. –200s.
2479	Siegler G. The Children of ISOT. In: Children in New Religions. Ed. by Susan J.Palmer & Charlotte E.Hardman. –New Brunswick.: Rutgers University Press, 1999. –124-137s.
2480	Siikala J. The Cargo Proper in Cargo Cults. // Temenos 1979. Vol.15. -68-80s.
2481	Silk M. Religion and Region in American Public Life. // Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2005. Vol.44:3. –P.265-270.
2482	Sil N.P. Ramakrisna Paramahamsa: A Psychological Profile. –Leiden & New York & Kobenhavn & Köln.: Brill, 1991. –182s.
2483	Simmonds R.B. Conversion or Addiction. Consequences of Joining a Jesus Movement Group. In: Conversion Careers: In and Out of the New Religions. Ed.Richardson J.T. -Beverly Hills, CA.: SAGE, 1978. –113-128s.
2484	Simmonds R.B., Richardson J.T., Harder M.W. Organizational Aspects of a Jesus Movement Community. // Social Compass 1974. Vol.21:3. –P.219-281.
2485	Simon J. Observation on 67 Patients Who Took Erhard Seminars Training. // American Journal Psychiatry 1978 Vol.135:6. –686-691s.
2486	Simpson G.E. Black Pentacostalism in the United States. // Phylon 1974. Vol.35. -203-211s.
2487	Simpson J.H. Thr Great Reversal: Selves, Communities, and the Global System. // Sociology of Religion 1996 Vol.57. -115-125s.
2488	Singelenberg R. „It Separated the Wheat from the Chaff“: The “1975” Prophecy and its Impact among Dutch Jehovah`s Witnesses. // Sociological Analysis 1988, Vol.50:1. 23-40s.
2489	Singelenberg R. Comments on Rodney Stark s “The Rise and Fall of Christian Science”. // Journal of Contemporary Religion 1999. Vol.14:1. -127-132s.
2490	Singer M.T., Lalich J. Cults in our Midst. - San Francisco.: Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1995. –381s.
2491	Singleton A. “Your Faith has Made You Well” The Role of Storytelling in the Experience of Miraculous Healing. // Review of Religious Research 2001. Vol.43:2. –121-138s.
2492	Sinnett